Toggle SGML Header (+)
Section 1: 10-K (10-K)
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
Commission File No. 00-30747
PACWEST BANCORP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State of Incorporation)
33-0885320
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
10250 Constellation Blvd., Suite 1640
Los Angeles, CA 90067
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)
(310) 286-1144
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
(Title of Each Class)
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
(Name of Exchange on Which Registered)
The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy
or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,”
“accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No
As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the average high and low sales prices on The Nasdaq Global
Select Market as of the close of business on June 30, 2014, was approximately $4.3 billion. Registrant does not have any nonvoting common equities.
As of February 9, 2015, there were 101,913,512 of registrant's common stock outstanding, excluding treasury shares and 1,108,505 shares of unvested restricted stock.
The information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be found in the Company's definitive proxy statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,
to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1
PACWEST BANCORP
2014 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Item 1.
Business
General
Current Developments
Our Business Strategy
Lending Activities
Financing
Information Technology Systems
Risk Oversight and Management
Competition
Employees
Financial and Statistical Disclosure
Supervision and Regulation
Available Information
Forward-Looking Information
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosure
PART II
Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Marketplace Designation, Sales Price Information and Holders
Dividends
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities and Use of Proceeds
Repurchases of Common Stock
Five-Year Stock Performance Graph
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Overview
Key Performance Indicators
Critical Accounting Policies
Non-GAAP Measurements
Results of Operations
Business Segments
Financial Condition
Capital Resources
Liquidity
Contractual Obligations
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
2
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
4
4
4
5
7
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
25
26
28
39
39
39
39
40
40
40
41
41
41
41
43
45
45
46
48
51
55
68
73
86
88
89
89
89
90
PACWEST BANCORP
2014 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Contents
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART III
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
ITEM 15.
SIGNATURES
CERTIFICATIONS
PART IV
3
93
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
160
160
160
161
161
161
161
161
161
164
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
General
PART I
PacWest Bancorp, a Delaware corporation, is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. Our principal business is to serve as the
holding company for our wholly-owned subsidiary, Pacific Western Bank, which we refer to as “Pacific Western” or the “Bank.” We are focused on relationship-based business banking to
small and middle-market businesses nationwide. The Company offers a broad range of deposit products and services through 80 full-service branches located throughout California. The
Company, through offices across the United States, provides loans to middle-market businesses, real estate investment firms, and sophisticated individual real estate investors. References to
“we,” “us,” or the “Company” refer to PacWest Bancorp together with its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. When we refer to “PacWest” or to the “holding company,” we are referring
to PacWest Bancorp, the parent company, on a stand-alone basis. References to “Pacific Western Bank” include the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries.
We were established nearly 16 years ago in October 1999 and have achieved strong market positions by developing and maintaining extensive local relationships in the communities
we serve. By leveraging our business focus, our service-driven focus, our presence in attractive markets, and maintaining a highly efficient operating model and robust approach to risk
management, we have achieved significant and profitable growth, both organically and through disciplined acquisitions. We have successfully completed 27 acquisitions since 2000,
including our 2014 acquisition of CapitalSource Inc. with approximately $9.4 billion in assets acquired.
As of December 31, 2014, we had total assets of over $16 billion, gross loans and leases of $11.9 billion, total deposits of $11.8 billion and stockholders’ equity of $3.5 billion. Loans
and leases increased $7.6 billion during 2014 driven by the $6.9 billion of loans acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger and $682 million of organic loan growth resulting from $3.0
billion of loan production. The Bank’s non-performing assets as of December 31, 2014, totaled $152.6 million, or 0.9% of total assets, compared to $102.7 million, or 1.6% of total assets at
December 31, 2013.
Our corporate headquarters is located in Los Angeles, California, and we have 80 full-service, retail bank branches located primarily in southern and central California and three
branches in northern California. Our loan origination efforts are conducted nationwide with key offices located in Chevy Chase, Maryland, Southern California, including Los Angeles, St.
Louis, Missouri, Denver, Colorado, Chicago, Illinois, New York, New York, and Midvale, Utah. We also maintain a number of smaller lending offices throughout the country.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, we operated as two business segments: Community Banking and National Lending. The Community Banking segment is focused on the
lending and deposit gathering activities conducted primarily through our California-based branch offices and our treasury management function. The National Lending segment comprises
our CapitalSource Division through which we offer a broad range of specialized senior secured commercial loan products to small and middle-market businesses on a nationwide basis. For
additional information, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Business Segments.”
Current Developments
CapitalSource Inc. Merger
On April 7, 2014, PacWest merged with CapitalSource Inc. As part of the merger, CapitalSource Bank (“CSB”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CapitalSource Inc., merged with and
into Pacific Western. The assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the merger date. The application of the acquisition method of
accounting resulted in goodwill of $1.5 billion. We completed this merger in order to increase our loan and lease generation capabilities and to diversify our loan portfolio.
4
First California Financial Group Acquisition
On May 31, 2013, we acquired First California Financial Group, Inc. ("FCAL"). As part of this acquisition, First California Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of FCAL, merged with
and into Pacific Western. The assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the merger date. The application of the acquisition method
of accounting resulted in goodwill of $129.1 million. We completed this acquisition to expand our presence in Southern California.
Our Business Strategy
General Overview
We believe that stable, long-term growth and profitability are the result of building strong customer relationships while maintaining disciplined underwriting standards. We continue
to focus on originating high-quality loans and growing our low-cost deposit base through our relationship-based business lending. We believe that focusing on our core strengths will enable
us to continue to maintain our operational efficiency and increase profitability, increase our core deposits and grow loans and leases in a sound manner.
Our loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial real estate loans, or "CRE" loans, commercial and industrial loans and leases, or "C&I" loans and leases, and, to a lesser extent,
consumer loans. We pursue attractive growth opportunities to expand and enter new markets aligned with our business model and strategic plans. We will continue to opportunistically
consider growth opportunities we believe exist in growing economies in and adjacent to our existing markets.
Our reputation, expertise and relationship-based banking model enable us to deepen our relationships with our customers. We look to leverage our relationships with existing
customers by cross-selling our products and services, including attracting deposits from, and offering alternative cash management solutions to, our CapitalSource Division customers.
Focusing on operational efficiency is critical to our profitability and future growth. We intend to carefully manage our cost structure and continuously refine and implement internal
processes and systems to create further efficiencies and enhance our earnings. We are also continuing our efforts to shift our deposit base from certificates of deposit to lower cost core
deposits, a strategic initiative that was undertaken following the CapitalSource Inc. merger.
Our management team has extensive expertise and a successful track record in evaluating, executing and integrating attractive, franchise-enhancing acquisitions. We have
successfully completed 27 acquisitions since 2000, including the $9.4 billion CapitalSource Inc. acquisition in 2014. We will continue to consider acquisitions that are consistent with our
business strategy and financial model as opportunities arise.
5
The following chart summarizes the acquisitions completed since our inception:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
(27)
Date
May 2000
May 2000
January 2001
October 2001
January 2002
March 2002
August 2002
August 2002
September 2002
January 2003
August 2003
March 2004
April 2004
August 2005
October 2005
January 2006
May 2006
October 2006
June 2007
November 2008
August 2009
August 2010
January 2012
April 2012
August 2012
May 2013
April 2014
______________________
(1) FDIC assisted.
(2)
Institution/Company Acquired
Rancho Santa Fe National Bank
First Community Bank of the Desert
Professional Bancorp, Inc.
First Charter Bank
Pacific Western National Bank
W.H.E.C., Inc.
Upland Bank
Marathon Bancorp
First National Bank
Bank of Coronado
Verdugo Banking Company
First Community Financial Corporation
Harbor National Bank
First American Bank
Pacific Liberty Bank
Cedars Bank
Foothill Independent Bancorp
Community Bancorp Inc.
Business Finance Capital Corporation
Security Pacific Bank (deposits only)(1)
Affinity Bank(1)
Los Padres Bank(1)
Pacific Western Equipment Finance (formerly Marquette Equipment Finance)
Celtic Capital Corporation
American Perspective Bank
First California Financial Group, Inc.(2)
CapitalSource Inc.
Includes assets covered by two FDIC loss sharing agreements.
Depository Products and Services
Deposits are our primary source of funds to support our revenue-generating assets, and our bank branch offices provide a source of low-cost funds and deposit-related fee income to
support our continued operations. We offer traditional deposit products to businesses and other customers with a variety of rates and terms, including demand, money market, and time
deposits. We also provide international banking services, multi-state deposit services and investment services, and out-of-service area services, as well as product offerings through other
correspondent banks. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or "FDIC," up to statutory limits.
Our branch network enhances our ability to gather deposits, expand our brand presence, service our customers’ needs, originate loans and leases and maintain our lending
relationships. In addition, as the banking industry continues to experience broader customer acceptance of on-line and mobile banking tools for conducting basic banking functions, and
which allows us to attract new depositors without a commensurate increase in branch traffic, we also serve our customers through a wide range of non-branch channels, including on-line
and telephone banking platforms.
At December 31, 2014, we had ATMs at 62 of our branches and had another two company-owned ATMs at off-site locations located in California. We are part of the MoneyPass
network, enabling our customers to take out cash surcharge-free and service charge-free at over 25,000 ATM locations across the country. We provide access to customer accounts via a 24
hour seven-day-a-week, toll-free, automated telephone customer service and secure on-line banking services.
6
We price our deposit products with a view to maximizing our share of each customer’s financial services business and prudently managing our cost of funds. At December 31, 2014,
our total deposits consisted of $6.1 billion in core deposits, $5.5 billion in time deposits and $0.2 billion in brokered non-maturity deposits. Core deposits represent 52% of total deposits at
December 31, 2014, and are comprised of $2.9 billion in noninterest-bearing deposits, $0.7 billion in checking accounts, $1.7 billion in money market accounts and $0.8 billion in savings
accounts. Our deposit base is also diversified by client type. As of December 31, 2014, no individual depositor represented more than 1.1% of our total deposits, and our top ten depositors
represented 6.9% of our total deposits.
The composition of our deposit mix changed as a result of the CapitalSource Inc. merger with a lowered proportion of core deposits and a higher proportion of more expensive time
deposits. This shift in deposit mix has been largely responsible for the recent increase in overall deposit cost. As a result of the CapitalSource Inc. merger and our ongoing deposit
transformation initiatives, we established a dedicated team of professionals focused solely on growing our low-cost, customer deposit base by attracting deposits from our business
customers and offering alternative cash management solutions intended to help retain business customers.
We face strong competition in gathering deposits. Our most direct competition for deposits comes from nationwide, regional, and local banks, savings banks and associations, credit
unions, insurance companies, money market funds, brokerage firms, other non-bank financial services companies and service-focused community banks that target the same customers we
do. We compete actively for deposits and emphasize solicitation of noninterest-bearing deposits. We seek to provide a higher level of personal service than is generally offered by our larger
competitors, many of whom have more assets, capital and resources than we do and may be able to conduct more intensive and broader based promotional efforts to reach both commercial
and retail customers. We also compete based on interest rates. Our cost of funds fluctuates with market interest rates and may be affected by higher rates being offered by other financial
institutions. In certain interest rate environments, additional significant competition for deposits may be expected to arise from corporate and government debt securities and money market
mutual funds. Competition for deposits is also affected by the ease with which customers can transfer deposits from one institution to another.
Lending Activities
Through the Bank, the Company concentrates its lending activities in three principal areas:
• Real Estate Loans
• Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
• Consumer Loans
The Bank’s lending activity is governed by its comprehensive credit policies which consider lending regulations and prudent credit acceptance standards by loan product. The Bank
prices its loans to preserve our interest spread and maintain our net interest margin ("NIM") for our various lending lines. While individual loans may be below the target based on risk or
other factors, the lending lines are expected to meet NIM targets on an aggregate basis. The Bank strives for consistency in pricing similar transactions.
Real Estate Loans
The Bank provides real estate loans for the acquisition, refinancing and construction of commercial real estate to professional developers and real estate investors. The majority of the
real estate loans are mini-perm loans collateralized by first deeds of trust on specific commercial properties. To a lesser extent, mini-perm loans may otherwise be collateralized by junior
deeds of trust on specific commercial properties. Mini-perm loans are generally made with an amortization schedule ranging from 15 to 25 years with a lump sum balloon payment due in
one to ten years. Mini-perm loans may also have an initial interest-only period followed by an amortization schedule with a lump sum balloon payment due in one to ten years. The Bank
prices its loans to preserve our interest spread and maintain our net interest margin. Loan interest rates may be floating throughout the term or fixed. The rate on fixed-rate loans typically
resets after the fifth year.
Construction loans finance from 50% to 70% of the costs to construct commercial or residential properties. The terms are generally two years. Home equity lines of credit are
revolving lines of credit collateralized by junior deeds of trust on residential real estate properties.
The properties collateralizing real estate loans are located throughout the United States primarily in central business districts. However, our primary market areas for real estate loans
are in California.
7
The Bank also makes real estate secured loans under the Small Business Administration’s 7(a) Program and 504 Program. Compliant Small Business Administration (or “SBA”) 7(a)
loans have an SBA guaranty for 75% of the loan. SBA 504 loans are 50% loan-to-value first deed of trust mortgage loans on owner-occupied commercial real estate where a second deed of
trust is also provided by a nonprofit certified development company.
The Bank’s real estate portfolio is subject to certain risks including, but not limited to, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
the economic conditions of the United States and Southern California;
interest rate increases;
decreased real estate values in the markets where we lend;
increased competition in pricing and loan structure;
the borrower’s ability to refinance or payoff our loan upon maturity; and
various environmental risks, including natural disasters.
In addition to the foregoing, construction loans are also subject to project specific risks including, but not limited to, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
construction costs being more than anticipated;
construction taking longer than anticipated;
failure by developers and contractors to meet project specifications;
disagreement between contractors, subcontractors and developers;
demand for completed projects being less than anticipated;
buyers of the completed projects not being unable to secure financing; and
loss of our loan principal stemming from a collateral foreclosure.
The risks related to buyer inability to secure financing and loss through foreclosure are not controllable. When considering the markets in which to pursue real estate loans, we
consider the market conditions, our current loan portfolio concentrations by property type and by market, and our past experience with the borrower, the specific market, and the property
type.
When underwriting loans, we seek to mitigate risk by using the following framework:
•
•
•
•
•
•
reviewing each loan request and renewal individually;
using a credit committee approval process for the approval of each loan request over a certain dollar amount;
adhering to written loan policies including, among other factors, minimum collateral requirements, maximum loan-to-value ratio requirements, cash flow requirements and
full or partial guaranty requirements;
obtaining independent third-party appraisals which are reviewed by the Bank’s appraisal department;
obtaining preliminary environmental risk assessments; and
obtaining seismic studies where appropriate.
With respect to construction loans, in addition to the foregoing, we attempt to mitigate project specific risks by:
•
•
implementing a controlled disbursement process for loan proceeds in accordance with an agreed upon schedule;
conducting project site visits; and
• monitoring the construction costs compared to the budgeted costs and the remaining costs to complete.
SBA 7(a) and 504 program loans are subject to the risks outlined above and the risk that an SBA guaranty may be invalid if SBA specific procedures are not followed. We seek to
mitigate this risk by maintaining and following additional policies specific to SBA loans which align with SBA requirements.
8
Commercial and Industrial Loans and Leases
Commercial and industrial loans and leases can be extended with a wide range of purposes, terms and maturities. The primary commercial and industrial loans and leases made by the
Bank are in the form of working capital loans, loans to finance companies secured by finance receivables, equipment financings, term business loans, or loans to entities in conjunction with
equity contributions from private equity groups to purchase businesses. The primary source of repayment of these loans and leases is the borrowers’ cash flow from operations. Our
underwriting practices assess the levels of the past, current, and budgeted cash flows from operations relative to a borrower’s total debt service obligations which would include the full
repayment of our loan principal and interest.
More specifically, within our commercial and industrial loan and lease activities are asset secured loans, cash flow secured loans, and equipment secured loans and leases. Asset
secured loans are first liens on or interests in readily quantifiable collateral that the Bank believes can be liquidated. This collateral includes, but is not limited to, trade accounts receivable,
loans receivable, or inventory. Cash flow secured loans are provided to sophisticated buyers and private equity groups, financial investors, strategic companies and sponsors to finance the
acquisition or recapitalization of a business. Equipment secured loans and leases fund capital expenditures and are secured by equipment that is essential to the operations of the borrowers
or lessees.
The Bank’s portfolio of commercial loans and leases is subject to certain risks including, but not limited to, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
the economic conditions of the United States;
interest rate increases;
deterioration of the value of the underlying collateral;
increased competition in pricing and loan structure;
the deterioration of a borrower’s or guarantor’s financial capabilities; and
various environmental risks, including natural disasters, which can negatively affect a borrower’s business.
When considering the types of businesses with which to pursue commercial and industrial loans and leases, we consider the prospects for the borrower’s industry, our current loan
portfolio concentration by loan type and collateral type, and our past experience with the borrower, the borrower’s industry, and the collateral type. When underwriting loans, we attempt to
mitigate risk by reviewing each loan request and renewal individually; using our credit committee approval process for the approval of each loan request over a certain dollar amount; and
adhering to written loan underwriting policies and procedures.
We also, to a lesser extent, make SBA 7(a) loans secured by the value of a business and its equipment. These loans are subject to the risks outlined above and the risk that an SBA
guaranty may be invalid if SBA specific procedures are not followed. We attempt to mitigate this risk by maintaining and following additional policies specific to SBA loans which align
with SBA requirements.
Consumer Loans
Consumer loans include personal loans, auto loans, home equity lines of credit, revolving lines of credit, other loans typically made by banks to individual borrowers, and purchased
95% participation interests in student loans originated and serviced by a third-party lender. The Bank does not currently originate first trust deed home mortgage loans. The student loans
that we purchased are not guaranteed by any program of the U.S. Government, and are made to refinance the outstanding student loan debt of borrowers who meet certain underwriting
criteria, and have terms that fully amortize the debt over five, ten or fifteen years.
The Bank’s consumer loan portfolio is subject to certain risks, including: amount of credit offered to consumers in the market; interest rate increases; and (with the exception of the
purchased student loan portfolio), consumer bankruptcy laws which allow consumers to discharge certain debts. The Bank’s student loan participation interests are also subject to further
risks, including the ability of the sub-servicer to service the loans in accordance with the terms of the loan purchase agreement; and compliance with consumer lending regulations,
additional regulations and oversight by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB").
We seek to mitigate the exposure to such risks through the direct approval of all internally originated consumer loans by reviewing each loan request and renewal individually and
adhering to written credit policies. For all purchased student loan participation interests, we monitor the performance of the originator and the enforcement of our rights under the loan
purchase agreement.
9
Business Concentrations
The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Amount
% of
Total
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
% of
Total
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Total real estate mortgage
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Total real estate construction
Total real estate
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
Total commercial
Consumer
$
570,634
380,890
4,645,478
5,597,002
96,749
217,297
314,046
5,911,048
439,567
131,939
1,794,907
2,486,411
969,489
47,304
5,869,617
101,767
Total gross loans and leases(1)
_______________________________________
$
11,882,432
5% $
3%
39%
47%
1%
2%
3%
50%
4%
1%
15%
21%
8%
—%
49%
1%
100% $
181,735
45,166
2,566,340
2,793,241
58,898
159,308
218,206
3,011,447
587,326
153,881
202,428
—
273,483
28,641
1,245,759
55,146
4,312,352
4%
1%
60%
65%
1%
4%
5%
70%
13%
4%
5%
—%
6%
1%
29%
1%
100%
(1)
Includes purchased credit impaired ("PCI") loans of $290.8 million and $382.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, of which the majority are included in the Real Estate Mortgage - "Other" category in this table.
Real estate mortgage loans and real estate construction loans (which are predominantly commercial real estate loans) together comprised 50% and 70% of our total portfolio at
December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, The decline in real estate loans as a percentage of total loans was attributable to commercial loans acquired in connection with the
CapitalSource Inc. merger and net loan originations and repayment activity throughout 2014.
The commercial real estate mortgage loans are diversified among various property types. At December 31, 2014, our largest property type concentration was healthcare property,
totaling $1.0 billion or 19% of real estate mortgage loans. Healthcare property types include skilled nursing facilities, hospitals, assisted living facilities, independent living facilities, and
owner-occupied medical office facilities. At December 31, 2013, healthcare property totaled $189.7 million and comprised 7% of real estate mortgage loans. The increase in healthcare real
estate mortgage loans from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 is attributable to loans acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger and loans originated during 2014.
Other significant real estate concentrations were office properties at 14% and 16% of real estate mortgage loans at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and multi-family
properties at 14% and 12% of real estate mortgage loans at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
Commercial loans and leases comprised 49% and 29% of our total portfolio at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The increase in the commercial loan and lease portfolio
composition from 29% to 49% is attributable to commercial loans acquired in connection with the CapitalSource Inc. merger and net loan originations and repayment activity throughout
2014.
10
The commercial loans and leases are diversified among various loan types and industries. At December 31, 2014, our largest commercial loan type concentration was cash flow loans,
totaling $2.5 billion or 21% of our total portfolio. Cash flow secured loans are provided to sophisticated buyers and private equity groups, financial investors, strategic companies and
sponsors to finance the acquisition or recapitalization of a business. The cash flow loans outstanding at December 31, 2014 are attributable to loans acquired in the CapitalSource Inc.
merger and loans originated by the CapitalSource Division during 2014. Other significant commercial concentrations were asset-based loans at 15% and 5% of the total portfolio at
December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and equipment finance at 8% and 6% of the total portfolio at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Asset-based loans are first liens on
or interests in readily quantifiable collateral. This collateral includes, but is not limited to, trade accounts receivable, loans receivable, or inventory.
Financing
We depend on deposits and external financing sources to fund our operations. We employ a variety of financing arrangements, including term debt, subordinated debt and equity. As a
member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”), the Bank had financing availability with the FHLB as of December 31, 2014 of $2.4 billion, or 15% of the Bank's
total assets, subject to pledging adequate collateral.
Information Technology Systems
We devote significant resources to maintain stable, reliable, efficient and scalable information technology systems. Where possible, we utilize third-party software systems that are
hosted and supported by nationally recognized vendors. We selectively employ proprietary software systems to support our specialty lending products. We work with our third-party
vendors to monitor and maximize the efficiency of our use of their applications. We use integrated systems to originate and process loans and deposit accounts, which reduces processing
time, improves customer experiences and reduces costs. Most customer records are maintained digitally. We are also currently executing several initiatives to enhance our on-line and
telephone banking services to further improve the overall client experience.
Protecting our systems to ensure the safety of our customers’ information is critical to our business. We use multiple layers of protection to control access and reduce risk, including
conducting a variety of audits and vulnerability and penetration tests on our platforms, systems and applications to reduce the risk that any attacks are successful. To protect against
disasters, we have a backup offsite core processing system and recovery plans.
We invested in an enterprise data warehouse system in order to capture, analyze and report key metrics associated with customer and product profitability. Data that previously was
arduous to collect across multiple systems is now available daily through standard and ad hoc reports to assist with managing our business and competing effectively in the marketplace.
Risk Oversight and Management
We believe risk management is another core competency of our business. We have a comprehensive risk management process that monitors, evaluates and manages the risks we
assume in conducting our activities. Our oversight of this risk management process is conducted through the responsibilities of certain of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”)
standing committees. The committees each report to the Board and the Board has overall oversight responsibility with respect to risk awareness and risk management.
Our risk framework is structured to guide decisions regarding the appropriate balance between risk and return considerations in our business. Our risk framework is informed by our
strategy, risk appetite and financial plans approved by our Board. This framework includes risk policies, procedures, measured and reported limits and targets, and reporting. Our Board
approves our risk appetite statement, which sets forth the amount and type of risks we are willing to accept in pursuit of achieving our strategic, business and financial objectives. Our risk
appetite statement provides the context for our risk management tools, including, among others, risk policies, delegated authorities, limits, portfolio composition, underwriting standards
and operational processes.
11
Competition
The banking business in California, and specifically in the Bank’s primary service areas and lending markets, is highly competitive.The Bank competes for loans, deposits and
customers nationwide with other commercial banks and financial services institutions. Some of these competitors are larger in total assets and capitalization, with more offices over a wider
geographic area and offer a broader range of financial services than the Bank. Our most direct competition for loans comes from larger regional and national banks, savings banks and
associations, credit unions, insurance companies and service-focused community banks that target the same customers we do. In recent years, competition has increased from institutions
not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as domestic banks and bank holding companies. Those competitors include savings and loan associations, brokerage houses, insurance
companies, mortgage companies, credit unions, credit card companies, and other financial and non-financial institutions and entities.
Economic factors, along with legislative and technological changes, will have an ongoing impact on the competitive environment within the financial services industry. We work to
anticipate and adapt to dynamic competitive conditions whether it is by developing and marketing innovative products and services, adopting or developing new technologies that
differentiate our products and services, cross marketing, or providing highly personalized banking services. We strive to distinguish ourselves from other community banks and financial
services providers in our marketplace by providing an extremely high level of service to enhance customer loyalty and to attract and retain business. However, we can provide no assurance
as to the effectiveness of these efforts on our future business or results of operations, as to our continued ability to anticipate and adapt to changing conditions, and as to sufficiently
improving our services and/or banking products in order to successfully compete in our primary service areas.
We compete for loans principally through the quality of service we provide to borrowers while maintaining competitive interest rates, loan fees and other loan terms. We emphasize
personalized relationship banking services and the local and efficient decision-making of our banking businesses. Because of economies of scale, our larger, nationwide competitors may
offer loan pricing that is more attractive than what we can offer.
Competition is based on a number of factors, including: interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits, the scope and type of banking and financial services offered, convenience
of our branch locations, customer service, technological changes and regulatory constraints. Many of our competitors are large companies that have substantial capital, technological and
marketing resources. Some of our competitors have substantial market positions and have access to a lower cost of capital or a less expensive source of funds. We principally compete
based on:
in-depth knowledge of our borrowers' industries and their business needs based upon information received from our borrowers' key decision-makers, analysis by our
experienced professionals and interaction between these two groups;
our breadth of loan product offerings and flexible and creative approach to structuring products that meet our borrowers' business and timing needs; and
our dedication to superior client service.
•
•
•
Employees
As of January 30, 2015, we had 1,443 full time equivalent employees.
Financial and Statistical Disclosure
Certain of our statistical information is presented within “Item 6. Selected Financial Data,” “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations,” and “Item 7A. Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk.” This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements
contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
12
Supervision and Regulation
General
The Company is subject to extensive regulation under federal and state banking laws that establish a comprehensive framework for our operations. Such regulation is intended, among
other things, to protect the interests of customers, including depositors, and the federal deposit insurance fund, as well as to minimize risk to the banking system as a whole. These
regulations are not, however, generally charged with protecting the interests of our stockholders or creditors. Described below are the material elements of selected laws and regulations
applicable to our Company. The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described. Changes
in applicable law or regulations, and in their application by regulatory agencies, cannot be predicted, but they may have a material effect on the business and results of our Company.
Our business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal and state governments in those states in which we operate. In addition, we adhere to the policies of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "FRB"). The FRB implements national monetary policies (with the dual mandate of price stability and maximum employment)
by its open-market operations in United States Government securities, by adjusting the required level of and paying interest on reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its reserve
requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments
and deposits and also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. Indirectly, such actions may also impact the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with the
Bank. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.
The events of the past several years have led to numerous new laws for financial institutions in the United States and internationally. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act” or “Dodd-Frank”), which was enacted in July 2010, significantly restructured the financial regulatory landscape in the United States,
including the creation of a new systemic risk oversight body, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “FSOC”). The FSOC oversees and coordinates the efforts of the primary U.S.
financial regulatory agencies (including the FRB, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the FDIC) in establishing
regulations to address financial stability concerns. In addition to the systemic risk oversight framework implemented through the FSOC, the Dodd-Frank Act broadly affected the financial
services industry by creating a resolution authority, mandating higher capital and liquidity requirements, mandating risk management requirements, requiring banks to pay increased fees to
regulatory agencies, establishing the CFPB, and establishing numerous other provisions aimed at strengthening the sound operation of the financial services sector. As discussed further
throughout this section, some aspects of Dodd-Frank continue to be subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several additional years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall
financial impact on the Company or across the industry.
The Dodd-Frank Act and the FRB’s implementing regulations impose increasingly stringent regulatory requirements on financial institutions as their size and scope of activities
increases. With the April 7, 2014 CapitalSource Inc. merger, the Company’s total consolidated assets exceeded $15 billion, which subjects the Company to additional regulatory
requirements for financial institutions with over $10 billion in total consolidated assets. This substantially increased the regulations we are required to meet, particularly with respect to risk
management, capital planning, and stress testing in various parts of the Company and the Bank. In addition, the Company and the Bank are now subject to the examination and supervision
of the CFPB.
Bank Holding Company Regulation
As a bank holding company, PacWest is registered with and subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended, or "BHCA." FRB policy historically has required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial strength to their bank subsidiaries and to commit capital and financial
resources to support those subsidiaries in circumstances where it might not be in our, or our stockholders’ or creditors’, best interest to do so. The Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a
statutory requirement. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when we may not be in a financial position to do so.
Similarly, under the cross-guarantee provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or "FDIA," the FDIC can hold any FDIC-insured depository institution liable for any loss suffered or
anticipated by the FDIC in connection with (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to such a commonly
controlled institution. We are also required to file with the FRB periodic reports of our operations and such additional information regarding the Company and its subsidiaries as the FRB
may require.
13
Pursuant to the BHCA, we are required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB before we acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or the ownership or control of voting
shares of any bank if, after giving effect to such acquisition, we would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5 percent of such bank. Pursuant to the Bank Merger Act, the prior
approval of the FDIC is required for our bank to merge with another bank or purchase all or substantially all of the assets or assume any of the deposits of another FDIC-insured depository
institution. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, bank regulators consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the
transactions, the capital position and managerial resources of the combined organization, the risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system, the applicant’s performance record
under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, or "CRA," the applicant’s compliance with fair housing and other consumer protection laws, and the effectiveness of all organizations
involved in combating money laundering activities. In addition, failure to implement or maintain adequate compliance programs could cause bank regulators not to approve an acquisition
where regulatory approval is required or to prohibit an acquisition even if approval is not required. Our ability to engage in certain merger or acquisition transactions, whether or not any
regulatory approval is required, will be dependent upon our regulators’ assessment of the foregoing factors.
Under the BHCA, we may not engage in any business other than managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to our subsidiaries and such other activities that the FRB deems
to be so closely related to banking as “to be a proper incident thereto.” We are also prohibited, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5
percent of the voting shares of any company unless the company is engaged in banking activities or the FRB determines that the activity is so closely related to banking as to be a proper
incident to banking. The FRB’s approval must be obtained before the shares of any such company can be acquired and, in certain cases, before any approved company can open new
offices.
Additionally, bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility requirements prescribed by the BHCA and elect to operate as financial holding companies may engage in, or own
shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking activities, including securities and insurance activities and any other activity that the FRB, in consultation with the Secretary
of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature, incidental to any such financial activity or complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a
substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. As of the date of this filing, we have not elected to be treated as a financial holding
company. and currently have no plans to make a financial holding company election.
Our earnings and activities are affected by legislation, by regulations and by local legislative and administrative bodies and by decisions of courts in the jurisdictions in which we and
the Bank conduct business. For example, these activities include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. It is the
policy of the FRB that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is
consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that
undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends that
our subsidiary Bank can pay to us without regulatory approval. The BHCA and regulations of the FRB also impose certain constraints on the redemption or purchase by a bank holding
company of its own shares of stock.
In addition to these explicit limitations, the federal regulatory agencies have general authority to prohibit a banking subsidiary or bank holding company from engaging in an unsafe or
unsound banking practice. Depending upon the circumstances, the agencies could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Further,
as discussed below under “-Capital Requirements,” a bank holding company, such as the Company, is required to maintain minimum ratios of Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital,
and total capital to total risk-weighted assets, and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total adjusted quarterly average assets as defined in such regulations. The level of our capital ratios
may affect our ability to pay dividends or repurchase our shares. See “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters-Dividends” and Note 20, Dividend
Availability and Regulatory Matters, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
14
Transactions between the Bank and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, or PacWest and any subsidiary, on the other hand, are regulated under federal banking law. Subject to certain
exceptions set forth in the Federal Reserve Act, a bank can make a loan or extend credit to an affiliate, purchase or invest in the securities of an affiliate, purchase assets from an affiliate,
accept securities of an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company, issue a guaranty, accept letters of credit on behalf of an affiliate, or enter into
derivative transactions with credit exposures with an affiliate only if the aggregate amount of the above transactions of such subsidiary does not exceed 10 percent of such subsidiary’s
capital stock and surplus on an individual basis or 20 percent of such subsidiary’s capital stock and surplus on an aggregate basis. Such transactions must be on terms and conditions that are
consistent with safe and sound banking practices and at least as favorable to our bank as if the transaction were conducted with an unaffiliated third party. A bank and its subsidiaries
generally may not purchase a “low-quality asset,” as that term is defined in the Federal Reserve Act, from an affiliate. Such restrictions also prevent a holding company and its other
affiliates from borrowing from a banking subsidiary of the holding company unless the loans are secured by collateral. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded the coverage and scope
of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization.
The FRB has cease and desist powers over parent bank holding companies and non-banking subsidiaries where the action of a parent bank holding company or its non-financial
institution subsidiaries represents an unsafe or unsound practice or violation of law. The FRB has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity
or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the FRB has reasonable grounds to believe that continuing such activity, ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the
financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.
In October 2012, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FRB and FDIC published final rules regarding company-run stress testing. The rules require institutions, such as the
Company and the Bank, with average total consolidated assets greater than $10 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test of capital, consolidated earnings and losses under one
base scenario and at least two stress scenarios provided by the federal bank regulators. Stress test results must be reported to the regulatory agencies, and the stress testing rules require the
public disclosure of a summary of the stress test results. The Company’s and Bank’s capital ratios reflected in the stress test calculations will be an important factor considered by the FRB
and FDIC in evaluating the capital adequacy of the Company and the Bank, respectively, and whether any proposed payments of dividends or stock repurchases may be deemed an unsafe
or unsound practice. The Company will be required to publish its first stress test results in July 2016.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal financial regulatory agencies to adopt rules that prohibit banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and
sponsoring certain unregistered investment companies (hedge funds and private equity funds, defined as “covered funds”). The statutory provision is commonly called the “Volcker Rule”.
On December 10, 2013, the federal financial regulatory agencies adopted final rules implementing the Volcker Rule, and, in connection with the final Volcker Rule, the FRB granted a
blanket one-year extension of the Volcker Rule conformance period so that banking organizations had until July 21, 2015 to fully comply with most requirements of the Volcker Rule. On
December 18, 2014, the FRB granted a second one-year extension of the Volcker Rule conformance period to July 21, 2016 for existing investments in and relationships with covered funds
(relationships existing prior to December 31, 2013). A similar one-year extension by the FRB is expected to further extend the Volcker Rule conformance period to July 21, 2017. We do
not currently anticipate that the Volcker Rule will have a material effect on our operations. Because many of the effects of the Volcker Rule may become apparent only over several years as
the federal financial regulatory agencies apply the rule in practice, the precise financial impact of the rule on the Company, its customers or the financial industry more generally cannot
currently be determined.
Dividends
The ability of the Company to pay dividends on its common stock, and the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company, may be restricted due to several factors including: (a)
the Delaware General Corporation Law, (b) covenants contained in our subordinated debentures and borrowing agreements, and (c) the regulatory authority of the FRB and the California
Department of Business Oversight, or "DBO."
15
Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is subject to the restrictions set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, or "DGCL." The DGCL provides that a corporation,
unless otherwise restricted by its certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends out of its surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the
dividend is declared and/or for the preceding fiscal year, as long as the amount of capital of the corporation is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and
outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Surplus is defined as the excess of a corporation’s net assets (i.e., its total assets minus its total liabilities)
over the capital associated with issuances of its common stock. Moreover, DGCL permits a board of directors to reduce its capital and transfer such amount to its surplus. In determining the
amount of surplus of a Delaware corporation, the assets of the corporation, including stock of subsidiaries owned by the corporation, must be valued at their fair market value as determined
by the board of directors, regardless of their historical book value.
Our ability to pay cash dividends to our stockholders may be limited by certain covenants contained in the indentures governing trust preferred securities issued by us or entities that
we have acquired, and the debentures underlying the trust preferred securities. Generally the indentures provide that if an Event of Default (as defined in the indentures) has occurred and is
continuing, or if we are in default with respect to any obligations under our guarantee agreement which covers payments of the obligations on the trust preferred securities, or if we give
notice of any intention to defer payments of interest on the debentures underlying the trust preferred securities, then we may not, among other restrictions, declare or pay any dividends with
respect to our common stock.
The unsecured borrowing facility at the parent company may also limit our ability to pay cash dividends to our stockholders if an Event of Default (as defined in the credit agreement)
has occurred and is continuing.
Notification to the FRB is also required prior to our declaring and paying a cash dividend to our stockholders during any period in which our quarterly and/or cumulative
twelve-month net earnings are insufficient to fund the dividend amount, among other requirements. Under such circumstances, we may not pay a dividend should the FRB object until such
time as we receive approval from the FRB or no longer need to provide notice under applicable regulations.
Holders of Company common stock may receive dividends declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available under state law governing the Company and certain
federal laws and regulations governing the banking and financial services business. Our Board of Directors will take into account such matters as general business conditions; our financial
results; projected cash flows; capital requirements; contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiary to the holding
company; and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. During 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company paid $114.3 million, $41.0 million, and $28.8 million in cash
dividends on common stock. We can provide no assurance that we will continue to declare dividends on a quarterly basis or otherwise. The declaration of dividends by the Company is
subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors.
PacWest’s primary source of liquidity is the receipt of cash dividends from Pacific Western. Various statutes and regulations limit the availability of cash dividends from Pacific
Western. It is possible, depending upon the financial condition of the bank in question, and other factors, that the FRB, the FDIC or the DBO could assert that payment of dividends or other
payments is an unsafe or unsound practice. Pacific Western is subject to restrictions under certain federal and state laws and regulations governing banks which limit its ability to transfer
funds to the holding company through intercompany loans, advances or cash dividends.
Dividends paid by state banks, such as Pacific Western, are regulated by the DBO and FDIC under their general supervisory authority as it relates to a bank’s capital requirements. A
state bank may declare a dividend without the approval of the DBO and FDIC as long as the total dividends declared in a calendar year do not exceed either the retained earnings or the total
of net earnings for three previous fiscal years less any dividend paid during such period. During 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Bank paid $137.0 million, $48.0 million, and $50.0 million in
dividends to the Company. For the foreseeable future, any further cash dividends from the Bank to the Company will require DBO and FDIC approval.
See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity” and Note 20, Dividend Availability and Regulatory Matters, of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of other factors affecting the availability of dividends and
limitations on the ability to declare dividends.
16
Capital Requirements
The Company is subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements administered by the FRB, and the Bank is subject to similar capital requirements administered by the FDIC.
The Dodd-Frank Act applies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to bank holding companies, such as the Company. The
guidelines of the FRB and FDIC are intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital given the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments.
General Risk Based Capital Rules. Prior to January 1, 2015, the FDIC and FRB risk-based capital guidelines were based upon the 1988 Capital Accord (“Basel I”) of the Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). The Basel Committee is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries
that develops broad policy guidelines that each country’s supervisors can use to determine the supervisory policies that apply.
Under the general risk-based capital rules, applicable through December 31, 2014, banking organizations are required to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 capital and total capital to
total risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit). For purposes of calculating the ratios, a banking organization’s assets and some of its
specified off-balance sheet commitments and obligations are assigned to various risk categories. A depository institution’s or holding company’s capital, in turn, is classified in one of two
tiers relevant to us, depending on type:
Core Capital (Tier 1). Tier 1 capital includes common equity, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of qualifying
cumulative perpetual stock at the holding company level, minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, and qualifying trust preferred securities (subject to
phase-out as described under “-Basel III Capital Rules” below) minus goodwill, most intangible assets and certain other assets.
Supplementary Capital (Tier 2). Tier 2 capital includes, among other things, perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities not meeting the Tier 1 definition,
qualifying mandatory convertible debt securities, qualifying subordinated debt, and allowances for possible credit losses, subject to limitations.
As a bank holding company, the Company currently is required to maintain Tier 1 capital and total capital equal to at least 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively, of its total risk-weighted
assets (including various off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit). The Bank is required to maintain equivalent capital levels under the FDIC’s capital adequacy guidelines. In
addition, as a depository institution, the Bank is subject to minimum capital ratios under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action discussed under “-Prompt Corrective
Action.”
The Company and the Bank are also required to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier 1 capital to its total
adjusted quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes). Bank holding companies and FDIC-supervised banks, such as the Company and the Bank, respectively, are required
to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a different minimum is specified by an appropriate regulatory authority. In addition, for a depository institution to be considered “well
capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%.
Regulatory capital requirements limit the amount of deferred tax assets that may be included when determining the amount of regulatory capital. Deferred tax asset amounts in excess
of the calculated limit are deducted from regulatory capital. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Capital Resources-
Capital” for further information on regulatory capital requirements, capital ratios, and deferred tax asset limits as of December 31, 2014 for Pacific Western Bank and the Company.
17
The Company issued subordinated debentures to trusts that were established by us or entities we have acquired, which, in turn, issued trust preferred securities. The amount of
subordinated debentures totaled $433.6 million at December 31, 2014 and includes $300.4 million of debentures assumed in connection with the CapitalSource Inc. merger. The Company
includes in Tier 1 capital an amount of trust preferred securities equal to no more than 25% of the sum of all core capital elements, which is generally defined as shareholders’ equity less
goodwill, net of any related deferred income tax liability. At December 31, 2014, the amount of trust preferred securities included in Tier I capital was $131.0 million. The acquired
CapitalSource Inc. trust preferred securities are ineligible for inclusion in Tier 1 capital but are included in Tier 2 capital. The $131.0 million of trust preferred securities are currently
grandfathered as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act. However, under new capital rules approved by the FRB and FDIC in July 2013, described below under “-Basel III Capital
Rules,” as a result of the Company having exceeded $15 billion in consolidated total assets, beginning in 2015 only 25% of the Company’s $131.0 million of trust preferred securities
currently outstanding will be included in Tier 1 capital, and in 2016, none of the Company’s trust preferred securities will be included in Tier 1 capital. Further, under such rules, trust
preferred securities no longer included in the Company’s Tier 1 capital may be included as a component of Tier 2 capital on a permanent basis without phase-out. If the $131.0 million of
trust preferred securities are excluded from regulatory capital, we remain “well capitalized” at December 31, 2014.
Basel III Capital Rules. In July 2013, the Company’s primary federal regulator, the FRB, and the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the FDIC, approved final rules (the “New Capital
Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The New Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 final
capital framework referred to as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards. The New Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to
bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the Bank, as compared to the current U.S. general risk-based capital rules. The New
Capital Rules revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratio
calculations. The New Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratio calculations and replace the
existing general risk-weighting approach, which was derived from the Basel Committee’s 1988 “Basel I” capital accords, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the
“standardized approach” in the Basel Committee’s 2004 “Basel II” capital accords. The New Capital Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to
remove references to credit ratings from the federal regulators’ rules. The New Capital Rules were effective for the Company and the Bank as of January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in
periods for certain of their components and other provisions.
The New Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) and related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted
assets, (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements, (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to
regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to
existing regulations. Under the New Capital Rules, for most banking organizations the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the
most common form of Tier 2 capital is subordinated notes and a portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the New Capital Rules’ specific requirements.
Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 are as follows:
•
•
•
•
4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;
8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and
4% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on regulatory financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).
The New Capital Rules also introduce a new “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation
buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital
conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will
begin on January 1, 2016 at a 0.625% level and increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. When fully phased-in, the Company and the
Bank will be required to maintain such additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%,
(ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.
18
The New Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax
assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted
from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1.
In addition, under the current general risk-based capital rules, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) items included in shareholders’ equity (for
example, unrealized gains and losses of securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio) under U.S. GAAP are reversed for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Pursuant
to the New Capital Rules, the effects of certain AOCI items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank, may make
a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. This election must be made concurrently with the first filing of certain of the Company’s and the Bank’s periodic
regulatory reports in the beginning of 2015. The Company and the Bank expect to make this election in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending upon the
impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of our securities portfolio.
Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 commenced on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015
and an additional 20% per year thereafter).
With respect to the Bank, the New Capital Rules revised the prompt corrective action regulations as described below under “-Prompt Corrective Action”.
The New Capital Rules prescribe a new standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%,
20%, 50% and 100%) to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency
securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes.
We are continuing to evaluate the impact of the New Capital Rules on our capital ratios and related calculations. We believe that, as of December 31, 2014, the Company and the Bank
would remain "well-capitalized" under the New Capital Rules as if such requirements had been in effect.
Liquidity Requirements. Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, both in the U.S. and
internationally, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that,
although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward will be required by regulation.
One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to
the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, then 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred
to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon.
These requirements will incentivize banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets and increase the use of
long-term debt as a funding source.
In September 2014, the federal banking agencies approved final rules implementing the LCR for advanced approaches banking organizations (i.e., banking organizations with $250
billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in total on-balance sheet foreign exposure) and a modified version of the LCR for bank holding companies with at least
$50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not advanced approach banking organizations, neither of which apply to the Company or the Bank. The federal banking agencies have not yet
proposed rules to implement the NSFR.
Prompt Corrective Action
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, or FDICIA, requires each federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured
depository institutions, including but not limited to those that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. Pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC promulgated regulations defining
the following five categories in which an insured depository institution will be placed, based on the level of its capital ratios: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. A bank’s category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations, and the capital
category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes.
19
Under the prompt corrective action provisions of FDICIA (“PCA”), an insured depository institution generally will be classified as undercapitalized if its total risk-based capital is
less than 8% or its Tier 1 risk-based capital or leverage ratio is less than 4%. The New Capital Rules revise the PCA regulations by: (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each PCA
category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each
category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank
with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized (under the New Capital Rules a 5% leverage ratio is required for an institution to
be well capitalized and a 4% leverage ratio is required to be adequately capitalized). The New Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any PCA category.
An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as “well capitalized”, “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital
category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such
treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on
interest rates paid on deposits, prohibitions on payment of dividends and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if a bank is classified in one of the
undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to its federal bank regulator, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. The
obligation of a controlling bank holding company to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets or the amount required to meet
regulatory capital requirements.
In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, commercial banking organizations, such as the Bank, may be subject to potential enforcement actions by
the federal or state banking agencies for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the
agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be
judicially enforced, the termination of insurance for deposits (in the case of a depository institution), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital,
the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties. The enforcement of such actions through injunctions or
restraining orders may be based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.
Safety and Soundness Standards
The FDIA requires the federal bank regulators to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan
documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and
managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information
systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, these guidelines require,
among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. These guidelines also prohibit excessive compensation as
an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer,
employee, director or principal stockholder. In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an
agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance
plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the bank regulator must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order
directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution may be subject under the FDIA. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the bank regulator may seek
to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.
Deposit Insurance
The Bank is a state-chartered, “non-member” bank and therefore is regulated by the DBO and the FDIC. Pacific Western accepts deposits, and those deposits have the benefit of
FDIC insurance up to the applicable limits. The applicable limit for FDIC insurance for most types of accounts is $250,000.
20
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC amended its regulations to determine insurance assessments based on the average consolidated assets less the average tangible equity of
the insured depository institution during the assessment period. In addition, in October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new Deposit Insurance Fund restoration plan to ensure that the fund
reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020. The FDIC has established a long-term target for the reserve ratio of 2.0%. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and
income projections for the fund and, if needed, will increase or decrease assessment rates, following notice-and-comment rulemaking if required.
The Bank, as is the case with all FDIC insured banks, is subject to deposit insurance assessments as determined by the FDIC. Each institution’s assessments are based on the average
consolidated total assets less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period (the “assessment base”). As a result of the April 7, 2014
CapitalSource Inc. merger, the Bank’s total consolidated assets exceeded $15 billion, which categorizes the Bank as a “large institution” under the FDIC’s deposit assessment rules. For
large institutions, such as the Bank, the FDIC uses a performance score and a loss-severity score that are used to calculate an initial assessment rate. In calculating these scores, the FDIC
uses a bank’s capital level and supervisory ratings (its “CAMELS ratings”) and certain financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-
related stress. The FDIC has the ability to make discretionary adjustments to the total score based upon significant risk factors that are not adequately captured in the calculations.
Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to
continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.
Incentive Compensation
The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at
specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion in total assets, such as the Company and the Bank, that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee,
director or principal stockholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. In addition, these regulators must establish regulations
or guidelines requiring enhanced disclosure of incentive-based compensation arrangements to regulators. The agencies proposed such regulations in April 2011, but these regulations have
not yet been finalized. If the regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will impose limitations on the manner in which we may structure compensation for our executives.
In addition to the proposed rules, in June 2010, the FRB and the FDIC issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive
compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all
employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s
incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be
compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board
of directors. These three principles are incorporated into the proposed joint compensation regulations under Dodd-Frank, discussed above.
The FRB will review, as part of its regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not
“large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of
incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s
supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive
compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt
and effective measures to correct the deficiency.
21
Consumer Regulation
We are subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern our relationship with our customers. These laws include the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home
Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and these laws’
respective state-law counterparts, as well as state usury laws and laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. These and other federal laws, among other things, require
disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report
information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices, restrict our ability to raise interest rates and subject us to substantial regulatory
oversight. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and
attorneys’ fees. Federal bank regulators, state attorneys general and state and local consumer protection agencies may also seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain
these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by the state and local attorneys general in each jurisdiction in which we operate and civil money
penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in our failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for merger or acquisition transactions we
may wish to pursue or our prohibition from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required.
The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB with broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws. The CFPB is also
authorized to engage in consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and
communities. Banking organizations with more than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, are subject to direct oversight and examination by the CFPB.
The consumer protection provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the examination, supervision and enforcement of those laws and implementing regulations by the CFPB have created a
more intense and complex environment for consumer finance regulation. The CFPB has significant authority to implement and enforce federal consumer finance laws, including the Truth
in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and new requirements for financial services products provided for in the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the authority to identify and prohibit
unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices. The review of products and practices to prevent such acts and practices is a continuing focus of the CFPB, and of banking regulators more
broadly. The ultimate impact of this heightened scrutiny is uncertain but could result in changes to pricing, practices, products and procedures. It could also result in increased costs related
to regulatory oversight, supervision and examination, additional remediation efforts and possible penalties. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act provides the CFPB with broad supervisory,
examination and enforcement authority over various consumer financial products and services, including the ability to require reimbursements and other payments to customers for alleged
legal violations and to impose significant penalties, as well as injunctive relief that prohibits lenders from engaging in allegedly unlawful practices. The CFPB also has the authority to
obtain cease and desist orders providing for affirmative relief or monetary penalties. The Dodd-Frank Act does not prevent states from adopting stricter consumer protection standards. State
regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Depositor Preference
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution,
including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured
claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured,
non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.
22
USA PATRIOT Act
The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or "PATRIOT Act," designed to deny terrorists
and others the ability to obtain access to the United States financial system, has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the
transfer of money. The PATRIOT Act, as implemented by various federal regulatory agencies, requires financial institutions, including the Company, to establish and implement policies
and procedures with respect to, among other matters, anti-money laundering, compliance, suspicious activity and currency transaction reporting and due diligence on customers and
prospective customers. The PATRIOT Act and its underlying regulations permit information sharing for counter-terrorist purposes between federal law enforcement agencies and financial
institutions, as well as among financial institutions, subject to certain conditions, and require the FRB, the FDIC and other federal banking agencies to evaluate the effectiveness of an
applicant in combating money laundering activities when considering applications filed under Section 3 of the BHCA or the Bank Merger Act.
We regularly evaluate and continue to enhance our systems and procedures to continue to comply with the PATRIOT Act and other anti-money laundering initiatives. We believe that
the ongoing cost of compliance with the PATRIOT Act is not likely to be material to the Company. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to
combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal, strategic, and reputational consequences for the
institution and result in material fines and sanctions.
Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering
The Bank Secrecy Act, which applies to all financial institutions, was enacted on October 26, 1970, as a means to detect incidents of money laundering for any of a multitude of
illegal, illicit and suspicious activities. Money laundering is the process of making illegally-gained funds (i.e. "dirty money") appear legal (i.e. "clean"). There are a variety of ways this can
take place and against which the Bank must guard. Money laundering can facilitate crimes such as drug trafficking and terrorism, and can adversely impact the global economy. We
regularly monitor account activities of all customers to ensure they are not using the Bank for these activities and take appropriate steps as we detect such activities.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, designated nationals and others. These are typically known as the
“OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting designated
countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including
prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments
in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned
country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and
bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal, strategic,
and reputational consequences, and result in civil money penalties on the Bank.
Community Reinvestment Act
The CRA generally requires insured depository institutions to identify the communities they serve and to make loans and investments, offer products, make donations in, and provide
services designed to meet the credit needs of these communities. The CRA also requires banks to maintain comprehensive records of its CRA activities to demonstrate how it is meeting the
credit needs of their communities; these documents are subject to periodic examination by the FDIC. During these examinations, the FDIC rates such institutions’ compliance with CRA as
“Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance.” The CRA requires the FDIC to take into account the record of a bank in meeting the credit needs of all
of the communities served, including low-and moderate-income neighborhoods, in determining such rating. Failure of an institution to receive at least a “Satisfactory” rating could inhibit
such institution or its holding company from undertaking certain activities, including acquisitions. The Bank received a CRA rating of “Satisfactory” as of its most recent examination. In
the case of a bank holding company, such as the Company, when applying to acquire a bank, savings association, or a bank holding company, the FRB will assess the CRA record of each
depository institution of the applicant bank holding company in considering the application.
23
Customer Information Security
The FRB and other bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines for safeguarding confidential, personal, non-public customer information. These guidelines require each
financial institution, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its board of directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to create, implement and maintain a comprehensive written
information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazard to the security or integrity of such
information and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. We have adopted a customer
information security program to comply with such requirements.
Privacy
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and the California Financial Information Privacy Act require financial institutions to implement policies and procedures regarding the
disclosure of non-public personal information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. In general, the statutes require explanations to consumers on policies and procedures
regarding the disclosure of such non-public personal information and, except as otherwise required by law, prohibit disclosing such information except as provided in the Bank’s policies
and procedures. Pacific Western has implemented privacy policies addressing these restrictions, which are distributed regularly to all existing and new customers of the Bank.
Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives
From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in the U.S. Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may
include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system.
Such legislation could change banking statutes and our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing
business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. We cannot predict
whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. A
change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on our business.
Hazardous Waste Clean-Up and Climate-Related Risk
Our primary exposure to environmental laws is through our lending activities and through properties or businesses we may own, lease or acquire, or which are collateral for our loans,
since we are not involved in any business that manufactures, uses or transports chemicals, waste, pollutants or toxins that might have a material adverse effect on the environment. Based on
a general survey of the Bank’s loan portfolio, conversations with local appraisers and the type of lending currently and historically done by the Bank, we are not presently aware of any
actual liability for hazardous waste contamination that would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company as of February 20, 2015. Finally, we are not aware of
any physical or regulatory consequence resulting from climate change that would have a material adverse effect upon the Company.
24
Available Information
We maintain an Internet website at www.pacwestbancorp.com, and a website for Pacific Western at www.pacificwesternbank.com. At www.pacwestbancorp.com and via the “Investor
Relations” link at the Bank’s website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") are available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such forms
are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, located at 100 F Street, NE,
Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet
website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may obtain copies
of the Company’s filings on the SEC website. These documents may also be obtained in print upon request by our stockholders to our Investor Relations Department.
We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, including our principal executive officer and senior financial officers, in
accordance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the SEC promulgated thereunder. The code of ethics, which we call our Code of Business Conduct and
Ethics, is available on our corporate website, www.pacwestbancorp.com in the section entitled “Corporate Governance.” In the event that we make changes in, or provide waivers from, the
provisions of this code of ethics that the SEC requires us to disclose, we intend to disclose these events on our corporate website in such section. In the Corporate Governance section of our
corporate website, we have also posted the charters for our Audit Committee, our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee, and our Risk Committee, as well as our
Corporate Governance Guidelines. In addition, information concerning purchases and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and directors is posted on our website.
Our Investor Relations Department can be contacted at PacWest Bancorp, 130 S. State College Blvd., Brea, CA 92821, Attention: Investor Relations, telephone (714) 671-6800, or
via e-mail to investor-relations@pacwestbancorp.com.
All website addresses given in this document are for information only and are not intended to be an active link or to incorporate any website information into this document.
25
Forward-Looking Information
This Form 10-K contains certain “forward-looking statements” about the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995,
including certain plans, strategies, goals, and projections and including statements about our expectations regarding our operating expenses, profitability, allowance for loan and lease
losses, net interest margin, deposit growth, loan and lease portfolio growth and production, future acquisitions, maintaining capital adequacy, liquidity, goodwill, interest rate risk
management, and realization of our deferred tax asset. All statements contained in this Form 10-K that are not clearly historical in nature are forward-looking, and the words “anticipate,”
“assume,” “intend,” “believe,” “forecast,” “expect,” “estimate,” “plan,” “continue,” “will,” “should,” “look forward” and similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-
looking statements. All forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control, which may cause actual results, performance, or
achievements to differ materially from results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those
contained or implied by such forward-looking statements for a variety of factors, including without limitation:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
change in interest rates and lending spreads;
compression of interest rate spreads on newly originated loans or due to changes in our loan product mix;
unfavorable changes in asset mix;
changes in economic or competitive market conditions could negatively impact investment or lending opportunities or product pricing and services;
credit quality deterioration or pronounced and sustained reduction in market values or other economic factors which adversely affect our borrowers' ability to repay loans and
leases;
continued, worsening or higher than anticipated credit losses or charge-offs;
higher than anticipated increases in operating expenses;
higher compensation costs and professional fees;
increased costs to manage and sell foreclosed assets;
the Company’s ability to complete future acquisitions and to successfully integrate such acquired entities or achieve expected benefits, synergies and/or operating efficiencies
within expected time-frames or at all;
higher than anticipated delinquencies and reserves;
a change in the interest rate environment reduces interest margins;
asset/liability repricing risks and liquidity risks reduce interest margins and the value of investments;
pending legal matters may take longer or cost more to resolve or may be resolved adversely to the Company;
a deterioration in the overall macroeconomic conditions or the state of the banking industry that could warrant further analysis of the carrying value of goodwill and could
result in an adjustment to its carrying value resulting in a non-cash charge to net income;
general economic conditions, either nationally or in the market areas in which the Company does or anticipates doing business, are less favorable than expected;
our inability to grow deposits and access wholesale funding sources;
legislative or regulatory requirements or changes adversely affecting the Company’s business, including an increase to capital requirements;
loan repayments higher than expected;
reduced demand for our services due to strategic or regulatory reasons;
the success and timing of other business strategies and asset sales;
lower than expected taxable income which adversely affects the value of deferred tax assets;
lower than expected dividends paid from Pacific Western Bank to the holding company;
changes in tax laws or regulations affecting our business;
our inability to generate sufficient earnings;
tax planning or disallowance of tax benefits by tax authorities;
changes in the forward yield curve;
changes in the relationship between yields on investments and loans repaid and yields on assets reinvested; and
26
•
other risk factors described in our audited consolidated financial statements, and other risk factors described in this Form 10-K and other documents filed or furnished by
PacWest with the SEC.
All forward-looking statements included in this Form 10-K are based on information available at the time the statement is made. We are under no obligation to (and expressly disclaim
any such obligation to) update or alter our forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise except as required by law.
27
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Ownership of our common stock involves risk. You should carefully consider, in addition to the other information set forth herein, the following risk factors.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our business has been and may continue to be adversely affected by current conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.
The U.S. economic recession in 2007 through 2009, and the sluggish economic recovery since then, has had an adverse effect on our business. In addition, the global financial markets
have undergone and may continue to experience pervasive and fundamental disruptions, which also have an adverse effect on our business. In some cases, the markets have produced
downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers' underlying financial strength. While economic conditions have shown signs of
improvement, the sustainability of an economic recovery is uncertain as economic activity continues to face difficulties due to cautious business spending, the variable rate of U.S.
economic growth, weak commodity prices, low wage growth offsetting the improved levels of unemployment, currency exchange rate volatility and its effect on export growth, and the
slowing and negative economic growth and other continuing economic developments in Europe and Asia.
A sustained weakness or further weakening in business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we do business could have one or more of
the following adverse effects on our business:
•
•
•
•
•
•
a decrease in the demand for loans and other products and services offered by us;
a decrease in deposit balances due to overall reductions in the accounts of customers;
a decrease in the value of our loans or other assets secured by real estate;
a decrease in net interest income derived from our lending and deposit gathering activities;
an impairment of certain intangible assets; or
an increase in the number of borrowers who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us. An increase in the
number delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults could result in a higher level of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provisions for credit losses.
Unfavorable changes in economic conditions generally have an adverse effect on our business, and there can be no assurance that the economic recovery will be sustainable in the near
term. If economic conditions worsen or remain volatile, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations to be adversely affected.
Our concentration of loans to privately owned small and medium-sized companies and to a limited number of clients within a particular industry or region could expose us to
greater lending risk if the market sector, industry or region were to experience economic difficulties or changes in the regulatory environment.
Our portfolio consists primarily of commercial loans to small and medium-sized, privately owned businesses in a limited number of industries and regions primarily throughout the
United States.
As of December 31, 2014, real estate mortgage loans (which are predominately commercial real estate loans) comprised 47.1% of our total portfolio. At December 31, 2014, our
largest property type concentration was healthcare property, totaling 18.4% of real estate mortgage loans. Other significant real estate mortgage loan property type concentrations were
office properties at 13.9% and multi-family properties at 13.8% at December 31, 2014. In addition, 52.7% of our loans secured by real estate were in California at December 31, 2014.
Commercial loans and leases comprised 49.4% of our total portfolio at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2014, our largest commercial loan type concentration was cash flow
loans, totaling 20.9% of our total portfolio. Cash flow secured loans are provided to sophisticated buyers and private equity groups, financial investors, strategic companies and sponsors to
finance the acquisition or recapitalization of a business. Other significant commercial concentrations were asset-based loans at 15.1% and equipment finance at 8.2% of the total portfolio at
December 31, 2014.
If any particular industry or geographic region were to experience economic difficulties, the overall timing and amount of collections on our loans to clients operating in those
industries or geographic regions may differ from what we expected, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
28
Additionally, compared to larger, publicly owned firms, privately owned small and medium-sized companies generally have limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may be
in a weaker financial position and therefore more susceptible to economic downturns or volatility and may need more capital to expand or compete. These financial challenges may make it
difficult for our clients to make scheduled payments of interest or principal on our loans. Accordingly, loans made to these types of clients entail higher risks than loans made to companies
that are able to access a broader array of credit sources. The concentration of our portfolio in loans to these types of clients could amplify these risks.
Further, there is generally no publicly available information about the small and medium-sized privately owned companies to which we lend. Therefore, we underwrite our loans
based on detailed financial information and projections provided to us by our clients and we must rely on our clients and the due diligence efforts of our employees to obtain the information
relevant to making our credit decisions. We rely upon the management of these companies to provide full and accurate disclosure of material information concerning their business,
financial condition and prospects. We may not have access to all of the material information about a particular client's business, financial condition and prospects, or a client's accounting
records may be poorly maintained or organized. The client's business, financial condition and prospects may also change rapidly in the current economic environment. In such instances, we
may not make a fully informed credit decision which may lead, ultimately, to a failure or inability to recover our loan in its entirety.
Our business is subject to interest rate risk, and variations in interest rates may materially and adversely affect our financial performance.
Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce our profits. It is expected that we will continue to realize income from the differential or "spread" between the interest earned on
loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest spreads are affected by the difference between
the maturities and repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in market interest rates generally affect loan volume, loan yields, funding
sources and funding costs. Our net interest spread depends on many factors that are partly or completely out of our control, including competition, federal economic monetary and fiscal
policies, and general economic conditions.
While an increase in the general level of interest rates may increase our loan yield, it may adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers with variable-rate loans to pay the interest
on and principal of their obligations. In addition, an increase in market interest rates on loans is generally associated with a lower volume of loan originations, which may reduce earnings.
Following an increase in the general level of interest rates, our ability to maintain a positive net interest spread is dependent on our ability to increase our loan offering rates, replace loan
maturities with new originations, minimize increases on our deposit rates, and maintain an acceptable level and mix of funding. We cannot provide assurances that we will be able to
increase our loan offering rates and continue to originate loans due to the competitive landscape in which we operate. Additionally, we cannot provide assurances that we can minimize the
increases in our deposit rates while maintaining an acceptable level of deposits. Finally, we cannot provide any assurances that we can maintain our current levels of noninterest-bearing
deposits as customers may seek higher yielding products when rates increase.
Following a decline in the general level of interest rates, our ability to maintain a positive net interest spread is dependent on our ability to reduce the interest paid on deposits,
borrowings, and other interest-bearing liabilities. We cannot provide assurance that we would be able to lower the rates paid on deposit accounts to support our liquidity requirements as
lower rates may result in deposit outflows.
Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume, liquidity, and overall
profitability. We cannot assure you that we can minimize our interest rate risk.
Liquidity risk would impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.
Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.
Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that
could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or adverse regulatory action against us. Our
ability to acquire deposits or borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations
about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole as a result of conditions faced by banking organizations in the domestic and worldwide credit markets.
29
We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services, which could materially and adversely affect our business.
We conduct our community banking operations primarily in Southern California. Increased competition in our market may result in reduced loans and deposits or less favorable loan
and deposit terms. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. Many competitors offer the same banking services that we offer in our
service areas. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including
without limitation, savings and loan institutions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In particular,
our competitors include several major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking locations and
ATMs and conduct extensive promotional and advertising campaigns.
Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger or no lending limits
and are thereby able to serve the credit needs of larger customers. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain deposits, and the range and quality of
products and services provided, including new technology driven products and services. Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and
international financial services markets as technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. We also face competition from out-of-state financial intermediaries
that have opened production offices or that solicit deposits in our market areas. Should competition in the financial services industry intensify, our ability to market our products and
services may be adversely affected. If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we may be unable to grow or maintain the levels of our loans and deposits and our results of
operations and financial condition may be adversely affected as a result.
Competition from financial institutions seeking to maintain adequate liquidity places upward pressure on the rates paid on certain deposit accounts relative to the level of market
interest rates during times of both decreasing and increasing market liquidity. To maintain both attractive and adequate levels of liquidity, without exhausting secondary sources of liquidity,
we may incur increased deposit costs.
Several rating agencies publish unsolicited ratings of the financial performance and relative financial health of many banks, including Pacific Western, based on publicly available
data. As these ratings are publicly available, a decline in the Bank's ratings from these agencies may result in deposit outflows or the inability of the Bank to raise deposits in the secondary
market as broker-dealers and depositors may use such ratings in deciding where to deposit their funds.
We may be adversely affected by changes in the actual or perceived soundness or condition of other financial institutions.
Financial services institutions that deal with each other are interconnected as a result of trading, investment, liquidity management, clearing, counterparty and other relationships.
Within the financial services industry, loss of public confidence, including through default by any one institution, could lead to liquidity challenges or to defaults by other institutions.
Concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems and losses or defaults by other institutions, as the commercial and financial soundness of many
financial institutions is closely related as a result of these credit, trading, clearing and other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a counterparty
may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by various institutions. This systemic risk may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, banks
and exchanges with which we interact on a daily basis or key funding providers such as the Federal Home Loan Banks, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our access to
liquidity or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
30
We may not recover all amounts that are contractually owed to us by our borrowers.
The Company is dependent primarily on loan and lease principal, interest, and fee collections to fund its operations. A shortfall in collections and proceeds may impair our ability to
fund our operations or to repay our existing debt.
When we loan money, commit to loan money or enter into a letter of credit or other contract with a counterparty, we incur credit risk. The credit quality of our portfolio can have a
significant impact on our earnings. We expect to experience charge-offs and delinquencies on our loans in the future. Our clients' actual operating results may be worse than our
underwriting indicated when we originated the loans, and in this circumstance, if timely corrective action is not taken, we could incur a substantial impairment or loss of the value on such
loans. We may fail to identify problems because our client did not report them in a timely manner or, even if the client did report the problem, we may fail to address it quickly enough or at
all. Even if clients provide us with full and accurate disclosure of all material information concerning their businesses, we may misinterpret or incorrectly analyze this information. Mistakes
may cause us to make loans that we otherwise would not have made, to fund advances that we otherwise would not have funded, result in losses on one or more of our loans, or necessitate
that we significantly increase our allowance for loans losses. As a result, we could suffer loan losses and have nonperforming loans, which could have a material adverse effect on our
revenues, net income and results of operations and financial condition, to the extent the losses exceed our allowance for loan and lease losses.
The collateral securing a loan or lease may not be sufficient to protect us if we have not properly obtained or perfected a lien on such collateral or if the collateral value does not
cover the loan or lease.
Most of our loans are secured by a lien on specified collateral of the client and we may not obtain or properly perfect our liens or the value of the collateral securing any particular
loan may not protect us from suffering a partial or complete loss if the loan becomes non-performing and we move to foreclose on the collateral. In such event, we could suffer loan losses,
which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, net income, financial condition and results of operations.
In particular, cash flow lending involves lending money to a client based primarily on the expected cash flow, profitability and enterprise value of a client rather than on the value of
its assets. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 20.9% of our portfolio was comprised of cash flow loans. Although the value of the enterprise is significantly in excess of our loan
balance, the value of the stand-alone assets which we hold as collateral for these loans is typically substantially less than the amount of money we advance to a client under these loans.
When a cash flow loan becomes non-performing, our primary recourse to recover some or all of the principal of our loan is to force the sale of the entire company as a going concern or
restructure the company in a way we believe would enable it to generate sufficient cash flow over time to repay our loan. Neither of these alternatives may be an available or viable option
or generate enough proceeds to repay the loan.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments, regulatory requirements, and business
needs. As a publicly traded company, a likely source of additional funds is the capital markets, accomplished generally through the issuance of equity, both common and preferred stock,
and the issuance of subordinated debentures. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are
outside of our control, and our financial performance. Deterioration in economic conditions and the loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase our cost of funding and limit our
access to some of our customary sources of liquidity, including, but not limited to, the capital markets, inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the discount
window of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco ("FRBSF").
We cannot assure you that access to such capital and liquidity will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets,
such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, or depositors of the Bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets, may materially and adversely affect our capital costs
and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. Further, if we need to raise capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to
raise capital and would then have to compete with those institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a materially adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
31
The value of our securities in our investment portfolio may decline in the future.
As of December 31, 2014, we owned $1.6 billion of investment securities. The fair value of our investment securities may be adversely affected by market conditions, including
changes in interest rates, and the occurrence of any events adversely affecting the issuer of particular securities in our investments portfolio. We analyze our securities on a quarterly basis
to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires complex, subjective judgments
about the future financial performance of the issuer in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Because of changing
economic and market conditions affecting issuers, we may be required to recognize other-than-temporary impairment in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are subject to extensive regulation, which could materially and adversely affect our business.
The banking industry is extensively regulated and supervised under both federal and state laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, customers,
federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not for the protection of our stockholders and creditors. The Company is subject to regulation and supervision by the
FRB, and the Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the FDIC, DBO and CFPB. The laws and regulations applicable to us govern a variety of matters, including permissible
types, amounts and terms of loans and investments we make, the maximum interest rate that may be charged, consumer disclosures on the products and services we offer, the amount of
reserves our bank must hold against deposits it takes, the types of deposits our bank may accept and the rates it may pay on such deposits, maintenance of adequate capital and liquidity,
changes in control of us and the Bank, restrictions on dividends and establishment of new offices by the Bank. We must obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in certain
activities, including certain acquisitions, and there can be no assurance that any regulatory approvals we may require will be obtained, or obtained without conditions, either in a timely
manner or at all. Our regulators have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain actions entirely, such as actions that our regulators deem to constitute unsafe or unsound
banking practice. Our failure to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, or regulatory policies and interpretations of such laws and regulations, could result in orders from our
regulators, civil monetary penalties, or damage to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operation.
The Dodd-Frank Act significantly revised and expanded the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of federal bank regulators. Regulations affecting banks and other
financial institutions, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, are undergoing continuous review and change frequently; the ultimate effect of such changes cannot be predicted. Because our business
is highly regulated, compliance with such regulations and laws may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. Also, participation in any future specific
government stabilization programs may subject us to additional restrictions. There can be no assurance that laws, rules and regulations will not be proposed or adopted in the future, which
could (i) make compliance much more difficult or expensive, (ii) restrict our ability to originate, broker or sell loans or accept certain deposits, (iii) further limit or restrict the amount of
commissions, interest or other charges earned on loans originated or sold by us, or (iv) otherwise materially and adversely affect our business or prospects for business.
The Dodd-Frank Act has had and will continue to have material implications for the Company and the entire financial services industry. Among other things it has, had, or will or
potentially could have the following effects:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
together with regulations implementing Basel reforms, affect the levels of capital and liquidity with which we must operate and how we plan capital and liquidity levels;
subject us to new and/or higher fees paid to various regulatory entities, including but not limited to deposit insurance fees to the FDIC;
subject us to annual stress tests;
impact our ability to invest in certain types of entities or engage in certain activities;
restrict the nature of our incentive compensation programs for executive officers;
subject us to the supervision of the CFPB, with its very broad rule-making and enforcement authorities; and
subject us to new and different litigation and regulatory enforcement risks.
32
The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on us, our business strategies, and financial performance cannot be known at this time, and may not be known for a number of years, because
this legislation requires many studies to be conducted and hundreds of regulations to be written in order for it to be fully implemented. However, these impacts are expected to be
substantial and some of them may adversely affect us and our financial performance. The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations may also require us to invest significant management
attention and resources to make any necessary or desired changes, and could therefore also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, on December 10, 2013, five financial regulatory agencies, including our primary federal regulator, the FRB, adopted the final rules implementing the Volcker Rule
embodied in Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act, which was added by Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rules prohibit banking entities from, among other things, (i)
engaging in short-term proprietary trading for their own accounts, and (ii) having certain ownership interests in and relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds. The final rules
are intended to provide greater clarity with respect to both the extent of those primary prohibitions and of the related exemptions and exclusions. The final rules also require each regulated
entity to establish an internal compliance program that is consistent with the extent to which it engages in activities covered by the Volcker Rule, which must include (for the largest
entities) making regular reports about those activities to regulators. The final rules are effective April 1, 2014, but the conformance period has been extended from its statutory end date of
July 21, 2014 until July 21, 2016. Because many of the effects of the Volcker Rule may become apparent only over the next several years as the federal financial regulatory agencies apply
the rules in practice, the precise financial impact of the rule on the Company, its customers, or the financial industry more generally cannot currently be determined.
We are subject to capital adequacy standards, and a failure to meet these standards could adversely affect our financial condition.
The Company and the Bank are each subject to capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines and other regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital that
must be maintained. From time to time, the regulators implement changes to these regulatory capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital and
liquidity guidelines and other regulatory requirements, we or our subsidiaries may be restricted in the types of activities we may conduct and may be prohibited from taking certain capital
actions, such as paying dividends and repurchasing or redeeming capital securities.
In particular, the capital requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the recently adopted New Capital Rules are in the process of being phased-in. As a result of the
New Capital Rules, we will be required to satisfy additional and more stringent capital adequacy and liquidity standards than we have in the past. Additionally, stress testing requirements
may have the effect of requiring us to comply with the requirements of the New Capital Rules, or potentially even greater capital requirements, sooner than expected. While we expect to
meet the requirements of the New Capital Rules, inclusive of the capital conservation buffer, as phased in by the FRB, these requirements could have a negative impact on our ability to
lend, grow deposit balances, make acquisitions and make capital distributions in the form of dividends or share repurchases. Maintaining higher capital levels could also result in a lower
return on equity, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Increases in or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect our earnings.
We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance and premiums may be increased or accelerated in the future. Since 2008,
higher levels of bank failures dramatically increased resolution costs of the FDIC and depleted the deposit insurance fund. In addition, the FDIC instituted temporary programs, some of
which were made permanent by the Dodd-Frank Act, to further insure customer deposits at FDIC-insured banks, which have placed additional stress on the deposit insurance fund.
In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore reserve ratios of the deposit insurance fund, the FDIC increased assessment rates of insured institutions. In addition, on
November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule requiring banks to prepay three years' worth of premiums to replenish the depleted insurance fund.
Historically, the FDIC utilized a risk-based assessment system that imposed insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account several components including but not
limited to the bank's capital level and supervisory ratings. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC amended its regulations to base insurance assessments on average consolidated assets
less average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period.
Any future increases in or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
33
Our ability to maintain, attract and retain customer relationships is highly dependent on our reputation.
Our customers expect us to deliver superior, personalized financial services with the highest standards of ethics, performance, professionalism and compliance. Damage to our
reputation could undermine the confidence of our current and potential customers in our ability to provide high-quality financial services. Such damage could also impair the confidence of
our counterparties and vendors and ultimately affect our ability to effect transactions. Maintenance of our reputation depends not only on our success in maintaining our service-focused
culture and controlling and mitigating the various risks described herein, but also on our success in identifying and appropriately addressing issues that may arise in areas such as potential
conflicts of interest, anti-money laundering, client personal information and privacy issues, customer and other third party fraud, record-keeping, technology-related issues including but not
limited to cyber fraud, regulatory investigations and any litigation that may arise from the failure or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements. Maintaining our
reputation also depends on our ability to successfully prevent third parties from infringing on our brands and associated trademarks and our other intellectual property. Defense of our
reputation, trademarks and other intellectual property, including through litigation, could result in costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Our information and customer systems may experience an interruption or security breach.
Our communications, information, technology and customer systems supporting our operations are important to our efficiency and vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations
depend on our ability, as well as that of third party service providers, to protect computer systems and network infrastructure against damage from fires, other natural disasters and
pandemics, power or telecommunications failures, acts of terrorism or wars or other catastrophic events, or other physical failures. Any damage or failure, interruption or breach in security
of these systems, including, but not limited to, denial-of-service attacks, unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security breaches, could result in loss of
customer information and/or failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures
designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption or security breach of our information and customer systems, there can be no assurance that any such failure,
interruption or security breach will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of our
communications, information, technology and customer systems could result in liability to clients or loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to
civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, reputation, or results of operations. In addition, recovery from
any of the mentioned areas of concern may be costly in terms of employee attention and out-of-pocket expenses.
Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented.
We regularly review and update our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, compliance monitoring activities and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any
system of controls, however well-designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system
are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, reputation and financial condition. In addition, if we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are required to restate our
financial statements, we could be required to implement expensive and time-consuming remedial measures. We could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our
financial reports and potentially subject us to litigation. Any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or restatement of our financial statements could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, reputation, and financial condition.
34
We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title.
In the course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. Environmental
liabilities may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property.
We may be held liable by a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with
environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or
remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages
and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition,
liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Our allowance for credit losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.
In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for loan and lease defaults and non-
performance and a reserve for unfunded loan commitments, which, when combined, we refer to as the allowance for credit losses. Our allowance for credit losses may not be adequate to
address actual credit losses, and future provisions for credit losses could materially and adversely affect our operating results. Our allowance for credit losses is based on prior experience
and an evaluation of the risks in the current portfolio. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates
that may be beyond our control, and these losses may exceed current estimates. Our federal and state regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, review our loans and leases
and allowance for credit losses. While we believe our allowance for credit losses is appropriate for the risk identified in the Company's loan and lease portfolio, we cannot assure you that
we will not further increase the allowance for credit losses, that it will be sufficient to address losses, or that regulators will not require us to increase this allowance. Any of these
occurrences could materially and adversely affect our earnings. See "Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for more
information.
Our acquisitions may subject us to unknown risks.
We have completed 27 acquisitions since May 2000. Certain events may arise after the date of an acquisition, or we may learn of certain facts, events or circumstances after the
closing of an acquisition, that may affect our financial condition or performance or subject us to risk of loss. These events include, but are not limited to: litigation resulting from
circumstances occurring at the acquired entity prior to the date of acquisition; loan downgrades and credit loss provisions resulting from underwriting of certain acquired loans determined
not to meet our credit standards; personnel changes that cause instability within a department; delays in implementing new policies or procedures or the failure to apply new policies or
procedures; and other events relating to the performance of our business. Acquisitions involve inherent uncertainty and we cannot determine all potential events, facts and circumstances
that could result in loss or increased costs or give assurances that our investigation or mitigation efforts will be sufficient to protect against any such loss or increased costs.
Our ability to execute strategic activities successfully will depend on a variety of factors. These factors likely will vary on the nature of the activity but may include our success in
integrating the operations, services, products, personnel and systems of an acquired company into our business, operating effectively with any partner with whom we elect to do business,
retaining key employees, achieving anticipated synergies, meeting expectations and otherwise realizing the undertaking's anticipated benefits. Our ability to address these matters
successfully cannot be assured. In addition, our strategic efforts may divert resources or management's attention from ongoing business operations and may subject us to additional
regulatory scrutiny. If we do not successfully execute a strategic undertaking, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, regulatory
relationships and growth prospects. In addition, if we were able to conclude that the value of an acquired business had decreased and that the related goodwill had been impaired, that
conclusion would result in an impairment of goodwill charge to us, which would adversely affect our results of operations. To the extent we issue capital stock in connection with additional
transactions, these transactions and related stock issuances may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share and share ownership.
35
A natural disaster could harm the Company's business.
The nature and level of natural disasters cannot be predicted and may be exacerbated by global climate change. These natural disasters could harm our operations through interference
with communications, including the interruption or loss of our computer systems, which could prevent or impede the Company from gathering deposits, originating loans and processing
and controlling its flow of business, as well as through the destruction of facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. California, in which a substantial
portion of our business is located and a substantial portion of our loan collateral is located, is susceptible to natural disasters such as earthquakes, floods, droughts and wild fires, and is
currently in the midst of an ongoing drought. Such natural disasters could negatively impact our business operations, the values of collateral securing our loans and/or interrupt our
borrowers' abilities to conduct their business in a manner to support their debt obligations, which could result in losses and increased provisions for credit losses.
Our decisions regarding the fair value of assets acquired could be inaccurate which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations,
and future prospects.
Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of acquired loans, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and
other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of secured loans. In acquisitions that include loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, we may record a loss sharing asset that we consider
adequate to absorb future losses which may occur in the acquired loan portfolio. In determining the realization of the loss sharing asset, we analyze the expected cash flows, volume and
classification of loans, volume and trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals, local economic conditions, and other pertinent information. If our assumptions are incorrect, the balance of the
FDIC loss sharing asset may at any time be insufficient to cover future loan losses or subject to accelerated amortization. Any increase in future losses on loans and other assets covered by
loss sharing agreements as well as any decrease in the expected cash flows from the FDIC could have a negative effect on our operating results.
The change of control rules under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code may limit our ability to use net operating loss carryovers and other tax attributes to reduce future tax
payments or our willingness to issue equity.
We have net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes that can be utilized to offset future taxable income. If we were to undergo a change in ownership
of more than 50% of our capital stock over a three-year period as measured under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and
other tax attributes after the ownership change generally would be limited. The annual limit would equal the product of the applicable long term tax exempt rate and the value of the
relevant taxable entity's capital stock immediately before the ownership change. These change of ownership rules generally focus on ownership changes involving stockholders owning
directly or indirectly 5% or more (the "5-Percent Shareholders") of a company's outstanding stock, including certain public groups of stockholders as set forth under Section 382, and those
arising from new stock issuances and other equity transactions, which may limit our willingness and ability to issue new equity. The determination of whether an ownership change occurs
is complex and not entirely within our control. No assurance can be given as to whether we have undergone, or in the future will undergo, an ownership change under Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code.
In April 2014, the Board of Directors adopted a tax benefit preservation plan (the "Tax Plan") which was designed to preserve the net operating loss carryforwards and other tax
attributes of the Company. The Tax Plan is intended to discourage persons from becoming 5-Percent Shareholders and existing 5-Percent Shareholders from increasing their beneficial
ownership of shares.
Although the Tax Plan is intended to reduce the likelihood of an ownership change that could adversely affect the Company, there can be no assurance that such restrictions would
prevent all transfers that could result in such an ownership change and thus no assurance can be given as to whether the Company could utilize the net operating losses to offset future
taxable income. Additionally, because the Tax Plan may have the effect of restricting a stockholder's ability to dispose of or acquire the common stock of the Company, the liquidity and
market value of our common stock might suffer.
36
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to examinations and challenges by taxing authorities.
In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subjected to examinations and challenges from federal and state taxing authorities regarding tax
positions taken by the Company and the determination of the amount of tax due. These examinations may relate to income, franchise, gross receipts, payroll, property, sales and use, or
other tax returns filed, or not filed, by the Company. The challenges made by taxing authorities may result in adjustments to the amount of taxes due, and may result in the imposition of
penalties and interest. If any such challenges are not resolved in the Company's favor, they could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations,
and liquidity.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to changes in federal and state tax laws and changes in interpretation of existing laws.
The Company's financial performance is impacted by federal and state tax laws. Given the current economic and political environment, and ongoing budgetary pressures, the
enactment of new federal or state tax legislation may occur. The enactment of such legislation, or changes in the interpretation of existing law, including provisions impacting income tax
rates, apportionment, consolidation or combination, income, expenses, and credits, may have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, and
liquidity.
We are subject to claims and litigation which could adversely affect our cash flows, financial condition and results of operations, or cause significant reputational harm to us.
We may be involved, from time to time, in litigation pertaining to our business activities. If such claims and legal actions, whether founded or unfounded, are not resolved in a manner
favorable to us they may result in significant financial liability. Although we establish accruals for legal matters when and as required by generally accepted accounting principles and
certain expenses and liabilities in connection with such matters may be covered by insurance, the amount of loss ultimately incurred in relation to those matters may be substantially higher
than the amounts accrued and/or insured. Substantial legal liability could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.
We may not pay dividends on common stock.
Our stockholders are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically
declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. Our ability to pay dividends to our
stockholders is subject to the restrictions set forth in Delaware law, by our federal regulator, and by certain covenants contained in our subordinated debentures and borrowing agreements.
Notification to the FRB is also required prior to our declaring and paying a cash dividend to our stockholders during any period in which our quarterly and/or cumulative twelve-month net
earnings are insufficient to fund the dividend amount, among other requirements. We may not pay a dividend should the FRB object until such time as we receive approval from the FRB or
we no longer need to provide notice under applicable regulations. In addition, we may be restricted by applicable law or regulation or actions taken by our regulators, or as a result of our
participation in any future specific government stabilization programs, now or in the future, from paying dividends to our stockholders. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will
continue paying dividends on our common stock at current levels or at all. Our failure to pay dividends on our common stock could have a material adverse effect on our business, including
the market price of our common stock.
The primary source of the holding company's liquidity from which, among other things, we pay dividends is the receipt of dividends from the Bank.
The holding company, PacWest, is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and our other subsidiaries. The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various
statutes and regulations. It is possible, depending upon the financial condition of the Bank and other factors, that the FRB, the FDIC and/or the DBO could assert that payment of dividends
or other payments is an unsafe or unsound practice, or that such regulatory authority may impose restrictions on the Bank's ability to pay dividends as a condition to the Bank's participation
in any stabilization program. In the event the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the holding company, it is likely that we, in turn, would have to stop paying dividends on our common
stock and may have difficulty meeting our other financial obligations, including payments in respect of any outstanding indebtedness or trust preferred securities. The inability of the Bank
to pay dividends to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, including on the market price of our common stock.
37
The price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline.
The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations
in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our
common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;
changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;
failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates;
cyber security breaches;
speculation in the press or investment community;
strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
actions by institutional stockholders;
fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;
general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;
proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;
anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve or affect us; or
domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance.
The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced significant volatility during the past several years and the future performance of the
stock market is inherently uncertain. As a result, the stock market generally and the market price of our common stock specifically may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our
common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to occur. The trading price of the shares of our common stock and the value of our other securities will
depend on many factors, which may change from time to time, including, without limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, and future sales of our
equity or equity-related securities. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’
underlying financial strength. A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual stockholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.
38
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTY
As of January 31, 2015, we had a total of 142 properties consisting of 80 full-service branch offices and 62 other offices. We own eight locations and the remaining properties are
leased. Our properties are located throughout the United States, however, approximately 80% are located in California. The Company's principal office is located at 10250 Constellation
Blvd., Suite 1640, Los Angeles, CA 90067.
For additional information regarding properties of the Company and Pacific Western, see Note 10, Premises and Equipment, Net, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the ordinary course of our business, we are party to various legal actions, which we believe are incidental to the operation of our business. The outcome of such legal actions and
the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. In the opinion of management, based upon information currently available to us, any resulting liability, in addition to
amounts already accrued, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements or operations.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
39
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Marketplace Designation, Sales Price Information and Holders
Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market and is traded under the symbol “PACW.” The following table summarizes the high and low sale prices for each
quarterly period during the last two years for our common stock, as quoted and reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market, or Nasdaq:
PART II
2013
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
2014
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
Stock Sales Prices
High
Low
Dividends
Declared
During
Quarter
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
29.20
31.02
36.31
42.96
46.08
47.37
44.80
48.03
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
24.96
25.81
30.58
34.14
37.70
38.04
39.50
37.63
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.50
As of February 9, 2015, the closing price of our common stock on Nasdaq was $46.34 per share. As of that date, based on the records of our transfer agent, there were approximately
1,704 record holders of our common stock.
Dividends
Set forth in the table above are the dividends declared and paid by the Company during the two most recent fiscal years. For a discussion of dividend restrictions on the Company's
common stock, or of dividends from the Company's subsidiaries to the Company, see “Item 1. Business-Supervision and Regulation - Dividends” and Note 20, Dividend Availability and
Regulatory Matters, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
40
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014, regarding securities issued and to be issued under our equity compensation plans in effect during fiscal year 2014:
Plan Category
Plan Name
(a)
(b)
(c)
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants
and Rights
Weighted-Average Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options, Warrants and
Rights
Number of Securities Remaining Available
for Future Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by
security holders
The PacWest Bancorp 2003 Stock
Incentive Plan(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved
by security holders
None
_______________________________________
— (2)
—
—
—
13,531,719
(3)
—
(1) The PacWest Bancorp 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) was last approved by the stockholders of the Company at our 2014 Special Stockholders Meeting. The authorized number of shares available for issuance
under the Incentive Plan was increased to 9,000,000 shares at our 2014 Special Stockholders Meeting. Upon consummation of the CapitalSource Inc. merger on April 7, 2014, an additional 10,686,565 shares were added to the
Incentive Plan. Such shares were available for grant under the former CapitalSource Inc. Equity Incentive Plan and remain available for: (a) former employees of CapitalSource Bank who remain employed with the Company, and
(b) newly hired employees of the Company.
(2) Amount does not include the 1,108,505 shares of unvested time-based restricted stock outstanding with a zero exercise price as of December 31, 2014.
(3) The Incentive Plan permits these remaining shares to be issued in the form of options, restricted stock, or SARs. The amount includes 10,107,039 shares related to those added to the Incentive Plan from the CapitalSource Inc.
merger.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities and Use of Proceeds
None.
Repurchases of Common Stock
None.
41
Five-Year Stock Performance Graph
The following chart compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative stockholder return on our common stock based on the closing price during the five years ended
December 31, 2014, with (1) the Total Return Index for U.S. companies traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market (the “NASDAQ Composite Index”), and (2) the Total Return Index for the
KBW Regional Bank Stocks (the “KBW Regional Banking Index”). This comparison assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2009, in our common stock and the comparison groups
and assumes the reinvestment of all cash dividends prior to any tax effect and retention of all stock dividends. The Company's total cumulative gain was 151.6% over the five year period
ending December 31, 2014 compared to gains of 123.7% and 66.9% for the NASDAQ Composite Index and KBW Regional Banking Index.
___________________________________
* $100 invested on December 31, 2009 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Index
PacWest Bancorp
NASDAQ Composite
KBW Regional Banking
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Year Ended December 31,
$
100.00
$
106.32
$
95.30
$
128.90
$
226.87
$
100.00
100.00
117.61
113.54
42
118.70
100.52
139.00
113.33
196.83
162.82
251.64
223.74
166.89
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth certain of our financial and statistical information for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2014. This data should be read in
conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014 and related
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
At or For the Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
(In thousands, except per share amounts and percentages)
Results of Operations (1):
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Total (provision) negative provision for credit losses (2)
Gain on securities
FDIC loss sharing (expense) income, net
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets (expense) income, net
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Debt termination expense
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
before income tax (expense) benefit
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations before
income tax benefit
Income tax benefit
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings (loss)
Adjusted net earnings (loss) (3)
Per Common Share Data:
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (EPS):
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
Net earnings (loss)
Dividends declared during year
Book value per share (3)(4)
Tangible book value per share (3)(4)
Shares outstanding at year-end (4)
Average shares outstanding for basic and diluted EPS
$
$
704,775
(42,398)
$
309,914
(12,201)
$
296,115
(19,648)
662,377
(11,499)
4,841
(31,730)
69,076
42,187
(5,401)
(101,016)
—
(302,327)
(408,744)
284,321
(113,853)
170,468
(2,677)
1,114
(1,563)
297,713
4,210
5,359
(26,172)
25,057
4,244
1,503
(40,812)
—
(191,378)
(230,687)
75,480
(30,003)
45,477
(620)
258
(362)
276,467
12,819
1,239
(10,070)
24,703
15,872
(10,931)
(4,089)
(22,598)
(174,044)
(211,662)
93,496
(36,695)
56,801
—
—
—
$
295,284
(32,643)
262,641
(26,570)
—
7,776
23,650
31,426
(10,676)
(600)
—
(168,717)
(179,993)
87,504
(36,800)
50,704
—
—
—
168,905
$
45,115
$
56,801
$
50,704
$
290,284
(40,957)
249,327
(212,492)
—
22,784
20,454
43,238
(14,770)
(732)
(2,660)
(170,641)
(188,803)
(108,730)
46,714
(62,016)
—
—
—
(62,016)
220,403
$
77,466
$
62,520
$
43,650
$
(76,851)
1.94
1.92
1.25
34.04
17.17
$
$
$
$
$
103,022
86,853
$
$
$
$
$
1.09
1.08
1.00
17.66
12.73
45,823
40,823
$
$
$
$
$
1.54
1.54
0.79
15.74
13.22
37,421
35,685
$
$
$
$
$
1.37
1.37
0.21
14.66
13.14
37,254
35,491
(1.77)
(1.77)
0.04
13.06
11.06
36,672
35,108
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
43
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment securities
Non-purchased credit impaired (Non-PCI) loans and leases
Allowance for credit losses, Non-PCI loans and leases
Purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans
FDIC loss sharing asset
Goodwill
Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles
Deposits
Borrowings
Subordinated debentures
Stockholders’ equity
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets
Return on average equity
Return on average tangible equity (3)
Net interest margin
Efficiency ratio (3)
Adjusted efficiency ratio (3)
Stockholders’ equity to total assets ratio (3)
Tangible common equity ratio (3)
Average equity to average assets
Dividend payout ratio (5)
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (6)
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (6)
Total risk-based capital ratio (6)
Non-PCI Credit Quality Metrics:
Non-PCI nonaccrual loans and leases
Foreclosed assets
Total nonperforming assets
Non-PCI nonaccrual loans to Non-PCI loans and leases
Nonperforming assets to Non-PCI loans and leases
and foreclosed assets
Allowance for credit losses to Non-PCI nonaccrual
loans and leases
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
(In thousands, except per share amounts and percentages)
At or For the Year Ended December 31,
$
5,463,658
$
5,528,237
$
$
16,234,800
$
313,226
1,607,786
11,613,832
76,767
290,852
18,734
1,720,479
17,204
11,755,128
383,402
433,583
3,506,425
1.27%
6.11%
11.88%
5.95%
58.01%
44.74%
21.60%
12.20%
20.74%
67.66%
12.34%
13.16%
16.07%
$
83,621
43,721
127,342
$
0.91%
1.28%
$
$
91.80%
0.66%
0.02%
6,533,363
147,422
1,522,684
3,930,539
67,816
382,796
45,524
208,743
17,248
5,280,987
113,726
132,645
809,093
0.74%
6.28%
8.25%
5.37%
76.40%
60.55%
12.38%
9.24%
11.75%
90.89%
11.22%
15.12%
16.38%
46,774
55,891
102,665
$
$
1.19%
2.58%
144.99%
1.73%
0.12%
164,404
1,392,511
3,074,947
72,119
517,885
57,475
79,866
14,723
4,709,121
12,591
108,250
589,121
1.04%
10.01%
11.76%
5.52%
72.40%
69.05%
10.78%
9.21%
10.36%
50.68%
10.53%
15.17%
16.43%
41,762
56,414
98,176
$
$
1.36%
3.14%
295,617
1,372,464
2,841,071
93,783
705,332
95,187
39,141
17,415
4,577,453
225,000
129,271
546,203
0.92%
9.92%
11.33%
5.26%
61.21%
63.28%
9.88%
8.95%
9.32%
15.04%
10.42%
15.97%
17.25%
$
61,619
81,918
143,537
$
2.17%
4.91%
172.69%
2.35%
0.33%
152.20%
3.30%
0.80%
5,529,021
108,552
929,056
3,196,881
104,328
910,394
116,352
47,301
25,843
4,649,698
225,000
129,572
478,797
(1.14)%
(12.56)%
(14.15)%
5.02 %
64.53 %
70.50 %
8.66 %
7.44 %
9.10 %
NM
8.54 %
12.68 %
13.96 %
95,509
81,414
176,923
2.99 %
5.40 %
109.20 %
Allowance for credit losses to Non-PCI loans and leases
Net charge-offs to average Non-PCI loans and leases (2)
________________________________
(1)Operating results of acquired companies are included from the respective acquisition dates. See Note 4, Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
5.88 %
3.26 %
Data.”
(2)During 2010, the Bank executed two sales of adversely classified loans totaling $398.5 million that included $128.1 million in nonaccrual loans. The sales resulted in $144.6 million of charge-offs to the allowance for credit losses.
(3)For information regarding this calculation, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Non-GAAP Measurements.”
(4)Includes 1,108,505 shares, 1,216,524 shares, 1,698,281 shares, 1,675,730 shares, and 1,230,582 shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010.
(5)Not meaningful for 2010.
(6)Capital ratios presented are for the consolidated Company.
44
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
PacWest Bancorp is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. Our principal business is to serve as the holding company for our
Los Angeles-based wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Pacific Western Bank, which we refer to as “Pacific Western” or the “Bank.” References to “we,” “us,” or the “Company” refer to
PacWest Bancorp together with its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. When we refer to “PacWest” or to the “holding company,” we are referring to PacWest Bancorp, the parent
company, on a stand-alone basis. References to “Pacific Western Bank” include the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries.
Pacific Western is a full-service commercial bank offering a broad range of banking products and services including accepting demand, money market, and time deposits and
originating loans and leases, including an array of commercial real estate loans and commercial lending products. The Bank has a foundation of locally generated and relationship-based
deposits, with 80 full-service branches located primarily in southern and central California. Our branch operations are located primarily in Southern California extending from San Diego
County to California’s Central Coast, and we operate three bank branches in the San Francisco Bay area and four bank branches in the Central Valley. Our targeted collateral for our real
estate loan offerings includes healthcare properties, office properties, industrial properties, multifamily properties, hospitality properties, and retail properties. Our commercial loan
products, available on a nationwide basis, include equipment loans and leases, asset based loans, loans to finance companies, and loans secured by borrower future cash flows, as well as
other business-oriented products.
As a result of the CapitalSource Inc. merger, Pacific Western Bank established the CapitalSource Division, which we also refer to as the National Lending segment. The
CapitalSource Division lends throughout the United States, providing middle-market businesses asset-secured loans, equipment-secured loans and leases, and cash flow loans and providing
real estate investment firms real estate loans secured by various property types. Pacific Western’s leasing operation, Pacific Western Equipment Finance, and its group specializing in asset-
based lending, CapitalSource Business Finance Group (formerly BFI Business Finance and First Community Financial), also became part of the CapitalSource Division. The CapitalSource
Division’s loan and lease origination efforts are conducted through key offices located in Chevy Chase, Maryland; Los Angeles and San Jose, California; St. Louis, Missouri; Denver,
Colorado; Chicago, Illinois; New York, New York; and Midvale, Utah. When we refer to "CapitalSource Inc." we are referring to the company acquired on April 7, 2014 and when we refer
to the "CapitalSource Division" we are referring to a division of Pacific Western Bank that specializes in middle-market lending on a nationwide basis.
Pacific Western competes actively for deposits, and emphasizes solicitation of noninterest-bearing deposits. In managing the top line of our business, we focus on loan growth, loan
yield, deposit cost, and net interest margin. Net interest income accounted for 94.0% of our net revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income) during 2014.
At December 31, 2014, we had total assets of $16.2 billion, including gross loans and leases of $11.9 billion; this compares to $6.5 billion of total assets and $4.3 billion of gross loans
and leases at December 31, 2013. The year-over-year increases in total assets and gross loans and leases of $9.7 billion and $7.6 billion are due mostly to the CapitalSource Inc. merger.
Excluding the acquired balances, organic loan and lease growth totaled $684.0 million during 2014, and was driven by $3.0 billion in originations during 2014.
At December 31, 2014 we had total liabilities of $12.7 billion, including total deposits of $11.8 billion; this compares to $5.7 billion of total liabilities and $5.3 billion of total deposits
at December 31, 2013. The year-over-year increase in total deposits of $6.5 billion, including $1.5 billion in core deposits and $4.8 billion in time deposits, is due mainly to the
CapitalSource Inc. merger. Excluding the acquired balances, organic core deposit growth totaled $700.3 million during 2014. At December 31, 2014, core deposits totaled $6.1 billion or
52% of total deposits and time deposits totaled $5.5 billion or 48% of total deposits.
At December 31, 2014 we had total stockholders' equity of $3.5 billion. During 2014, stockholders’ equity increased $2.7 billion, due mainly to the issuance of $2.6 billion in
common stock in connection with the CapitalSource Inc. merger, net of $114.3 million in dividends paid. Stockholders’ equity remained strong with Tier 1 risk-based capital and total
risk-based capital ratios of 12.34% and 16.07% at December 31, 2014.
45
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $168.9 million, or $1.92 per diluted share, compared to net earnings for 2013 of $45.1 million, or $1.08 per diluted share.
When certain income and expense items are excluded, adjusted net earnings were $220.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $77.5 million for 2013. The $123.8
million increase in net earnings and the $142.9 million increase in adjusted net earnings were due mostly to the Company's growth driven by our acquisitions.
CapitalSource Inc. Merger
On April 7, 2014, we completed the merger with CapitalSource Inc. As part of the merger, CapitalSource Bank (“CSB”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CapitalSource Inc., merged
with and into Pacific Western Bank. We completed the merger in order to increase our loan and lease generation capabilities and to diversify our loan portfolio. Upon closing, we created
the CapitalSource Division of the Bank. The CapitalSource Division lends throughout the United States, providing middle-market businesses asset-secured loans, equipment-secured loans
and leases, and cash flow loans and providing real estate investment firms real estate loans secured by various property types. For further information, see Note 4, Acquisitions, in the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
First California Financial Group Acquisition
On May 31, 2013, we completed the acquisition of First California Financial Group, Inc. (“FCAL”). As part of the acquisition, First California Bank (“FCB”), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of FCAL, merged with and into Pacific Western. We completed this acquisition in order to expand our presence in Southern California. For further information, see Note 4,
Acquisitions, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Key Performance Indicators
Among other factors, our operating results depend generally on the following key performance indicators:
The Level of Our Net Interest Income
Net interest income is the excess of interest earned on our interest-earning assets over the interest paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is net interest income
expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. A sustained low interest rate environment combined with low loan growth and high levels of marketplace liquidity may put
pressure on both our net interest income and net interest margin.
Our primary interest-earning assets are loans and investments. Our primary interest-bearing liabilities are deposits. Contributing to our high net interest margin is our low cost of
deposits. While our deposit balances will fluctuate depending on deposit holders’ perceptions of alternative yields available in the market, we attempt to minimize these variances by
attracting a high percentage of noninterest-bearing deposits, which have no expectation of yield. As an industrial loan bank, the former CSB funded its balance sheet with a large proportion
of higher-cost time deposits and as a result, in the CapitalSource Inc. merger we added $5.3 billion of time deposits. Our goal is to replace higher-costing time deposits with core deposits
over time through a dedicated deposit transformation initiative that includes sourcing deposits from CapitalSource Division borrowers. We added $265 million of core deposits from
CapitalSource Division borrowers in 2014.
Loan and Lease Growth
We actively seek new lending opportunities under an array of commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial ("C&I") lending products. Our targeted collateral for our real
estate loan offerings includes healthcare properties, office properties, industrial properties, multifamily properties, hospitality properties, and retail properties. Our C&I loan products
include equipment-secured loans and leases, asset-secured loans, loans to finance companies, and cash flow loans (which are loans secured by borrower future cash flows and borrower
enterprise value). Our loan origination process emphasizes credit quality. We foster lender relationships with borrowers that have had proven loan repayment performance. Our commitment
sizes vary by loan product and can range up to $80 million for certain asset-based lending arrangements and multi-property real estate loans. We attempt to price loans to preserve our
interest spread and maintain our net interest margin. Achieving net loan growth is subject to many factors, including maintaining strict credit standards, competitive pressure related to loan
pricing and loan proceeds, and successful borrowers that opt to prepay loans.
46
The Magnitude of Credit Losses
We emphasize credit quality in originating and monitoring our loans, and we measure our success by the levels of our classified and nonperforming assets and net charge-offs. We
maintain an allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, which is the sum of our allowance for loan and lease losses and our reserve for unfunded loan commitments. Provisions for
credit losses are charged to operations as and when needed for both on and off-balance sheet credit exposure. Loans and leases which are deemed uncollectable are charged off and
deducted from the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries on loans and leases previously charged off are added to the allowance for loan and lease losses. The provision for credit
losses on the loan and lease portfolio is based on our allowance methodology which considers various credit performance measures such as historical and current net charge-offs, the levels
and trends of nonaccrual and classified loans and leases, the migration of loans and leases into various risk classifications, and the overall level of outstanding loans and leases. For
originated and acquired non-impaired loans, a provision for credit losses may be recorded to reflect credit deterioration after the origination date or after the acquisition date, respectively.
For purchased credit impaired ("PCI") loans, a provision for credit losses may be recorded to reflect decreases in expected cash flows on such loans compared to those previously estimated.
We regularly review our loans and leases to determine whether there has been any deterioration in credit quality stemming from borrower operations or changes in collateral value or
other factors which may affect collectability of our loans and leases. Changes in economic conditions, such as the rate of economic growth, the rate of inflation, the unemployment rate,
increases in the general level of interest rates, declines in real estate values and adverse conditions in borrowers’ businesses, could negatively impact our borrowers and cause us to
adversely classify loans and leases. An increase in classified loans and leases generally results in increased provisions for credit losses and an increased allowance for credit losses. Any
deterioration in the commercial real estate market may lead to increased provisions for credit losses because of our commercial concentration in real estate loans.
The Level of Our Noninterest Expense
Our noninterest expense includes fixed and controllable overhead, the major components of which are compensation, occupancy, data processing, and other professional services. It
also includes costs that tend to vary based on the volume of activity, such as loan production and number of foreclosed assets. We measure success in controlling both fixed and variable
costs through monitoring of the efficiency ratio. We calculate the base efficiency ratio by dividing noninterest expense by net revenues (the sum of net interest income plus noninterest
income). We also calculate a non-GAAP measure called the “adjusted efficiency ratio.” The adjusted efficiency ratio is calculated in the same manner as the base efficiency ratio except
that excluded from net revenues are net FDIC loss sharing expense, gain (loss) on sale of assets, and accelerated discount accretion resulting from early payoffs of acquired loans and
excluded from noninterest expense are covered foreclosed assets expense and acquisition, integration and reorganization costs.
We present this non-GAAP financial measure and others for supplemental information purposes only in order to understand the Company's operating results and these non-GAAP
financial measures should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").
The consolidated base and adjusted efficiency ratios have been as follows:
Quarterly Period in 2014
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Base
Efficiency
Ratio
56.1%
84.5%
46.6%
44.5%
Adjusted
Efficiency
Ratio
57.1%
43.1%
43.4%
42.3%
We disclose the adjusted efficiency ratio as it shows the trend in recurring overhead-related noninterest expense relative to recurring net revenues. See “-Non-GAAP Measurements”
for the calculations of the base and adjusted efficiency ratios.
47
Adjusted Net Earnings
Our net earnings for 2014 totaled $168.9 million. Another measure of earnings used as an indicator of earnings generating capability, excluding non-recurring and/or volatile items, is
adjusted net earnings. We calculate adjusted net earnings by excluding accelerated discount accretion resulting from the early payoff of acquired loans, net FDIC loss sharing expense, gain
(loss) on sale of assets (including loans and leases, securities, and an owned building), covered foreclosed assets expense, and acquisition, integration and reorganization costs. Adjusted net
earnings for 2014 totaled $220.4 million. See “-Non-GAAP Measurements” for the calculation of adjusted net earnings.
Critical Accounting Policies
The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which have been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make a number of
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based
upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable; however, actual results may differ significantly from
these estimates and assumptions, which could have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and on our results of operations for the
reporting periods.
Our significant accounting policies and practices are described in Note 1, Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements contained in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." The Company has identified several policies as being critical because they require management
to make particularly difficult, subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be
reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies relate to the allowance for credit losses, the carrying values of intangible assets, the realization of deferred
income tax assets, and the accounting for business combinations.
Allowance for Credit Losses on Non-Purchased Credit Impaired Loans and Leases
The allowance for credit losses on non-purchased credit impaired ("Non-PCI") loans and leases is the combination of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for
unfunded loan commitments. The allowance for loan and lease losses is reported as a reduction of outstanding loan and lease balances and the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is
included within "Accrued interest payable and other liabilities." The following discussion is for Non-PCI loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses thereon. Refer to "—
Allowance for Credit Losses on Purchased Credit Impaired Loans" for the policy on PCI loans. For loans and leases acquired and measured at fair value and deemed non-impaired on the
acquisition date, our allowance methodology measures deterioration in credit quality or other inherent risks related to these acquired assets that may occur after the acquisition date.
The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level deemed appropriate by management to adequately provide for known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio
and other extensions of credit at the balance sheet date. The allowance is based upon our continual review of the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio, which includes loan and lease
payment trends, borrowers' compliance with loan agreements, borrowers' current and budgeted financial performance, collateral valuation trends, and current economic factors and external
conditions that may affect our borrowers' ability to pay. Loans and leases that are deemed to be uncollectable are charged off and deducted from the allowance. The provision for loan and
lease losses and recoveries on loans and leases previously charged off are added to the allowance.
The allowance for loan and lease losses contains a general reserve component for loans and leases with no credit impairment and a specific reserve component for loans and leases
determined to be impaired.
A loan or lease is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the agreement. We assess our
loans for impairment on an on-going basis using certain criteria such as payment performance, borrower reported financial results and budgets, and other external factors when appropriate.
We measure impairment of a loan based upon the fair value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent or the present value of cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective
interest rate, if the loan is not collateral-dependent. We measure impairment of a lease based upon the present value of the scheduled lease and residual cash flows, discounted at the lease's
effective interest rate. To the extent a loan or lease balance exceeds the estimated collectable value, a specific reserve or charge-off is recorded depending upon the certainty of the estimate
of loss. Smaller balance loans (under $250,000), with a few exceptions for certain loan types, are generally not individually assessed for impairment but are evaluated collectively.
48
The methodology we use to estimate the general reserve component of our allowance for credit losses considers both objective and subjective criteria. The objective criteria uses our
actual historical loan and lease charge-off experience on pools of similar loans and leases to establish loss factors that are applied to our current loan and lease balances to estimate inherent
credit losses. When estimating the general reserve component for the various pools of similar loan types, the loss factors applied to the loan pools consider the current credit risk ratings,
giving greater weight to loans with more adverse credit risk ratings. We recognize that the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses is sensitive to the assigned credit risk
ratings and inherent loss rates at any given point in time. To ensure the accuracy of our credit risk ratings, an independent credit review function assesses the ratings assigned to loans on an
on-going basis.
The subjective criteria considered when establishing the loss factors include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
current economic trends and forecasts;
current commercial real estate values, performance trends, and overall outlook in the markets where we lend;
legal and regulatory matters that could impact our borrowers’ ability to repay our loans;
our loan portfolio composition and any loan concentrations;
our current lending policies and the effects of any new policies or policy amendments;
our new loan origination volume and the nature of it;
our loan portfolio credit performance trends; and
the results of our on-going independent credit review.
The reserve for unfunded commitments is estimated using the same loss factors as used for the allowance for loan and lease losses and is computed based only on the expected usage
of the unfunded commitments.
The credit risk ratings assigned to every loan and lease are either “pass,” “special mention,” “substandard” or “doubtful” and defined as follows:
•
•
•
Pass: Loans and leases classified as "pass" are not adversely classified and collection and repayment in full is expected.
Special Mention: Loans and leases classified as "special mention" have a potential weakness that requires management's attention. If not addressed, these potential weaknesses
may result in further deterioration in the borrower's ability to repay the loan or lease.
Substandard: Loans and leases classified as "substandard" have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the collection of the debt. They are characterized by the
possibility that we will sustain some loss if the weaknesses are not corrected.
• Doubtful: Loans and leases classified as "doubtful" have all the weaknesses of those classified as "substandard," with the additional trait that the weaknesses make collection
or repayment in full highly questionable and improbable.
In addition, we may refer to the loans and leases classified as "substandard" and "doubtful" together as "classified" loans and leases. For further information on classified loans and
leases, see Note 7, Loans and Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
Management believes that the allowance for credit losses is appropriate for the known and inherent risks in our Non-PCI loan and lease portfolio and that the credit risk ratings and
inherent loss rates currently assigned are appropriate. It is possible that others, given the same information, may at any point in time reach different conclusions that could result in a
significant impact to the Company's financial statements. In addition, current credit risk ratings are subject to change as we continue to monitor our loans and leases. To the extent we
experience, for example, increased levels of documentation deficiencies, adverse changes in collateral values, or negative changes in economic and business conditions that adversely affect
our borrowers, our classified loans and leases may increase. Higher levels of classified loans and leases generally result in increased provisions for credit losses and an increased allowance
for credit losses. Although we have established an allowance for credit losses that we consider appropriate, there can be no assurance that the established allowance will be sufficient to
absorb related losses in the future.
49
Allowance for Credit Losses on Purchased Credit Impaired Loans
The purchased credit impaired ("PCI") loans are subject to our internal and external credit review. For PCI loans, the allowance for loan losses is measured at the end of each financial
reporting period based on expected cash flows. Decreases or (increases) in the amount and changes in the timing of expected cash flows on the PCI loans as of the financial reporting date
compared to those previously estimated are usually recognized by recording a provision or a (negative provision) for credit losses on such loans. If deterioration in the expected cash flows
results in a reserve requirement, a provision for credit losses is charged to earnings.
Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC Topic 805, "Business Combinations." Under the acquisition method, the
acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes 100 percent of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities, regardless of the percentage owned, at their estimated fair values as of the
date of acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets and other identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. To the extent the fair value of
net assets acquired, including other identifiable assets, exceeds the purchase price, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed which involve
contingencies must also be recognized at their estimated fair value, provided such fair value can be determined during the measurement period. Acquisition-related costs, including
severance, conversion and other restructuring charges, such as abandoned space accruals, are expensed. Results of operations of an acquired business are included in the statement of
earnings from the date of acquisition.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and intangible assets arise from the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. Goodwill and other intangible assets generated from business combinations
and deemed to have indefinite lives are not subject to amortization and are instead tested for impairment at least annually.
Our other intangible assets with definite lives include core deposit and customer relationship intangibles. The establishment and subsequent amortization of these intangible assets
requires several assumptions including, among other things, the estimated cost to service deposits acquired, discount rates, estimated attrition rates and useful lives. These intangibles are
being amortized over their estimated useful lives up to 10 years and tested for impairment quarterly. If the value of the core deposit intangible or the customer relationship intangible is
determined to be less than the carrying value in future periods, a write-down would be taken through a charge to our earnings. The most significant element in evaluation of these
intangibles is the attrition rate of the acquired deposits or loan relationships. If such attrition rate were to accelerate from that which we expected, the intangible may have to be reduced by a
charge to earnings. The attrition rate related to deposit flows or loan flows is influenced by many factors, the most significant of which are alternative yields for loans and deposits available
to customers and the level of competition from other financial institutions and financial services companies.
Deferred Income Tax Assets
Our deferred income tax assets arise from differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and net
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. From an accounting standpoint, we determine whether a deferred tax asset is realizable based on facts and circumstances,
including the Company's current and projected future tax position, the historical level of our taxable income, and estimates of our future taxable income. In most cases, the realization of
deferred tax assets is based on our future profitability. If we were to experience either reduced profitability or operating losses in a future period, the realization of our deferred tax assets
may no longer be considered more likely than not that they will be realized. In such an instance, we could be required to record a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets by charging
earnings.
50
Non-GAAP Measurements
The Company uses certain non-GAAP financial measures to provide meaningful supplemental information regarding the Company’s operational performance and to enhance
investors’ overall understanding of such financial performance. The non-GAAP measures used in this Form 10-K include the following:
• Adjusted net earnings: To calculate adjusted net earnings, we exclude from net earnings primarily income statement items for which the related assets or liabilities have been
completely resolved and are no longer on the balance sheet. As analysts and investors view this measure as an indicator of the Company's ability to generate recurring
earnings, we disclose this amount in addition to net earnings.
• Adjusted return on average assets, adjusted return on average equity, return on average tangible equity, adjusted return on average tangible equity, tangible
common equity amounts and ratios, and tangible book value per share: Given that the use of these measures is prevalent among banking regulators, investors and
analysts, we disclose them in addition to return on average assets, return on average equity, equity-to-assets ratio, and book value per share, respectively.
• Adjusted efficiency ratio: We disclose this measure in addition to the efficiency ratio as it shows the trend in recurring overhead-related noninterest expense relative to
recurring net revenues.
• Adjusted allowance for credit losses to loans and leases: As the allowance for credit losses takes into consideration credit deterioration on acquired loans and leases only
after the purchase date and an estimate of credit losses is included in their initial fair values, we disclose the adjusted allowance for credit losses to loans and leases in addition
to the allowance for credit losses to loans and leases. The adjusted allowance for credit losses to loans and leases excludes acquired loans and leases and the related allowance.
The methodology for determining adjusted net earnings, adjusted return on average assets, adjusted return on average equity, return on average tangible equity, adjusted return on
average tangible equity, tangible common equity amounts and ratios, tangible book value per share, adjusted efficiency ratio and adjusted allowance for credit losses to loans and leases
may differ among companies.
51
The following tables present performance amounts and ratios in accordance with GAAP and a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measurements to the GAAP financial
measurements:
Adjusted Net Earnings and Related Ratios:
Reported net earnings
Subtract: Tax benefit on discontinued operations
Add: Tax expense on continuing operations
Reported pre-tax earnings
Add: Acquisition, integration, and reorganization costs
Subtract: FDIC loss sharing expense, net
Gain on sale of loans and leases
Gain on securities
Covered OREO income (expense), net
Gain on sale of owned office building
Adjusted pre-tax earnings before accelerated discount accretion
Subtract: Accelerated discount accretion resulting from payoffs of acquired loans
Adjusted pre-tax earnings
Tax expense (1)
Adjusted net earnings
Average assets
Average stockholders' equity
Less: Average intangible assets
Average tangible common equity
Annualized return on average assets (2)
Annualized adjusted return on average assets (3)
Annualized return on average equity (4)
Annualized adjusted return on average equity (5)
Annualized return on average tangible equity (6)
Annualized adjusted return on average tangible equity (7)
_____________________________________
(1) Actual effective tax rate of 40.0%, 39.7% and 39.2% used in 2014, 2013 and 2012.
(2) Annualized net earnings divided by average assets.
(3) Annualized adjusted net earnings divided by average assets.
(4) Annualized net earnings divided by average stockholders' equity.
(5) Annualized adjusted net earnings divided by average stockholders' equity.
(6) Annualized net earnings divided by average tangible common equity.
(7) Annualized adjusted net earnings divided by average tangible common equity.
52
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(In thousands)
$
168,905
$
45,115
$
(1,114)
(258)
113,853
281,644
30,003
74,860
101,016
(31,730)
40,812
(26,172)
601
4,841
1,172
1,570
406,206
38,867
367,339
(146,936)
220,403
$
1,791
5,359
1,833
—
132,861
4,393
128,468
(51,002)
77,466
$
56,801
—
36,695
93,496
4,089
(10,070)
2,767
1,239
(6,781)
—
110,430
7,601
102,829
(40,309)
62,520
13,322,388
$ 6,116,853
$
5,477,635
2,763,726
$
1,342,286
1,421,440
$
718,920
172,096
546,824
$
$
567,342
84,545
482,797
1.27%
1.65%
6.11%
7.97%
11.88%
15.51%
0.74%
1.27%
6.28%
10.78%
8.25%
14.17%
1.04%
1.14%
10.01%
11.02%
11.76%
12.95%
$
$
$
$
Adjusted Efficiency Ratio:
Noninterest expense
Less: Acquisition, integration, and reorganization costs
Covered OREO expense (income), net
Adjusted noninterest expense
Net interest income
Noninterest income
Net revenues
Less: FDIC loss sharing expense, net
Gain on sale of loans and leases
Gain on securities
Gain on sale of owned office building
Accelerated discount accretion resulting from early
payoffs of acquired loans
Adjusted net revenues
Base efficiency ratio(1)
Adjusted efficiency ratio(2)
_______________________________________
(1)
(2)
Noninterest expense divided by net revenues.
Adjusted noninterest expense divided by adjusted net revenues.
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
$
230,687
$
408,744
101,016
(1,172)
40,812
(1,833)
308,900
$
191,708
$
200,792
$
$
$
662,377
$
297,713
$
42,187
704,564
(31,730)
601
4,841
1,570
4,244
301,957
(26,172)
1,791
5,359
—
38,867
4,393
$
690,415
$
316,586
$
211,662
4,089
6,781
276,467
15,872
292,339
(10,070)
2,767
1,239
—
7,601
290,802
58.0%
44.7%
76.4%
60.6%
72.4%
69.0%
53
Tangible Common Equity:
PacWest Bancorp Consolidated:
Stockholders’ equity
Less: Intangible assets
Tangible common equity
Total assets
Less: Intangible assets
Tangible assets
Equity to assets ratio
Tangible common equity ratio(1)
Book value per share
Tangible book value per share
Shares outstanding
Pacific Western Bank:
Stockholders’ equity
Less: Intangible assets
Tangible common equity
Total assets
Less: Intangible assets
Tangible assets
Equity to assets ratio
Tangible common equity ratio(1)
_______________________________________
(1)
Tangible common equity divided by tangible assets.
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
3,506,425
$
1,737,683
1,768,742
16,234,800
1,737,683
$
$
14,497,117
$
21.60%
12.20%
34.04
17.17
$
$
$
$
$
809,093
225,991
583,102
6,533,363
225,991
6,307,372
$
12.38%
9.24%
$
$
17.66
12.73
589,121
94,589
494,532
5,463,658
94,589
5,369,069
10.78%
9.21%
15.74
13.22
103,022,017
45,822,834
37,420,909
3,379,074
$
911,200
$
1,737,683
1,641,391
15,995,914
1,737,683
$
$
14,258,231
$
21.12%
11.51%
225,991
685,209
6,523,742
225,991
$
$
6,297,751
$
13.97%
10.88%
649,656
94,589
555,067
5,443,484
94,589
5,348,895
11.93%
10.38%
54
Adjusted Allowance for Credit Losses to Loans and
Leases (Excludes PCI Loans):
Allowance for credit losses
Less: Allowance related to acquired Non-PCI loans and leases
Adjusted allowance for credit losses
Gross Non-PCI loans and leases
Less: Carrying value of acquired Non-PCI loans and leases
Adjusted loans and leases
Allowance for credit losses to loans and leases(1)
Adjusted allowance for credit losses to loans and leases(2)
_______________________________________
(1)
(2)
Allowance for credit losses divided by gross Non-PCI loans and leases.
Adjusted allowance for credit losses divided by adjusted loans and leases.
Results of Operations
Acquisitions Impact Earnings Performance
$
$
$
$
December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
$
67,816
$
76,767
4,184
72,583
11,613,832
6,562,267
$
$
5,051,565
$
0.66%
1.44%
607
67,209
3,930,539
1,060,172
$
$
2,870,367
$
1.73%
2.34%
72,119
1,046
71,073
3,074,947
298,456
2,776,491
2.35%
2.56%
The comparability of financial information is affected by our acquisitions. We completed the following five acquisitions during the three years ended December 31, 2014: (1) Pacific
Western Equipment Finance, or EQF, on January 3, 2012; (2) Celtic Capital Corporation, or Celtic, on April 3, 2012; (3) American Perspective Bank, or APB, on August 1, 2012, (4) First
California Financial Group, Inc., or FCAL, on May 31, 2013, and (5) CapitalSource Inc. on April 7, 2014. These acquisitions have been accounted for using the acquisition method of
accounting and, accordingly, their operating results have been included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective acquisition dates.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income, which is our principal source of revenue, represents the difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing
liabilities. Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. Net interest income is affected by changes in both interest rates and the
volume of average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
55
The following table presents, for the years indicated, the distribution of average assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, as well as interest income and yields earned on average
interest-earning assets and interest expense and rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities:
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
Interest
Yields
Interest
Yields
Interest
Yields
Average
Balance
Income/
and
Average
Income/
and
Average
Income/
and
Expense
Rates
Balance
Expense
Rates
Balance
Expense
Rates
$
9,426,341
$
657,097
47,345
333
704,775
434
3,333
1,709
21,856
27,332
496
14,570
42,398
1,574,294
129,920
11,130,555
2,191,833
13,322,388
634,435
$
$
$
1,667,322
618,398
4,363,819
7,283,974
92,767
353,828
7,730,569
2,652,076
176,017
10,558,662
2,763,726
6.97% $
3.01%
0.26%
6.33%
$
0.07% $
0.20%
0.28%
0.50%
0.38%
0.53%
4.12%
0.55%
(Dollars in thousands)
$
272,726
36,923
265
309,914
$
303
2,455
63
5,047
7,868
537
3,796
12,201
3,975,337
1,460,516
104,092
5,539,945
576,908
6,116,853
582,408
1,400,065
194,300
753,122
2,929,895
12,979
122,649
3,065,523
2,186,697
145,713
5,397,933
718,920
6.86% $
2.53%
0.25%
5.59%
$
0.05% $
0.18%
0.03%
0.67%
0.27%
4.14%
3.10%
0.40%
3,548,369
$
260,230
35,657
228
296,115
268
2,314
50
10,639
13,271
2,656
3,721
19,648
1,373,640
87,602
5,009,611
468,024
5,477,635
515,767
$
1,219,457
159,888
889,146
2,784,258
98,787
112,015
2,995,060
1,870,088
45,145
4,910,293
567,342
$
13,322,388
$
6,116,853
$
5,477,635
$
662,377
$
297,713
$
276,467
5.78%
5.95%
5.19%
5.37%
$
$
9,936,050
10,382,645
$
$
27,332
42,398
0.28% $
0.41% $
5,116,592
5,252,220
$
$
7,868
12,201
0.15% $
0.23% $
4,654,346
4,865,148
$
$
13,271
19,648
7.33%
2.60%
0.26%
5.91%
0.05%
0.19%
0.03%
1.20%
0.48%
2.69%
3.32%
0.66%
5.25%
5.52%
0.29%
0.40%
ASSETS
Loans and leases, net of unearned income(1)
Investment securities(2)
Deposits in financial institutions
Total interest-earning assets
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest checking deposits
Money market deposits
Savings deposits
Time deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
Borrowings
Subordinated debentures
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’
equity
Net interest income
Net interest rate spread
Net interest margin
Total deposits (3)
Funding sources (4)
_____________________
(1) Includes nonaccrual loans and leases and loan fees.
(2) Interest income on investment securities includes non-taxable interest of $13.6 million, $11.8 million, and $5.6 million for 2014, 2013 and 2012. The tax-equivalent yield on investment securities was 3.42%, 2.93% and 2.76% for
2014, 2013 and 2012.
(3) Total deposits is the sum of interest-bearing deposits and noninterest-bearing demand deposits. The cost of total deposits is calculated as annualized interest expense on deposits divided by average total deposits.
(4) Funding sources is the sum of interest-bearing liabilities and noninterest-bearing demand deposits. The cost of funding sources is calculated as annualized total interest expense divided by average funding sources.
56
Net interest income is affected by changes in both interest rates and the volume of average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The changes in the amount and mix
of average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are referred to as changes in “volume.” The changes in the yields earned on average interest-earning assets and rates paid
on average interest-bearing liabilities are referred to as changes in “rate.” The change in interest income/expense attributable to volume reflects the change in volume multiplied by the
prior year’s rate and the change in interest income/expense attributable to rate reflects the change in rates multiplied by the prior year’s volume. The changes in interest income and
expense, which are not attributable specifically to either volume or rate, are allocated ratably between the two categories.
The following table presents, for the years indicated, changes in interest income and expense and the amount of change attributable to changes in volume and rate:
2014 Compared to 2013
2013 Compared to 2012
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
Increase (Decrease)
Due to
Volume
Rate
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
Increase (Decrease)
Due to
Volume
Rate
Interest Income:
Loans and leases
Investment securities
Deposits in financial institutions
Total interest income
Interest Expense:
Interest checking deposits
Money market deposits
Savings deposits
Time deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
Borrowings
Subordinated debentures
Total interest expense
Net interest income
$
384,371
$
379,929
$
10,422
68
394,861
131
877
1,646
16,810
19,464
(41)
10,774
30,197
3,024
57
383,010
6
577
320
18,399
19,302
785
9,173
29,260
(In thousands)
4,442
7,398
11
11,851
$
12,496
$
29,998
$
1,266
37
13,799
2,213
42
32,253
125
300
1,326
(1,589)
162
(826)
1,601
937
35
141
13
(5,592)
(5,403)
(2,119)
75
(7,447)
21,246
$
35
326
11
(1,443)
(1,071)
(3,074)
339
(3,806)
36,059
$
(17,502)
(947)
(5)
(18,454)
—
(185)
2
(4,149)
(4,332)
955
(264)
(3,641)
(14,813)
$
364,664
$
353,750
$
10,914
$
The net interest margin (“NIM”) and loan and lease yields are impacted by accelerated accretion of acquisition discounts resulting from early payoffs of acquired loans, which causes
volatility from period to period. The effects of this item on the NIM and loan and lease yield are shown in the following table for the years indicated:
NIM:
Reported
Less: Accelerated accretion of acquisition discounts resulting from early
payoffs of acquired loans
Core
Loan and Lease Yield:
Reported
Less: Accelerated accretion of acquisition discounts resulting from early
payoffs of acquired loans
Core
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
5.95 %
(0.35)%
5.60 %
6.97 %
(0.41)%
6.56 %
5.37 %
(0.08)%
5.29 %
6.86 %
(0.12)%
6.74 %
5.52 %
(0.16)%
5.36 %
7.33 %
(0.21)%
7.12 %
57
The impact on the NIM from all purchase accounting items is detailed in the table below for the years indicated:
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
Impact on
Impact on
Impact on
Amount
NIM
Amount
NIM
Amount
NIM
Net interest income/NIM as reported
$
662,377
5.95 % $
(Dollars in thousands)
297,713
5.37 % $
276,467
5.52 %
Less:
Accelerated accretion of acquisition discounts
from early acquired loan payoffs
Remaining accretion of Non-PCI loan
acquisition discounts
Amortization of TruPS discount
Accretion of time deposits premium
(38,867)
(0.35)%
(4,393)
(0.08)%
(7,601)
(0.16)%
(48,704)
4,253
(14,512)
(97,830)
(0.44)%
0.04 %
(0.13)%
(0.88)%
(3,927)
334
(837)
(8,823)
(0.07)%
0.01 %
(0.02)%
(0.16)%
623
(49)
(84)
(7,111)
0.01 %
— %
— %
(0.15)%
5.37 %
Net interest income/NIM excluding purchase
accounting
$
564,547
5.07 % $
288,890
5.21 % $
269,356
The following table presents the loan and lease yields and related average balances for our Non-PCI loans and leases, PCI loans, and total loan and lease portfolio for the years
indicated:
Yields:
Non-PCI loans and leases
PCI loans
Total loans and leases
Average Balances:
Non-PCI loans and leases
PCI loans
Total loans and leases
2014 Compared to 2013
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
6.61%
16.45%
6.97%
9,079,217
$
347,124
9,426,341
$
6.38%
10.63%
6.86%
3,528,278
$
447,059
3,975,337
$
6.82%
9.66%
7.33%
2,935,420
612,949
3,548,369
$
$
Net interest income increased by $364.7 million to $662.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $297.7 million for 2013 due to the significant increase in
interest-earning assets acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger.
The NIM increased 58 basis points to 5.95% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 5.37% for 2013 driven by the increase in interest-earning assets, which resulted from
the loans and leases added with the CapitalSource Inc. merger and organic loan growth during the year. The increase in the NIM was also a result of loans and leases being a higher
percentage of interest-earning assets and higher accretion of acquisition discounts on acquired loans than in the prior year. The amortization and accretion of purchase accounting marks
increased net interest income $97.8 million during 2014 and $8.8 million during 2013. When all purchase accounting items are removed from net interest income, the resulting NIM was
5.07% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 5.21% for 2013; this decrease is is attributed to the current interest rate environment and funding new loans at yields which are
lower than the current portfolio yield.
The yield on loans and leases increased 11 basis points to 6.97% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 6.86% for 2013. This increase was due to higher accretion of
acquisition discounts on acquired loans. Such accelerated accretion totaled $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $4.4 million for 2013. When accelerated accretion is
excluded, the core yield on loans and leases was 6.56% for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 6.74% for 2013.
58
The cost of all funding sources increased in the year ended December 31, 2014 due to the addition of the higher-cost time deposits and subordinated debt from CapitalSource Inc. The
cost of average funding sources increased 18 basis points to 0.41% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 0.23% for 2013. The increase in the cost of average funding sources for
2014 was also due to noninterest-bearing deposits becoming a smaller percentage of funding liabilities than in the prior period. The cost of total interest-bearing deposits increased 11 basis
points to 0.38% and total interest-bearing liabilities increased 15 basis points to 0.55% for the year ended December 31, 2014.
2013 Compared to 2012
Net interest income increased $21.2 million to $297.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012; interest income increased $13.8 million and interest expense
decreased $7.4 million. Interest income on loans and leases increased $12.5 million due to a higher average loan and lease balance offset by a lower loan and lease yield. The increase in the
average loan and lease balance was due mainly to acquisitions including FCAL on May 31, 2013 and APB on August 1, 2012. The lower loan and lease yield was due to lower accelerated
accretion of acquisition discounts resulting from PCI loan payoffs and lower income from early lease payoffs. Interest income on investment securities increased $1.3 million due mostly to
higher average portfolio balances from purchases during the year. Interest expense on deposits decreased $5.4 million due mainly to a lower average rate and balances for time deposits.
Interest expense on borrowings declined $2.1 million due mostly to lower average borrowings; we repaid fixed-rate term Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco ("FHLB") advances at
the end of the first quarter of 2012 and have used lower cost overnight FHLB advances as needed.
The 2013 NIM was 5.37%, a decrease of 15 basis points from 5.52% for 2012. The decrease was due to lower yields on loans and leases and investment securities, offset partially by
lower funding costs.
The yield on average loans and leases decreased 47 basis points to 6.86% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 7.33% for 2012, due to lower accelerated accretion of
acquisition discounts resulting from PCI loan payoffs, lower income on early repayment of leases, and lower yields on new loan and lease originations. Accelerated accretion of acquisition
discounts resulting from PCI loan payoffs totaled $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $7.6 million for 2012, increasing the loan yields by 12 basis points and 21 basis
points, respectively. Total income from early lease payoffs was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $2.4 million for 2012.
All-in deposit cost declined 14 basis points to 0.15% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012. The cost of interest-bearing deposits declined 21 basis points to
0.27% due to a lower rate on average time deposits and a shift in the deposit mix to lower cost interest-bearing checking, money market and savings deposits from higher cost time
deposits. The cost of total interest-bearing liabilities declined 26 basis points to 0.40% due to the reduction in the cost of time deposits and lower average fixed-rate borrowings; we repaid
$225.0 million in fixed-rate term FHLB advances and redeemed $18.6 million in subordinated debentures in the first quarter of 2012.
59
Provision for Credit Losses
The following table sets forth the details of the provision for credit losses and allowance for credit losses data for the years indicated:
2014
Increase
(Decrease)
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Increase
(Decrease)
2012
Provision For Credit Losses:
Addition to (reduction in) allowance
for Non-PCI loans and leases
$
11,746
$
13,101
$
(1,355) $
8,395
$
Addition to (reduction in) reserve for
unfunded loan commitments
Total provision (negative
provision) for Non-PCI loans
and leases
Provision (negative provision) for
PCI loans
Total provision (negative
provision) for credit losses
Non-PCI Credit Quality Metrics:
Net charge-offs (recoveries) on
Non-PCI loans and leases
Net charge-offs to average
Non-PCI loans and leases
At Year End:
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Allowance for credit losses
Non-PCI nonaccrual loans and leases
Non-PCI classified loans and leases
Allowance for credit losses to
Non-PCI loans and leases
Allowance for credit losses to
Non-PCI nonaccrual loans
and leases
$
$
$
(1,264)
(2,619)
1,355
3,605
10,482
1,017
10,482
5,227
—
(4,210)
12,000
(3,391)
11,499
$
15,709
$
(4,210) $
8,609
$
1,531
$
(2,772) $
4,303
$
(5,361) $
0.02%
70,456
76,767
83,621
242,611
$
10,215
$
8,951
36,847
115,300
0.66%
91.8%
0.12%
$
60,241
67,816
46,774
127,311
1.73%
145.0%
(5,658) $
(4,303)
5,012
26,292
(9,750)
(2,250)
(12,000)
(819)
(12,819)
9,664
0.33%
65,899
72,119
41,762
101,019
2.35%
172.7%
Provisions for credit losses are charged to earnings for both on and off-balance sheet credit exposures. We have a provision for credit losses on our Non-PCI loans and leases and a
provision for credit losses on our PCI loans. The provision for credit losses on our Non-PCI loans and leases is based on our allowance methodology and is an expense, or contra-expense,
that, in our judgment, is required to maintain an adequate allowance for credit losses. Our allowance methodology uses our actual historical loan and lease charge-off experience on pools of
similar loans and leases, considers the current credit risk ratings, giving greater weight to loans with more adverse credit risk ratings, and considers subjective criteria such as current
economic trends and forecasts, current commercial real estate values and performance trends, and the loan portfolio credit performance trends. The provision for credit losses on our PCI
loans results from decreases or increases in expected cash flows on such loans compared to those previously estimated.
60
Our Non-PCI loans and leases at December 31, 2014, included $6.6 billion in loans and leases acquired in acquisitions. These acquired loans and leases were initially recorded at their
estimated fair values and such initial fair values included an estimate of credit losses. The allowance calculation for Non-PCI loans and leases takes into consideration those acquired loans
and leases whose credit quality has deteriorated since their acquisition dates. At December 31, 2014, our allowance for credit losses included $4.2 million related to these acquired loans and
leases. When these acquired loans and leases of $6.6 billion are excluded from the total of Non-PCI loans and leases and the related allowance of $4.2 million is excluded from the
allowance for credit losses, the result is an adjusted coverage ratio of our allowance for credit losses to Non-PCI loans and leases of 1.44% at December 31, 2014; the comparable ratio at
December 31, 2013 was 2.34%. The adjusted coverage ratio is lower at December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013 because the adjusted allowance for credit losses was computed
with lower loss factors related to a more favorable credit outlook and the composition of the adjusted loans and leases at December 31, 2014 is more diversified. Compared to adjusted loans
and leases at December 31, 2013, there is a lower degree of commercial real estate loans that are also more geographically diversified, and there is greater diversification of C&I loans, both
due to the loans originated by the CapitalSource Division during 2014.
Non-PCI loans and leases include $5.0 billion of originated loans and leases that were not obtained through acquisitions. The allowance for loan and lease losses related to these loans
and leases totaled $66.3 million, or 1.31% of the outstanding balance at December 31, 2014; the comparable ratio at December 31, 2013 was 2.08%. The decrease in the coverage ratio is
due to a more favorable credit outlook and lower loss factors used at December 31, 2014 compared to 2013.
Certain circumstances may lead to increased provisions for credit losses in the future. Examples of such circumstances are net loan and lease and unfunded commitment growth, an
increased amount of loan and lease charge-offs, changes in economic conditions, such as the rate of economic growth, the rate of inflation, the unemployment rate, increases in the general
level of interest rates, declines in real estate values and adverse conditions in borrowers’ businesses. See “- Critical Accounting Policies,” “- Financial Condition - Allowance for Credit
Losses on Non-PCI Loans,” “-Financial Condition - Allowance for Credit Losses on PCI Loans,” and Note 1(g), Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies -
Allowances for Credit Losses, and Note 7, Loans and Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Noninterest Income
The following table summarizes noninterest income by category for the years indicated:
2014
Increase
(Decrease)
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(In thousands)
Increase
(Decrease)
2012
Noninterest Income:
Service charges on deposit accounts
Other commissions and fees
Leased equipment income
Gain on sale of loans and leases
Gain on securities
Other-than-temporary-impairment loss on securities
FDIC loss sharing expense, net
Other income:
Dividends and realized gains on equity investments
Foreign currency translation net gains
Income recognized on early repayment of leases
Gain on sale of owned office building
Other
Total noninterest income
(532) $
11,765
$
(1,087) $
10,186
16,669
(1,190)
(518)
—
(5,558)
—
6,207
3,358
5,270
1,570
2,481
8,416
—
1,791
5,359
—
(26,172)
—
—
—
—
290
—
(976)
4,120
1,115
(16,102)
—
—
—
—
—
3,085
4,244
1,012
$
(11,628) $
12,852
8,126
—
2,767
1,239
(1,115)
(10,070)
—
—
—
—
2,073
15,872
$
37,943
$
$
$
11,233
18,602
16,669
601
4,841
—
(31,730)
6,207
3,358
5,270
1,570
5,566
42,187
$
61
The following table presents the details of FDIC loss sharing expense, net for the years indicated:
FDIC Loss Sharing Expense, Net:
(Loss) gain on FDIC loss sharing asset (1)
FDIC loss sharing asset amortization, net
Net reimbursement (to) from FDIC for covered OREOs (2)
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on covered securities
Other
Total FDIC loss sharing expense, net (3)
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(In thousands)
$
$
(5,457) $
(25,051)
(845)
—
(377)
(31,730) $
$
2,320
(26,829)
(1,547)
—
(116)
(26,172) $
(5,487)
(10,658)
5,164
892
19
(10,070)
_______________________
(1)
Includes increases related to covered loan loss provisions and decreases for: (a) write-offs for covered loans expected to be resolved at amounts higher than their carrying values, and (b) amounts to be reimbursed to the FDIC for
covered loans resolved at amounts higher than their carrying values.
(2) Represents amounts to be reimbursed to the FDIC for gains on covered other real estate owned ("OREO") sales and due from the FDIC for covered OREO write-downs.
(3) Covered assets were $329.5 million, $520.6 million, and $617.1 million at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.
2014 Compared to 2013
Noninterest income increased by $38.0 million to $42.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $4.2 million for 2013. The increase was due mostly to income
streams gained in the CapitalSource Inc. merger, including certain other commissions and fees, leased equipment income, dividends and gains on equity investments and foreign currency
translation net gains, offset by higher FDIC loss sharing expense. We have equity investments with a carrying value of $25.2 million at December 31, 2014. Such equity investments were
acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger. Dividends on equity investments are solely at the discretion of the investee, and thus we have no control over such distributions. The increase in
FDIC loss sharing expense was due mainly to higher losses on the FDIC loss sharing asset. Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 also includes a gain on the sale of an
owned office building of $1.6 million; there was no similar gain in 2013.
2013 Compared to 2012
Noninterest income declined by $11.7 million to $4.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $15.9 million for 2012. The decrease was due mainly to higher
net FDIC loss sharing expense of $16.1 million in 2013 offset by a $5.2 million non-taxable acquisition-related securities gain recognized in 2013. FDIC loss sharing expense, net,
increased due to higher amortization of the FDIC loss sharing asset and lower net covered OREO costs, offset by a higher gain on the FDIC loss sharing asset. The increase in FDIC loss
sharing expense was due in part to an increase in covered assets gained through the FCAL acquisition.
62
Noninterest Expense
The following table summarizes noninterest expense by category for the years indicated:
2014
Increase
(Decrease)
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(In thousands)
Increase
(Decrease)
2012
Noninterest Expense:
Compensation and benefits
Occupancy
Data processing
Other professional services
Insurance and assessments
Intangible asset amortization
Leased equipment depreciation
Foreclosed assets expense (income), net
Acquisition, integration, and reorganization costs
Debt termination
Other expense:
Loan-related expense
Communications
Other
Total noninterest expense
$
107,067
$
12,100
$
$
165,499
$
40,606
14,618
11,234
10,907
6,268
9,159
5,401
58,432
11,147
5,124
4,480
5,311
866
9,159
6,904
101,016
—
60,204
—
10,294
4,695
29,047
5,969
1,772
8,689
29,459
9,494
6,754
5,596
5,402
—
(1,503)
40,812
—
4,325
2,923
20,358
1,346
374
851
312
(924)
—
(12,434)
36,723
(22,598)
136
400
2,739
$
408,744
$
178,057
$
230,687
$
19,025
$
94,967
28,113
9,120
5,903
5,284
6,326
—
10,931
4,089
22,598
4,189
2,523
17,619
211,662
The following table presents the components of foreclosed assets expense (income), net for the years indicated:
Foreclosed Assets Expense (Income):
Provision for losses
Maintenance costs
Gain on sale, net
Total foreclosed assets expense (income), net
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(In thousands)
2012
$
$
7,306
$
1,515
(3,420)
5,401
$
2,515
$
1,183
(5,201)
(1,503) $
14,333
2,384
(5,786)
10,931
Noninterest expense includes amortization of time-based restricted stock, which vests either in increments over a three to five year period or at the end of such period and is included in
compensation expense, and intangible asset amortization, which is related to customer deposits and customer relationship intangible assets. Amortization of restricted stock, excluding the
accelerated vesting of restricted stock, totaled $9.8 million, $8.5 million and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Intangible asset amortization totaled $6.3
million, $5.4 million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
2014 Compared to 2013
Noninterest expense increased by $178.0 million to $408.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $230.7 million for 2013. The increase was due mostly to higher
acquisition, integration and reorganization costs of $60.2 million and higher other noninterest expenses of $117.9 million as a result of including the CapitalSource Inc. and FCAL
operations after their respective acquisition dates. The leased equipment depreciation relates to the operating lease portfolio acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger.
63
2013 Compared to 2012
Noninterest expense increased by $19.0 million to $230.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $211.7 million for 2012. This increase was due mostly to the
combination of higher acquisition, integration and reorganization costs of $36.7 million recognized in 2013, and higher compensation expense of $12.1 million due to a higher employee
count resulting from acquisition activity. The increase was offset in part by lower debt termination expense of $22.6 million as a result of the early repayments of FHLB advances and
subordinated debentures in 2012, and lower foreclosed assets expense of $12.4 million due mainly to lower write-downs. Excluding the acquisition, integration and reorganization costs,
foreclosed assets expense, and debt termination expense, noninterest expense increased $17.3 million due to the bank acquisitions completed on May 31, 2013 and August 1, 2012.
In December 2013, the Company accelerated the vesting of certain restricted stock awards that resulted in a pre-tax charge of $12.4 million which is included in acquisition,
integration and reorganization costs. This action was taken by the Company in order to eliminate an additional $21.0 million of compensation and tax expense related to change in control
payments that the Company would have otherwise incurred upon consummation of the CapitalSource Inc. merger. Such eliminated expenses relate to tax gross-up payments and the value
of lost tax deductions, in each case due to the impact of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code as they apply to change in control payments that would have become payable
to certain PacWest employees in conjunction with the CapitalSource Inc. merger. The restricted stock awards that were vested on an accelerated basis in 2013 would have otherwise vested
upon consummation of the CapitalSource Inc. merger, and the $12.2 million after-tax charge to earnings that we recorded in December 2013 would have been incurred at that time.
Acquisition-Related Charges
For each acquisition, we developed an integration plan for the Company that addressed, among other things, requirements for staffing, systems platforms, compliance-related
activities, branch locations and other facilities. Based on these plans, we incurred acquisition-related charges which included severance, stock-based compensation, systems integration and
facilities-related charges. These charges, along with legal, accounting, investment banking, valuation and other professional fees necessary to effect a business combination, were charged to
acquisition, integration and reorganization costs on the consolidated statements of earnings. We incurred and charged to expense $101.0 million, $40.8 million and $4.1 million of such
costs in 2014, 2013 and 2012.
The following table presents acquisition, integration and reorganization costs by major category for the years indicated:
Severance and employee-related(1)
System conversion and integration
Asset writedowns, lease terminations and other facilities-related
Asset financing segment reorganization
Investment banking deal costs
Other (legal, accounting, insurance, consulting)
Total acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
___________________
(1) Amount includes $26.1 million in 2014 and $12.4 million in 2013 for accelerated vesting of restricted stock.
Income Taxes
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(In thousands)
2012
57,868
$
21,497
$
1,868
6,353
10,073
16,117
8,737
3,829
3,212
—
5,309
6,965
101,016
$
40,812
$
260
1,312
—
—
1,298
1,219
4,089
$
$
The effective tax rates were 40.0%, 39.7% and 39.2% in 2014, 2013 and 2012. The difference in the effective tax rates between the years relates mainly to the level of tax credits and
tax deductions and the amount of tax exempt income recorded in each of the years and the non-deductibility and tax treatment of certain acquisition, integration and reorganization costs.
The Company operates primarily in the states of California and Maryland and the blended statutory tax rate for federal and states is 41%. For further information on income taxes, see
Note 15, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
64
Fourth Quarter Results
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly results for the periods indicated:
Earnings Summary:
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for credit losses
FDIC loss sharing expense, net
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets expense, net
Acquisition, integration, and reorganization costs
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net earnings from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings
Profitability Measures:
Diluted earnings per share
Annualized return on:
Average assets
Average equity
Average tangible equity(1)
Net interest margin
Core net interest margin(3)
Base efficiency ratio
Adjusted efficiency ratio(2)
Three Months Ended
December 31,
2014
September 30,
2014
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
$
209,696
$
(14,713)
194,983
(2,063)
(4,360)
17,063
12,703
(1,938)
(7,381)
(83,021)
(92,340)
113,283
(42,226)
71,057
(105)
47
(58)
70,999
$
0.69
$
1.77%
8.05%
16.00%
5.86%
5.52%
44.5%
42.3%
$
$
202,356
(13,510)
188,846
(5,050)
(7,415)
23,729
16,314
(4,827)
(5,193)
(85,609)
(95,629)
104,481
(42,205)
62,276
(8)
3
(5)
62,271
0.60
1.57%
7.13%
14.36%
5.78%
5.64%
46.6%
43.4%
____________________
(1) Calculation reduces average equity by average intangible assets.
(2) Excludes acquisition, integration and reorganization costs; covered foreclosed assets expense; FDIC loss sharing expense; gains and losses sales of loans and leases; securities gains and losses; gain on sales of owned office
building; and accelerated discount accretion resulting from payoffs of acquired loans.
(3) Excludes accelerated discount accretion resulting from payoffs of acquired loans.
Fourth Quarter of 2014 Compared to Third Quarter of 2014
Net earnings were $71.0 million, or $0.69 per diluted share, for the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to $62.3 million, or $0.60 per diluted share, for the third quarter of 2014. The
quarter-over-quarter increase of $8.7 million in net earnings was due mostly to: (a) the $6.1 million increase in net interest income, (b) the $3.0 million decrease in provision for loan
losses, and (c) the $3.3 million decrease in noninterest expense, which included a $2.9 million decrease in foreclosed asset expense, and a $2.6 million decrease in all other expense
categories, offset by a $2.2 million increase in acquisition, integration and reorganization costs. These items were offset by the $3.6 million decrease in noninterest income. The adjusted
efficiency ratio improved to 42.3% for the fourth quarter compared to 43.4% for the third quarter.
65
The NIM and loan and lease yield are impacted by accelerated accretion of acquisition discounts resulting from early payoffs of acquired loans that causes volatility from period to
period. The effects of such item on the NIM and loan and lease yield are shown in the following table for the periods indicated:
Reported
Less: Accelerated accretion of acquisition discounts resulting
from early payoffs of acquired loans
Core
Three Months Ended
December 31, 2014
Three Months Ended
September 30, 2014
NIM
Loan and
Lease Yield
NIM
Loan and
Lease Yield
5.86%
6.76%
5.78%
6.68%
(0.34)%
5.52%
(0.39)%
6.37%
(0.14)%
5.64%
(0.16)%
6.52%
The impact on the NIM from all purchase accounting items is detailed in the table below for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended
December 31, 2014
Three Months Ended
September 30, 2014
Amount
Impact on
NIM
Amount
Impact on
NIM
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income/NIM as reported
$
194,983
5.86 % $
188,846
5.78 %
Less:
Accelerated accretion of acquisition discounts
from early acquired loan payoffs
Remaining accretion of Non-PCI loan
acquisition discounts
Amortization of TruPS discount
Accretion of time deposits premium
Net interest income/NIM excluding purchase accounting
$
(11,421)
(0.34)%
(4,501)
(0.14)%
(13,073)
1,401
(2,469)
(25,562)
169,421
(0.39)%
0.04 %
(0.07)%
(0.76)%
5.10 % $
(15,072)
1,402
(5,081)
(23,252)
165,594
(0.46)%
0.04 %
(0.16)%
(0.72)%
5.06 %
66
The following table presents the loan yields and related average balances for our non-PCI loans and leases, PCI loans, and total loan and lease portfolio for the periods indicated:
Yields:
Non-PCI loans and leases
PCI loans
Total loans and leases
Average Balances:
Non-PCI loans and leases
PCI loans
Total loans and leases
Three Months Ended
December 31,
September 30,
2014
2014
(Dollars in thousands)
6.55%
14.34%
6.76%
6.41%
14.74%
6.68%
$
11,275,512
$
311,061
11,586,573
10,922,640
363,049
11,285,689
Net interest income increased by $6.1 million to $195.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to $188.8 million for the third quarter of 2014 due to higher interest income
from higher average loan and lease balances and higher accelerated discount accretion resulting from early payoffs of acquired loans, which were partially offset by the interest expense of
higher average cost on deposits.
Our NIM for the fourth quarter of 2014 was 5.86% compared to 5.78% for the third quarter of 2014. The 8 basis point increase in NIM was driven by the higher accelerated discount
accretion resulting from early payoffs of acquired loans.
The yield on loans and leases increased to 6.76% for the fourth quarter of 2014 from 6.68% for the third quarter of 2014. The accelerated discount accretion resulting from early
payoffs of acquired loans totaled $11.4 million for the fourth quarter and $4.5 million for the third quarter, an increase of $6.9 million. When accelerated discount accretion is excluded, the
core yield on loans and leases was 6.37% for the fourth quarter and 6.52% for the third quarter.
The yield on PCI loans decreased to 14.34% for the fourth quarter of 2014 from 14.74% for the third quarter of 2014. The accelerated discount accretion resulting from early payoffs
of PCI loans totaled $1.6 million for the fourth quarter and $1.9 million for the third quarter, a decrease of $0.3 million. When accelerated accretion is excluded, the core PCI loan yield was
12.30% for the fourth quarter compared to 12.70% for the third quarter.
The cost of all funding sources increased in the fourth quarter due to $2.6 million lower premium accretion on time deposits acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger. The cost of
average funding sources increased 4 basis points to 0.48% for the fourth quarter from 0.44% for the third quarter. This increase includes the all-in deposit cost which increased 4 basis
points to 0.34% for the current quarter compared to the prior quarter. The cost of total interest-bearing deposits increased 6 basis points to 0.46% and total interest-bearing liabilities
increased 5 basis points to 0.63% for the fourth quarter. The remaining unamortized purchase accounting premium on acquired CapitalSource time deposits premium as of December 31,
2014 was $3.6 million and has a weighted average life of 15 months. The purchase accounting premium accretion on acquired time deposits lowered the all-in deposit cost by 7 basis points
in the fourth quarter.
The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $2.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to a provision for credit losses of $5.1 million in the third quarter of 2014
as follows:
December 31,
2014
Three Months Ended
September 30,
2014
(In thousands)
Increase
(Decrease)
Provision (Negative Provision) for Credit Losses on:
Non-PCI loans and leases
PCI loans
Total provision (negative provision) for credit losses
$
$
67
$
2,729
(666)
2,063
$
2,753
2,297
5,050
$
$
(24)
(2,963)
(2,987)
Noninterest income decreased by $3.6 million to $12.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2014 from $16.3 million for the third quarter of 2014. The decrease was due mostly to lower
other commissions and fees, lower dividends and gains on equity investments and lower foreign currency translation net gains, offset by lower FDIC loss sharing expense. The decrease in
other commissions and fees is due to lower prepayment fees and other loan-related fees. Dividends and gains on equity investments and foreign currency translation net gains tend to
fluctuate from period to period based upon dividends received, sales of equity investments and the movement of the U.S. Dollar against various foreign currencies. The FDIC loss sharing
expense decreased $3.1 million due mostly to lower amortization of the FDIC loss sharing asset as one of the Bank's loss sharing agreements reached the end of its initial indemnification
period during the third quarter.
The following table presents the details of FDIC loss sharing expense, net for the periods indicated:
FDIC Loss Sharing Income, Net:
Gain (loss) on FDIC loss sharing asset (1)
FDIC loss sharing asset amortization, net
Net reimbursement (to) from FDIC for covered OREOs (2)
Other
Total FDIC loss sharing income (expense), net
_______________________
December 31,
2014
Three Months Ended
September 30,
2014
(In thousands)
Increase
(Decrease)
$
$
(525) $
(3,795)
63
(103)
(4,360) $
(1,735) $
(6,074)
491
(97)
(7,415) $
1,210
2,279
(428)
(6)
3,055
(1)
Includes increases related to covered loan loss provisions and decreases for: (a) write-offs for covered loans expected to be resolved at amounts higher than their carrying values, and (b) amounts to be reimbursed to the FDIC for
covered loans resolved at amounts higher than their carrying values.
(2) Represents amounts to be reimbursed to the FDIC for gains on covered OREO sales and due from the FDIC for OREO assets write-downs.
Noninterest expense decreased by $3.3 million to $92.3 million for the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to $95.6 million for the third quarter of 2014. The decrease was due mostly to
lower foreclosed assets expense of $2.9 million and lower other expense categories of $2.6 million, offset by higher acquisition, integration and reorganization costs of $2.2 million. The
decrease in foreclosed assets expense was due mostly to write-downs on existing properties taken in the third quarter of 2014 that did not repeat in the fourth quarter. Other noninterest
expense decreased due to lower loan-related expenses related to origination and work-out activities and the prior quarter included an accrual for loan-related litigation. Other professional
services decreased due to lower legal and other consulting expenses related to corporate initiatives.
Business Segments
The Company’s reportable segments consist of “Community Banking,” “National Lending,” and “Other.”
As a result of the CapitalSource Inc. merger, Pacific Western Bank established the CapitalSource Division, which we also refer to as the National Lending segment. The
CapitalSource Division, or National Lending segment, includes the lending operations gained through the CapitalSource Inc. merger, Pacific Western Equipment Finance, and the
CapitalSource Business Finance Group (formerly BFI Business Finance and First Community Financial). We reorganized our asset-based lending and leasing operations when we
established the CapitalSource Division. We combined BFI Business Finance and First Community Financial to form the CapitalSource Business Finance Group, and we sold Celtic Capital
Corporation in July 2014.
The CapitalSource Division lends throughout the United States, providing middle-market businesses asset-secured loans, equipment-secured loans and leases, and cash flow loans and
providing real estate investment firms real estate loans secured by various property types. The CapitalSource Division’s loan and lease origination efforts are conducted through offices
located in Chevy Chase, Maryland; Los Angeles and San Jose, California; St. Louis, Missouri; Denver, Colorado; Chicago, Illinois; New York, New York; and Midvale, Utah.
68
The Community Banking and National Lending segments include all of the operations of Pacific Western Bank. The Community Banking segment includes the operations of Pacific
Western Bank, excluding the CapitalSource Division, and includes lending and deposit gathering activities conducted primarily through its California-based branch offices and the Bank’s
treasury management function and corporate overhead. The Other segment consists of holding company operations which result in expenses principally for compensation, facilities,
professional services, interest on subordinated debentures, and the non-bank subsidiary operations including interest income from a loan portfolio and related loan servicing expense. For
further information, see Note 21, Business Segments, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
The following tables present information regarding our business segments as of and for the years indicated:
Balance Sheet Data:
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Total loans and leases, net
Goodwill(1)
Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles, net
$
$
$
December 31, 2014
Community
Banking
National
Lending
Consolidated
Other
Company
3,401,129 $
(48,253)
3,352,876 $
326,078 $
16,306
6,512,313
12,030,436
(In thousands)
8,455,849 $
(36,202)
8,419,647 $
1,394,401 $
898
9,483,601
33,179
25,454 $
—
25,454 $
— $
—
238,886
(308,487)
11,882,432
(84,455)
11,797,977
1,720,479
17,204
Total assets
Total deposits(2)
_______________________________________
(1) The increase in the goodwill for the Community Banking segment and National Lending segment during 2014 was due primarily to $1.5 billion from the CapitalSource merger.
(2) The negative balance for total deposits in the “Other” segment represents the elimination of holding company cash held in deposit accounts at the Bank.
11,755,128
16,234,800
Balance Sheet Data:
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Total loans and leases, net
Goodwill(1)
Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles, net
Total assets
Total deposits(2)
December 31, 2013
Community
Banking
National
Lending
Consolidated
Other
Company
$
$
$
3,837,475 $
(75,498)
3,761,977 $
183,065 $
15,331
6,004,067
5,302,822
(In thousands)
474,877 $
(6,536)
468,341 $
25,678 $
1,917
519,675
—
— $
—
— $
— $
—
9,621
(21,835)
4,312,352
(82,034)
4,230,318
208,743
17,248
6,533,363
5,280,987
______________________________________
(1) The Community Banking segment's goodwill increased during 2013 due primarily to $129.1 million from the FCAL acquisition.
(2) The negative balance for total deposits in the “Other” segment represents the elimination of holding company cash held in deposit accounts at the Bank.
69
Results of Operations:
Interest income
Interest expense
Intersegment interest income (expense)
Net interest income (expense)
Negative provision (provision) for credit losses
Gain on securities
FDIC loss sharing expense
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets (expense) income, net
Intangible asset amortization
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Intersegment noninterest income (expense)
Total noninterest expense - adjusted
Earnings from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations before taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings (loss)
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Community
Banking
National
Lending
Consolidated
Other
Company
(In thousands)
279,671 $
(27,598)
15,716
267,789
21,311
4,841
(31,730)
25,168
(1,721)
(5,685)
(5,745)
(89,888)
(198,921)
(300,239)
71,897
(228,342)
59,037
(27,370)
31,667
(2,677)
1,114
(1,563)
30,104 $
$
$
70
422,677 $
(230)
(15,716)
406,731
(32,810)
—
—
34,215
34,215
(302)
(523)
(10,073)
(80,418)
(91,316)
(71,897)
(163,213)
244,923
(97,853)
147,070
—
—
—
147,070 $
2,427 $
(14,570)
—
(12,143)
—
—
—
9,693
9,693
586
—
(1,055)
(16,720)
(17,189)
—
(17,189)
(19,639)
11,370
(8,269)
—
—
—
(8,269) $
704,775
(42,398)
—
662,377
(11,499)
4,841
(31,730)
69,076
42,187
(5,401)
(6,268)
(101,016)
(296,059)
(408,744)
—
(408,744)
284,321
(113,853)
170,468
(2,677)
1,114
(1,563)
168,905
Results of Operations:
Interest income
Interest expense
Intersegment interest income (expense)
Net interest income
Negative provision (provision) for credit losses
Gain on securities
FDIC loss sharing expense
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets income, net
Intangible asset amortization
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net earnings from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations before taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings (loss)
Interest income
Interest expense
Intersegment interest income (expense)
Net interest income
Negative provision (provision) for credit losses
Gain on securities
FDIC loss sharing expense
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets expense, net
Intangible asset amortization
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Debt termination expense
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Earnings (loss) before taxes
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net earnings (loss)
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Community
Banking
National
Lending
Consolidated
Other
Company
261,492 $
(7,873)
1,525
255,144
8,079
137
(26,172)
21,395
(4,640)
1,503
(4,748)
(40,552)
(156,600)
(200,397)
58,186
(24,940)
33,246
(620)
258
(362)
32,884 $
(In thousands)
48,422 $
(532)
(1,525)
46,365
(3,869)
—
—
3,558
3,558
—
(654)
—
(23,575)
(24,229)
21,825
(9,101)
12,724
—
—
—
12,724 $
— $
(3,796)
—
(3,796)
—
5,222
—
104
5,326
—
—
(260)
(5,801)
(6,061)
(4,531)
4,038
(493)
—
—
—
(493) $
309,914
(12,201)
—
297,713
4,210
5,359
(26,172)
25,057
4,244
1,503
(5,402)
(40,812)
(185,976)
(230,687)
75,480
(30,003)
45,477
(620)
258
(362)
45,115
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Community
National
Consolidated
Banking
Lending
Other
Company
251,720 $
(15,043)
2,055
238,732
14,585
1,239
(10,070)
20,572
11,741
(10,931)
(5,898)
(4,089)
(24,195)
(138,640)
(183,753)
81,305
(31,542)
49,763 $
(In thousands)
44,395 $
(884)
(2,055)
41,456
(1,766)
—
—
4,017
4,017
—
(428)
—
(23,502)
(23,930)
19,777
(8,327)
11,450 $
— $
(3,721)
—
(3,721)
—
—
—
114
114
—
—
—
1,597
(5,576)
(3,979)
(7,586)
3,174
(4,412) $
296,115
(19,648)
—
276,467
12,819
1,239
(10,070)
24,703
15,872
(10,931)
(6,326)
(4,089)
(22,598)
(167,718)
(211,662)
93,496
(36,695)
56,801
$
$
$
$
71
2014 Compared to 2013
Net earnings for the Community Banking segment decreased $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $30.1 million, compared to earnings of $32.9 million for 2013.
The decrease in net earnings was due mainly to the $49.3 million increase in acquisition, integration and reorganization costs. Excluding acquisition, integration and reorganization costs,
net earnings before taxes increased $48.1 million due to (a) higher net interest income of $12.6 million, (b) lower provision for credit losses of $13.2 million, and (c) higher allocation of
expenses from the Community Banking segment to the National Lending segment of $71.9 million offset by higher noninterest expense of $50.5 million. The 2014 net interest income for
the Community Banking segment increased $12.6 million due mostly to a $14.2 million increase in the intersegment interest income allocation from the National Lending segment due to
the significant increase in interest-earning assets in the National Lending segment in 2014. Noninterest expense increased due to the growth in the Bank's lending and deposit operations
which was mostly a result of the CapitalSource Inc. merger and FCAL acquisition.
Net earnings for the National Lending segment increased $134.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2013. The increase was primarily the result of the April
2014 CapitalSource Inc. merger, which increased interest-earning assets and net interest income in 2014. The National Lending segment's loans increased $8.0 billion to $8.5 billion at
December 31, 2014 from $474.9 million at December 31, 2013.
The net loss for the Other segment increased $7.8 million to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The
increase in the net loss was primarily due to higher interest expense related to the trust preferred securities which were assumed in the CapitalSource Inc. merger of $8.3 million and lower
gain on securities of $5.2 million. We recognized a $5.2 million non-taxable acquisition-related securities gain from the conversion of FCAL stock at the date of merger in 2013; there was
no similar income in 2014.
2013 Compared to 2012
Net earnings for the Community Banking segment declined $16.9 million to $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $49.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012. The decrease in net earnings was due mainly to higher acquisition, integration and reorganization costs of $36.5 million; higher compensation expense, mostly from
acquisitions, of $11.8 million; and higher net credit costs (provision for credit losses, FDIC loss sharing expense, and foreclosed assets expense) of $10.2 million. These items were offset in
part by $24.2 million in debt termination expense recognized in 2012 with no similar charge in 2013; and higher net interest income of $16.4 million.
The increase in net interest income for 2013 compared to 2012 was due mainly to an increase in interest-earning assets and lower interest expense on deposits and borrowings, offset
by a lower yield on average interest-earning assets. The Community Banking segment’s average interest-earning assets increased $435.3 million due primarily to the May 2013 FCAL
acquisition. The yield on average interest-earning assets was 5.15% for 2013 compared to 5.42% for 2012.
Net earnings for the National Lending segment increased $1.3 million to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $11.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012. The increase in net earnings was due mostly to an increase in net interest income of $4.9 million; the April 2012 Celtic acquisition contributed $3.2 million to the
increase. The National Lending segment’s average interest-earning assets increased $98.1 million for 2013 as compared to 2012, and the yield on average interest-earning assets was
10.64% for 2013 compared to 12.43% for 2012. Provision for credit losses increased $2.1 million due primarily to two asset-based lending relationships that were identified as impaired in
2013. Net earnings were positively impacted by an increase in noninterest income, offset partially by an increase in overhead expenses in 2013 from the Celtic acquisition.
The net loss for the Other segment declined $3.9 million to $493,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This
decrease in net loss was primarily the result of the $5.2 million non-taxable acquisition-related securities gain recognized in 2013 partially offset by lower debt termination income of
$1.6 million that was recognized in 2012.
72
Financial Condition
Investment Portfolio
Our portfolio consists primarily of U.S. government agency obligations, government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) obligations, obligations of states and political subdivisions
(“municipal securities”), and corporate debt securities. The covered private label collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs’) were acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Affinity
Bank in August 2009. The loss sharing provisions for these private label CMO's expired in the third quarter of 2014.
The following table presents the composition of our investment portfolio at the dates indicated:
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise pass-through securities
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise collateralized mortgage obligations
Covered private label collateralized mortgage obligations
Other private label collateralized mortgage obligations
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Government-sponsored enterprise debt securities
Other securities
Total securities available-for-sale
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Total investment securities
The following table presents the detail of our market purchases of securities during the years indicated:
Security Type
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise pass-through securities
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise collateralized mortgage obligations
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Government-sponsored enterprise debt securities
Collateralized loan obligation securities
Other securities
Total market purchases of securities available-for-sale
73
2014
December 31, 2014
2013
(In thousands)
2012
$
535,672
$
707,188
$
277,946
33,947
10,914
536,116
110,109
36,757
25,716
192,873
37,904
—
436,658
82,707
9,872
27,543
$
$
1,567,177
$
1,494,745
$
40,609
27,939
1,607,786
$
1,522,684
$
807,842
101,694
44,684
—
348,041
42,365
—
10,759
1,355,385
37,126
1,392,511
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(In thousands)
$
34,171
$
199,563
$
79,745
70,989
25,692
26,129
—
—
129,321
122,740
54,148
10,047
9,867
24,525
$
236,726
$
550,211
$
156,376
61,114
215,603
51,264
—
—
1,503
485,860
The following table presents the components, yields, and durations of our securities available-for-sale as of the date indicated:
Security Type:
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise
December 31, 2014
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Yield(1)
Duration (in
years)
(Dollars in thousands)
pass-through securities
$
515,902 $
535,672
2.70%
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise
collateralized mortgage obligations
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations
Municipal securities(2)
Corporate debt securities
Government-sponsored enterprise debt securities
Other securities
Total securities available-for-sale(2)
275,513
37,850
521,499
110,074
36,232
25,801
1,522,871 $
277,946
44,861
536,116
110,109
36,757
25,716
1,567,177
2.45%
8.42%
2.76%
3.85%
2.16%
0.87%
2.88%
$
3.7
4.7
2.6
5.8
2.5
5.3
3.9
4.5
_______________________________________
(1)
(2)
Represents the yield for the month of December 2014.
The tax equivalent yield was 4.01% and 3.31% for the month of December 2014 for municipal securities and total securities available-for-sale.
The following table shows the geographic composition of the majority of our municipal securities portfolio as of the date indicated:
Municipal Securities by State:
Texas (1)
Washington
Illinois
New York
Ohio
Colorado
California
Massachusetts
Hawaii
Florida
Total of 10 largest states
All other states
Total municipal securities
December 31, 2014
Carrying Value
% of Total
(Dollars in thousands)
$
111,773
46,046
38,664
34,265
32,458
27,892
22,293
16,587
15,857
15,779
361,614
174,502
536,116
$
21%
9%
7%
6%
6%
5%
4%
3%
3%
3%
67%
33%
100%
_____________________________
(1) Our Texas municipal bond portfolio includes $57.3 million of AAA rated bonds and $54.4 million of AA rated bonds. We evaluated these bonds for exposure to possible ratings downgrade or default due to an overall decline in
economic conditions resulting from the decline in oil prices. We determined that the risk of default is negligible; however, we identified $15 million of bonds that could be susceptible to possible ratings downgrade. We intend to
sell those bonds in the first quarter of 2015 and, as of this filing, we expect to realize a small gain.
74
The following table presents a summary of contractual rates and contractual maturities of our securities available-for-sale as of the date indicated:
One Year
or Less
Fair
December 31, 2014
Value
Rate
One Year
Through
Five Years
Five Years
Through
Ten Years
Fair
Value
Fair
Value
Rate
Over
Ten Years
Total
Fair
Fair
Rate
Value
Rate
Value
Rate
Residential mortgage-
backed securities:
Government agency
and government-
sponsored enterprise
pass-through
securities
Government agency
and government-
sponsored enterprise
collateralized
mortgage obligations
Covered private label
collateralized
mortgage obligations
Other private label
collateralized
mortgage obligations
Municipal securities(1)
Corporate debt securities
Government-sponsored
enterprise debt securities
Other securities
Total securities
(Dollars in thousands)
$
1 8.97% $
10,735 4.07% $ 101,878 3.43% $ 423,058 3.44% $ 535,672 3.45%
— —
25,180 4.04%
91,219 3.58%
161,547 2.97%
277,946 3.26%
— —
— —
400 5.37%
33,547 5.60%
33,947 5.60%
— —
1,805 4.25%
— —
2,902 4.85%
1,002 5.50%
45,400 5.74%
— —
26,242 3.96%
12,169 1.22%
8,012 4.62%
507,067 4.15%
52,540 2.60%
10,914 4.68%
536,116 4.15%
110,109 3.74%
— —
2,790 —
— —
— —
36,757 2.02%
— —
— —
22,926 0.67%
36,757 2.02%
25,716 0.60%
available-for-sale(1)
$
4,596 1.67% $
85,219 5.00% $ 268,665 3.24% $ 1,208,697 3.66% $ 1,567,177 3.65%
_______________________________________
Rates on tax exempt securities are not presented on a tax equivalent basis.
(1)
75
Loans and Leases
The following table presents our total gross loans and leases by portfolio segment and class as of the dates indicated:
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Amount
% of
Total
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
% of
Total
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Total real estate mortgage
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Total real estate construction
Total real estate
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
Total commercial
Consumer
$
570,634
380,890
4,645,478
5,597,002
96,749
217,297
314,046
5,911,048
439,567
131,939
1,794,907
2,486,411
969,489
47,304
5,869,617
101,767
5% $
3%
39%
47%
1%
2%
3%
50%
4%
1%
15%
21%
8%
—%
49%
1%
100% $
181,735
45,166
2,566,340
2,793,241
58,898
159,308
218,206
3,011,447
587,326
153,881
202,428
—
273,483
28,641
1,245,759
55,146
4%
1%
60%
65%
1%
4%
5%
70%
13%
4%
5%
—%
6%
1%
29%
1%
Total gross loans and leases(1)(2)
_______________________________________
(1)
(2) At December 31, 2014, we had 50 outstanding loan and lease relationships totaling $295.0 million to borrowers broadly involved in the energy industry. The obligors under these loans and leases either conduct mining, quarrying,
Includes PCI loans of $290.8 million and $382.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, of which the majority are included in the Real Estate Mortgage - "Other" category in this table.
$
11,882,432
4,312,352
100%
oil and gas extraction or provide industrial support services to such types of businesses. The collateral for these loans and leases primarily includes equipment, such as drilling and mining equipment and transportation vehicles,
used directly and indirectly in these activities.
76
The following table presents a roll forward of the loan and lease portfolio by segment for the year indicated:
Loan and Lease Roll Forward by Business Segment(1):
Beginning balance
Loans and leases originated and purchased
Existing loans and leases:
Transfers between segments
Principal repayments, net(2)
Loan and lease sales
Transfers to foreclosed assets
Charge-offs
Loans and leases acquired through acquisition
Ending balance
_______________________________________
(1)
(2)
Community
Banking
Year Ended December 31, 2014
National
Lending
(In thousands)
Total
3,837,475
634,660
$
(69,657)
(969,498)
(8,324)
(9,806)
(13,721)
—
3,401,129
$
474,877
$
2,339,650
69,657
(1,228,118)
(57,671)
—
(3,127)
6,886,035
8,481,303
$
4,312,352
2,974,310
—
(2,197,616)
(65,995)
(9,806)
(16,848)
6,886,035
11,882,432
$
$
Includes direct financing leases but excludes equipment leased to others under operating leases.
Includes principal repayments on existing loans, changes in revolving lines of credit (repayments and draws) and other changes within the loan portfolio.
Real estate mortgage loans and real estate construction loans (which are predominantly commercial real estate loans) together comprised 50% and 70% of our total portfolio at
December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The decline in real estate loans as a percentage of total loans in 2014 is attributable to commercial loans and leases acquired in connection with
the CapitalSource Inc. merger and net loan originations and repayment activity throughout 2014.
The commercial real estate mortgage loans are diversified among various property types. At December 31, 2014, our largest property type concentration was healthcare property,
totaling $1.0 billion or 19% of real estate mortgage loans. Healthcare property types include skilled nursing facilities, hospitals, assisted living facilities, independent living facilities, and
owner-occupied medical office facilities. At December 31, 2013, healthcare property loans totaled $189.7 million and comprised 7% of real estate mortgage loans. The increase in
healthcare real estate mortgage loans is attributable to loans acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger and loans originated by the CapitalSource Division during 2014. Other significant
real estate mortgage concentrations were office properties at 14% and 16% of real estate mortgage loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and multi-family properties at 14% and 12% of
real estate mortgage loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013. See "Item 1. Business - Lending Activities" for an overview of the real estate loan structures and the related credit risk and risk
mitigation commentary.
Our real estate portfolio exposes us to risk elements associated with mortgage loans on commercial property. Commercial real estate mortgage loan repayments typically do not rely
on the sale of the underlying collateral, but instead rely on the income producing potential of the collateral as the source of repayment. Ultimately, though, due to the loan amortization
period generally being greater than the contractual loan term, the borrower may be required to refinance the loan, either with us or another lender, or pay off the loan, by selling the
underlying collateral. Our commercial-related real estate loans do not expose us to risks generally associated with residential mortgage loans such as option ARM, interest-only, or
subprime mortgage loans.
77
The following table presents the composition of our total real estate mortgage loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:
Loan Category:
Commercial real estate mortgage:
Industrial/warehouse
Retail
Office buildings
Owner-occupied
Hotel
Healthcare
Mixed use
Gas station
Self storage
Restaurant
Land acquisition/development
Unimproved land
Other
Total commercial real estate mortgage
Residential real estate mortgage:
Multi-family
Single family owner-occupied
Single family nonowner-occupied
Mixed use
HELOCs
Total residential real estate mortgage
Total gross real estate mortgage loans
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Amount
% of
Total
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
% of
Total
$
$
480,437
469,340
776,718
601,729
572,855
1,030,852
129,135
11,428
60,262
17,145
28,910
7,483
224,875
4,411,169
774,710
161,652
173,964
11,537
63,970
1,185,833
5,597,002
9% $
8%
14%
11%
10%
19%
2%
—%
1%
—%
1%
—%
4%
79%
14%
3%
3%
—%
1%
21%
100% $
354,345
346,370
432,204
233,195
181,735
189,737
68,966
35,224
73,760
21,510
4,420
12,517
174,780
2,128,763
330,229
212,508
33,741
10,701
77,299
664,478
2,793,241
13%
12%
16%
8%
7%
7%
2%
1%
3%
1%
—%
—%
6%
76%
12%
8%
1%
—%
3%
24%
100%
Commercial loans and leases comprised 49% and 29% of our total portfolio at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The increase in the total commercial loan and lease
portfolio concentration in 2014 is attributable to commercial loans and leases acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger and net loan originations and repayment activity throughout 2014.
Our commercial loans and leases are diversified among various product types and industries. At December 31, 2014, our largest commercial loan type concentration was cash flow
loans, totaling $2.5 billion or 21% of our total portfolio. Cash flow secured loans are provided to sophisticated buyers, private equity groups, financial investors, strategic companies and
sponsors to finance the acquisition or recapitalization of a business. The cash flow loans outstanding at December 31, 2014 are attributable to loans acquired in the CapitalSource Inc.
merger and loans originated by the CapitalSource Division during 2014. Other significant commercial concentrations were asset-based loans at 15% and 5% of the total portfolio at
December 31, 2014 and 2013, and equipment finance at 8% and 6% of the total portfolio at December 31, 2014 and 2013. Asset-based loans are first liens on or interests in readily
quantifiable collateral. This collateral includes, but is not limited to, trade accounts receivable, loans receivable, or inventory. See "Item 1. Business- Lending Activities" for an overview of
commercial loan credit risk and risk mitigation commentary.
78
Loan and Lease Interest Rate Sensitivity
The following table presents contractual maturity information for the indicated Non-PCI and PCI loans and leases at December 31, 2014:
Non-PCI Loans and Leases:
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total Non-PCI
PCI Loans
Total
Due in One
Year or Less
Due After One to
Five Years
Due After
Five Years
Total
(In thousands)
$
$
431,105
$
3,165,448
$
1,744,007
$
177,725
697,232
94,956
1,401,018
66,570
111,267
4,313,444
3,068
7,593,227
118,059
18,143
831,787
3,459
2,597,396
106,162
1,467,588
$
7,711,286
$
2,703,558
$
5,340,560
307,135
5,842,463
101,483
11,591,641
290,791
11,882,432
At December 31, 2014, we had $1.5 billion of loans and leases due to mature over the next twelve months. For any of these loans, in the event that we provide a concession through a
refinance or modification which we would not ordinarily consider in order to protect as much of our investment as possible, such loans may be considered troubled debt restructurings
("TDRs") even though the loans performed throughout their terms. The circumstances regarding any modifications and a borrower's specific situation, such as their ability to obtain
financing from another source at similar market terms, are evaluated on an individual basis to determine if a TDR has occurred. Higher levels of TDRs may lead to increased classified
assets and credit loss provisions.
The following table presents the interest rate profile of Non-PCI and PCI loans and leases due after one year at December 31, 2014:
Non-PCI Loans:
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total Non-PCI
PCI Loans
Total
Fixed
Rate
Due After One Year
Variable
Rate
(In thousands)
$
$
1,334,269
$
3,575,186
$
60,112
1,193,730
5,092
2,593,203
70,466
69,298
3,951,501
1,435
7,597,420
153,755
2,663,669
$
7,751,175
$
Total
4,909,455
129,410
5,145,231
6,527
10,190,623
224,221
10,414,844
For information regarding our variable rate loans subject to interest rate floors, see "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk."
Allowance for Credit Losses on Non-PCI Loans and Leases
For a discussion of our policy and methodology on the allowance for credit losses on Non-PCI loans and leases, see "- Critical Accounting Policies - Allowance for Credit Losses on
Non-PCI Loans and Leases." For further information on the allowance for credit losses on Non-PCI loans and leases, see Note 7, Loans and Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements contained in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
79
The following table presents information regarding the allowance for credit losses on Non-PCI loans and leases as of the dates indicated:
Non-PCI Allowance for Credit Losses Data:
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Year Ended December 31,
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Reserve for unfunded loan commitments
Total allowance for credit losses
Allowance for credit losses to loans and leases
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans and leases
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming assets
$
$
(Dollars in thousands)
$
60,241
65,899
$
85,313
$
70,456
$
6,311
7,575
6,220
76,767
$
67,816
$
72,119
$
0.66%
91.8%
60.3%
1.73%
145.0%
66.1%
2.35%
172.7%
73.5%
8,470
93,783
$
3.30%
152.2%
65.3%
98,653
5,675
104,328
3.26%
109.2%
59.0%
The following table presents the changes in our allowance for credit losses on Non-PCI loans and leases for the years indicated:
Non-PCI Allowance for Credit Losses:
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Year Ended December 31,
Allowance for credit losses, beginning of year
Provision (negative provision) for credit losses:
$
67,816
$
72,119
$
93,783
$
104,328
$
(Dollars in thousands)
Addition to (reduction in) allowance for loan and lease losses
11,746
(1,355)
(9,750)
Addition to (reduction in) reserve for unfunded loan
commitments
Total provision (negative provision) for credit losses
Loans and leases charged off:
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total loans and leases charged off(1)
Recoveries on loans charged off:
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total recoveries on loans charged off
Net charge-offs
Allowance for credit losses, end of year
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases(2)
___________________________________
(1,264)
10,482
(2,080)
—
(9,463)
(332)
(11,875)
2,640
156
6,265
1,283
10,344
(1,531)
$
76,767
$
1,355
—
(4,552)
—
(6,409)
(198)
(11,159)
2,507
1,654
2,621
74
6,856
(2,250)
(12,000)
(7,680)
(492)
(4,608)
(290)
(13,070)
1,598
49
1,622
137
3,406
10,505
2,795
13,300
(10,180)
(6,886)
(10,072)
(1,422)
(28,560)
513
1,025
1,783
1,394
4,715
124,278
178,878
114
178,992
(117,029)
(63,590)
(18,854)
(3,749)
(203,222)
1,222
708
1,785
565
4,280
(198,942)
104,328
(4,303)
67,816
$
(9,664)
72,119
$
(23,845)
93,783
$
0.02%
0.12%
0.33%
0.80%
5.88%
(1)
2010 includes $144.6 million of charge-offs related to the sales of $398.5 million in classified loans. The charge-offs were composed of $85.7 million for real estate mortgage loans, $55.1 million for real estate construction
loans, and $3.8 million in commercial loans.
(2) Net charge-offs, excluding charge-offs on classified loans sold, to average loans and leases was 1.60% for 2010.
80
The following table presents the Non-PCI allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment as of the dates indicated:
December 31, 2014
Allowance for loan and lease losses
% of loans to total loans
December 31, 2013
Allowance for loan and lease losses
% of loans to total loans
December 31, 2012
Allowance for loan losses
% of loans to total loans
December 31, 2011
Allowance for loan losses
% of loans to total loans
December 31, 2010
Allowance for loan losses
% of loans to total loans
Non-PCI Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses by Portfolio Segment
Real Estate
Mortgage
Real Estate
Construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
$
$
$
$
$
25,097
$
47%
26,078
$
65%
38,700
$
63%
50,205
$
70%
51,657
$
72%
4,248
$
3%
4,298
$
5%
3,221
$
4%
8,697
$
4%
8,766
$
5%
39,858
$
49%
26,921
$
29%
22,252
$
32%
23,643
$
25%
33,578
$
22%
1,253
$
1%
2,944
$
1%
1,726
$
1%
2,768
$
1%
4,652
$
1%
70,456
100%
60,241
100%
65,899
100%
85,313
100%
98,653
100%
The decline in the allowance from 2013 to 2014 for real estate mortgage loans is largely the result of a more favorable credit outlook and lower loss factors used at December 31,
2014. The increase in the allowance allocated to commercial loans is largely the result of the 2014 loan production, which was centered in this product type.
At December 31, 2014, the portion of the Non-PCI allowance allocated to individual portfolio segments included an amount for both imprecision and uncertainties to better reflect
our view of risk. Nonetheless, the Non-PCI allowance for loan and lease losses is available to absorb any losses without restriction.
Allowance for Credit Losses on PCI Loans
For a discussion of our policy and methodology on the allowance for credit losses on PCI loans, see "- Critical Accounting Policies - Allowance for Credit Losses on PCI Loans." For
further information on the allowance for credit losses on PCI loans, see Note 7, Loans and Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in "Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data."
The following table presents the changes in our allowance for credit losses on PCI loans for the years indicated:
PCI Allowance for Credit Losses:
Allowance for credit losses on PCI loans, beginning of year
Provision (negative provision)
Net charge-offs
Allowance for credit losses on PCI loans, end of year
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
$
$
(In thousands)
21,793
$
1,017
(8,811)
13,999
$
$
26,069
(4,210)
(66)
21,793
$
31,275
(819)
(4,387)
26,069
81
Nonperforming Assets and Performing Restructured Loans
The following table presents nonperforming assets and performing restructured loans information as of the dates indicated:
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
Nonaccrual Non-PCI loans and leases (1)
Nonaccrual PCI loans (2)
Total nonaccrual loans and leases
Foreclosed assets, net
Total nonperforming assets
Performing restructured loans (3)
Nonaccrual loans and leases to loans and leases (4)
Nonperforming assets to loans and leases and foreclosed
assets, net (4)
_______________________________________
$
$
$
$
83,621
25,264
108,885
43,721
46,774
$
—
46,774
55,891
152,606
$
102,665
$
41,762
$
—
41,762
56,414
98,176
61,619
$
—
61,619
81,918
$
143,537
$
35,244
$
0.91%
41,648
$
1.19%
1.28%
2.58%
106,288
$
116,791
$
1.36%
3.14%
2.17%
4.91%
95,509
—
95,509
81,414
176,923
89,272
2.99%
5.40%
(1) At December 31, 2014, four loans to borrowers involved in the energy industry totaling $6.8 million were on nonaccrual status. This includes two loans totaling $6.3 million disclosed below in the table herein of the 10 largest
Non-PCI lending relationships on nonaccrual status.
Represents legacy CapitalSource borrowing relationships placed on nonaccrual status as of the acquisition date.
Excludes PCI loans.
Calculation includes total loans and leases as of December 31, 2014. For prior year-ends, calculation excludes PCI loans.
(2)
(3)
(4)
Nonperforming assets include Non-PCI and PCI nonaccrual loans and leases and foreclosed assets and totaled $152.6 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $102.7 million at
December 31, 2013. The $49.9 million increase in nonperforming assets was due to a $62.1 million increase in nonaccrual loans and leases, including $49.4 million acquired in the
CapitalSource Inc. merger, and a $12.2 million net decrease in foreclosed assets due to sales and write-downs for the year. The ratio of nonperforming assets to loans and leases and
foreclosed assets decreased to 1.28% at December 31, 2014 from 2.58% at December 31, 2013.
Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
The $62.1 million increase in nonaccrual loans and leases during 2014 was attributable mainly to $109.9 million in additions, of which $40.8 million were from the CapitalSource Inc.
merger, $9.9 million in charge-offs, and $37.9 million in principal payments, returns to accrual status, and other reductions.
82
The following table presents our Non-PCI nonaccrual loans and leases and accruing loans and leases past due between 30 and 89 days by portfolio segment and class as of the dates
indicated:
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Total real estate mortgage
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Total real estate construction
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
Total commercial
Consumer
Total Non-PCI loans and leases
Nonaccrual Loans and Leases
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Amount
% of
Loan
Category
Amount
% of
Loan
Category
(Dollars in thousands)
Accruing and
30 - 89 Days Past Due
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
$
$
6,366
11,141
20,105
37,612
381
1,178
1,559
5,450
639
4,574
15,964
11,131
3,207
40,965
3,485
83,621
1.1% $
3.0%
0.5%
0.7%
0.4%
0.6%
0.5%
1.2%
0.5%
0.3%
0.7%
1.2%
6.8%
0.7%
3.4%
0.7% $
6,723
2,602
18,648
27,973
389
2,830
3,219
9,991
458
1,070
—
632
3,037
15,188
394
46,774
3.7% $
5.8%
0.8%
1.2%
0.7%
1.9%
1.5%
1.7%
0.3%
0.5%
—%
0.2%
10.6%
—%
0.7%
1.2% $
— $
3,339
4,769
8,108
—
—
—
93
69
—
—
2,339
26
2,527
50
10,685
$
—
2,155
11,270
13,425
—
—
—
119
82
—
—
2,273
459
2,933
3,313
19,671
The following table lists the ten largest Non-PCI lending relationships on nonaccrual status as of the date indicated:
December 31,
2014
Nonaccrual
Amount
(In thousands)
15,346
6,366
4,436
4,141
3,634
3,484
3,154
2,621
2,214
2,142
47,538
$
$
Description
Two healthcare cash flow loans secured by enterprise value. Borrower is current on principal and interest payments, but leverage has increased due a decline in performance.
Two loans, each secured by a hotel in San Diego County. The borrower is paying according to the restructured terms of each loan.
Asset based loan secured by consumer sales installment contracts. Although operating performance of the borrower has declined, loan payments have remained current and the loan is fully secured by
performing receivables.
Equipment loans secured by equipment used for coal production. Borrower is current on principal and interest payments but operating performance has declined.
SBA 7(a) loan secured by the commercial real estate of a franchise restaurant in Colorado. Loan is supported by a 75% SBA guaranty on the Bank's balance.
Two loans secured by various residential and commercial properties located predominantly in San Luis Obispo County.
Loan secured by an industrial building in Santa Barbara County.
Two loans that are both unsecured. The borrower is paying according to the restructured terms of each loan.
Two equipment leases secured by the inventory management system of a specialty retailer. Lease payments were current at December 31, 2014. In 2015, the borrower took action under Florida statutes to
liquidate their assets for the benefit of their creditors.
Equipment leases secured by coal mining equipment. Borrower is current on lease payments.
Total
83
Performing Restructured Loans
Non-PCI performing restructured loans decreased by $6.4 million during 2014 to $35.2 million at December 31, 2014. The change was attributable to the removal of $9.7 million in
loans from restructured loan status due to the performance of the loans in accordance with their modified terms, the transfer of performing restructured loans to nonaccrual status of
$9.7 million, and payoffs and other reductions of $4.8 million, offset by additions of $17.8 million. At December 31, 2014, we had $20.2 million in real estate mortgage loans, $9.0
million in real estate construction loans, $5.7 million in commercial loans, and $259,000 in consumer loans that were accruing interest under the terms of troubled debt restructurings.
The majority of the performing restructured loans were on accrual status prior to the loan modifications and have remained on accrual status after the loan modifications due to the
borrowers making payments before and after the restructurings. In these circumstances, generally, a borrower may have had a fixed-rate loan that they continued to repay, but may be
having cash flow difficulties. In an effort to work with certain borrowers, we have agreed to interest rate reductions and/or interest-only payments for a period of time. In these cases, we do
not forgive principal but may consider the extension of maturity date as part of the loan modification in order to assist the borrower. As a result of the current economic environment, we
anticipate loan restructurings to continue.
Foreclosed Assets
The following table presents the components of foreclosed assets (primarily OREO) as of the dates indicated:
Property Type:
Commercial real estate
Construction and land development
Multi-family
Single family residence
Total OREO, net
Other foreclosed assets
Total foreclosed assets
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
(In thousands)
$
2,449
24,759
4,823
3,392
35,423
8,298
43,721
$
15,753
35,063
835
186
51,837
4,054
55,891
$
$
Foreclosed assets decreased $12.2 million during 2014 as a result of sales of $21.1 million and write-downs of $7.3 million offset by additions of $9.8 million and $6.4 million
acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger.
PCI Delinquent and Nonaccrual Loans
Loans accounted for as PCI are generally considered accruing and performing loans as the loans accrete their discount to interest income over the estimated life of the loan when cash
flows are reasonably estimable. Accordingly, PCI loans that are contractually past due are still considered to be accruing and performing loans. If the timing and amount of future cash
flows is not reasonably estimable, the loans are classified as nonaccrual loans and interest income is not recognized until the timing and amount of future cash flows can be reasonably
estimated. As of December 31, 2014, we had $25.3 million of PCI loans on nonaccrual status and included in the delinquency table below.
The following table presents a summary of the borrowers' underlying payment status of PCI loans as of the dates indicated:
Current
30 to 89 days past due
90 days or more past due
Total
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
$
$
(In thousands)
$
268,263
2,700
19,828
290,791
$
326,152
4,784
51,860
382,796
84
Deposits
The following table presents a summary of our average deposits and average rates paid during the years indicated:
Deposit Category:
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest checking deposits
Money market deposits
Savings deposits
Total time deposits
Total average deposits
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
Average Amount
Rate
Average Amount
Rate
Average Amount
Rate
$
2,652,076
634,435
1,667,322
618,398
4,363,819
9,936,050
(Dollars in thousands)
$
—
0.07%
0.20%
0.28%
0.50%
0.28%
2,186,697
582,408
1,400,065
194,300
753,122
5,116,592
— $
0.05%
0.18%
0.03%
0.67%
0.15%
1,870,088
515,767
1,219,457
159,888
889,146
4,654,346
—
0.05%
0.19%
0.03%
1.20%
0.29%
The following table presents the changes in deposit categories during 2014 compared to 2013:
Deposit Category
Amount
December 31,
2014
2013
% of
Total
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
% of
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
in Amount
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest checking deposits
Money market deposits
Savings deposits
Total core deposits
Brokered non-maturity deposits
Total non-maturity deposits
Time deposits under $100,000
Time deposits $100,000 and over
Total time deposits
Total deposits
$
$
2,931,352
732,196
1,709,068
762,961
6,135,577
120,613
6,256,190
2,467,338
3,031,600
5,498,938
11,755,128
25% $
6%
15%
6%
52%
1%
53%
21%
26%
47%
100% $
2,318,446
620,622
1,458,910
218,638
4,616,616
—
4,616,616
225,360
439,011
664,371
5,280,987
44% $
12%
28%
4%
88%
—%
88%
4%
8%
12%
100% $
612,906
111,574
250,158
544,323
1,518,961
120,613
1,639,574
2,241,978
2,592,589
4,834,567
6,474,141
Total deposits increased $6.5 billion during 2014 to $11.8 billion at December 31, 2014, including an increase in core deposits of $1.5 billion. The increase in total deposits was due to
$6.2 billion of deposits acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger in April 2014 including $5.3 billion of time deposits with a weighted average contractual rate of 98 basis points and a
weighted average effective rate of 70 basis points. The effective rate was lower than the contractual rate due to the $17.2 million purchase accounting premium on such acquired time
deposits. The remaining unamortized purchase accounting premium on acquired CapitalSource Inc. time deposits as of December 31, 2014 was $3.6 million with a weighted average life of
15 months. Organic core deposit growth was $700.3 million in 2014, including $265.0 million generated from CapitalSource Division borrowers. Our deposit base is diversified with no
single deposit relationship exceeding 2% of total deposits.
Brokered time deposits totaled $636.7 million and $49.4 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Brokered time deposits under the Certificate of Deposit Account
Registry Service Program ("CDARS Program") totaled $44.0 million and $49.4 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The CDARS Program represents deposits that are
participated with other FDIC-insured financial institutions as a means to provide FDIC deposit insurance coverage for the full amount of our customers’ deposits.
85
Competition for deposits among banks and financial institutions in our California market area was robust in 2014 and is expected to continue through 2015. Our deposit gathering
activities may be negatively impacted by two of our business practices. First, we generally price our deposits lower than our competitors. Second, since a good portion of our deposits are
tied to lending relationships, an economic downturn may lead to lower loan production and loss of existing customers. To mitigate these challenges, we actively review our deposit
offerings to provide the optimum mix of service, product, and rate, and continually seek new deposits through various programs.
The following table summarizes the maturities of time deposits, together with their weighted average contractual rate and estimated effective rate, as of the date indicated:
Maturity:
Due in three months or less
Due in over three months through six months
Due in over six months through twelve months
Due in over 12 months through 24 months
Due in over 24 months
Total
Borrowings
December 31, 2014
Time
Deposits
Under
$100,000
Time
Deposits
$100,000
or More
Total Time
Deposits
Contractual Rate
Estimated Effective
Rate
$
618,024
$
(Dollars in thousands)
$
767,160
1,385,184
608,290
1,007,390
176,125
57,509
700,199
1,257,397
248,533
58,311
$
2,467,338
$
3,031,600
$
1,308,489
2,264,787
424,658
115,820
5,498,938
0.70%
0.70%
0.75%
1.01%
0.95%
0.75%
0.61%
0.64%
0.71%
0.88%
0.70%
0.69%
The Bank has various lines of credit available. These include the ability to borrow funds from time to time on a long-term, short-term, or overnight basis from the FHLB, the Federal
Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”), or other financial institutions. The maximum amount that we could borrow under our credit lines with the FHLB at December 31, 2014 was
$2.4 billion, of which $2.0 billion was available on that date. The maximum amount that we could borrow under our secured credit line with the FRBSF at December 31, 2014 was $1.3
billion, all of which was available on that date. The FHLB lines are secured by a blanket lien on certain qualifying loans in our loan portfolio, which are not pledged to the FRBSF. The
FRBSF line is secured by certain qualifying loans. In addition to its secured lines of credit, the Bank also maintains unsecured lines of credit, subject to availability, of $80.0 million with
correspondent banks for purchase of overnight funds, of which there was no balance outstanding at December 31, 2014.
At December 31, 2014, our borrowings included $380.0 million of overnight FHLB advances, $3.4 million in non-recourse debt related to the payment stream of certain leases sold to
third parties, and $433.6 million in subordinated debentures. At December 31, 2013, our borrowings included $106.6 million of overnight FHLB advances, $7.1 million in non-recourse
debt related to the payment stream of certain leases sold to third parties, and $132.6 million in subordinated debentures. Subordinated debentures increased due to $300.9 million of
additional debentures assumed in the CapitalSource Inc. merger.
On October 1, 2014, the holding company obtained an unsecured, variable-rate revolving line of credit in the amount of $75 million with an expiration date of September 30, 2015.
This borrowing facility provides additional available liquidity to the Company. As of December 31, 2014, there was no balance outstanding.
Capital Resources
Capital
Bank regulatory agencies measure capital adequacy through standardized risk-based capital guidelines that compare different levels of capital (as defined by such guidelines) to risk-
weighted assets and off-balance sheet obligations. At December 31, 2014, banks and bank holding companies considered to be “well capitalized” must maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage
ratio of 5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0%, and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10%. Regulatory capital requirements limit the amount of deferred tax assets
that may be included when determining the amount of regulatory capital. Deferred tax asset amounts in excess of the calculated limit are deducted from regulatory capital. At December 31,
2014, such amount was $156.7 million for the Company and zero for the Bank. No assurance can be given that the regulatory capital deferred tax asset limitation will not increase in the
future.
86
In July 2013, the Company’s primary federal regulator, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("FRB"), and the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the FDIC, approved
final rules, the "New Capital Rules", establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The New Capital Rules generally implement the Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision’s (the “Basel Committee”) December 2010 final capital framework referred to as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards. The New
Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the
Bank, as compared to the current U.S. general risk-based capital rules. The New Capital Rules revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues
affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The New Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking
institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing general risk-weighting approach, which was derived from the Basel Committee’s 1988 “Basel I” capital accords, with a more
risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the “standardized approach” in the Basel Committee’s 2004 “Basel II” capital accords. The New Capital Rules are effective for the Company and
the Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods for certain of their components and other provisions. Our preliminary analysis indicates both the Company and the Bank will
remain "well-capitalized" under the New Capital Rules.
The following table presents regulatory capital requirements and our regulatory capital ratios as of the date indicated:
Tier-1 Leverage
Tier-1 Risk-Based Capital
Total Risk-Based Capital
Tangible common equity ratio
Pacific
Western
Bank
11.70%
12.46
13.16
11.51
December 31, 2014
PacWest Bancorp
Consolidated
Well Capitalized
Requirement
12.34%
5.00%
13.16
16.07
12.20
6.00
10.00
N/A
The following table presents regulatory capital requirements and our pro forma regulatory capital ratios calculated under the New Capital Rules as of the date indicated.
Tier-1 Leverage
Common Equity Tier-1 ("CET1") Risk-Based Capital
Tier-1 Risk-Based Capital
Total Risk-Based Capital
Subordinated Debentures
Pacific Western Bank
January 1, 2015
PacWest Bancorp
Consolidated
Well Capitalized
Requirement
11.50%
11.91%
12.05
12.05
12.74
12.33
12.33
15.88
5.00%
6.50
8.00
10.00
The Company issued subordinated debentures to trusts that were established by us or entities we have acquired, which, in turn, issued trust preferred securities. The amount of
subordinated debentures totaled $433.6 million at December 31, 2014 and includes $300.4 million of debentures assumed in connection with the CapitalSource Inc. merger. The Company
includes in Tier 1 capital an amount of trust preferred securities equal to no more than 25% of the sum of all core capital elements, which is generally defined as shareholders’ equity less
goodwill, net of any related deferred income tax liability. At December 31, 2014, the amount of trust preferred securities included in Tier I capital was $131.0 million. The assumed
CapitalSource Inc. trust preferred securities are ineligible for inclusion in Tier 1 capital but are included in Tier 2 capital. The $131.0 million of trust preferred securities are currently
grandfathered as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. However, under the New Capital Rules, as a result of the Company having
exceeded $15 billion in consolidated total assets, beginning in 2015, only 25% of the Company’s $131.0 million of trust preferred securities currently outstanding will be included in Tier 1
capital, and in 2016, none of the Company’s trust preferred securities will be included in Tier 1 capital. Further, under the New Capital Rules, trust preferred securities no longer included in
the Company’s Tier 1 capital may be included as a component of Tier 2 capital on a permanent basis without phase-out. If the $131.0 million of trust preferred securities are excluded from
regulatory capital, we remain “well capitalized” at December 31, 2014.
87
Dividends on Common Stock and Interest on Subordinated Debentures
Bank holding companies, such as PacWest Bancorp, are required to notify the FRB prior to declaring and paying a dividend to stockholders during any period in which quarterly
and/or cumulative twelve-month net earnings are insufficient to fund the dividend amount, among other requirements. Interest payments made by the Company on subordinated debentures
are considered dividend payments under FRB regulations.
Liquidity Management
Liquidity
The goals of our liquidity management are to ensure the ability of the Company to meet its financial commitments when contractually due and to respond to other demands for funds
such as the ability to meet the cash flow requirements of customers who may be either depositors wanting to withdraw funds or borrowers who may need assurance that sufficient funds will
be available to meet their credit needs. We have an Executive Management ALM Committee, or "Executive ALM Committee," which is comprised of members of senior management and
is responsible for managing balance sheet and off-balance sheet commitments to meet the needs of customers while achieving our financial objectives. Our Executive ALM Committee
meets regularly to review funding capacities, current and forecasted loan demand, and investment opportunities.
The Company manages its liquidity by maintaining pools of liquid assets on-balance sheet, consisting of cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits in other financial
institutions and unpledged investment securities available-for-sale, which we refer to as our primary liquidity. In addition, we also maintain available borrowing capacity under secured
borrowing lines with the FHLB and the FRBSF, which we refer to as our secondary liquidity. In addition to its secured lines of credit, the Bank also maintains unsecured lines of credit,
subject to availability, of $80.0 million with correspondent banks for purchase of overnight funds.
The following tables provide a summary of the Bank’s primary and secondary liquidity levels as of the dates indicated:
Primary Liquidity-On-Balance Sheet:
Cash and due from banks
Interest-earning deposits at financial institutions
Investment securities available-for-sale
Less: pledged securities
Total primary liquidity
Ratio of primary liquidity to total deposits
Secondary Liquidity-Off-Balance Sheet Available Secured Borrowing
Capacity:
Total secured borrowing capacity with the FHLB
Less: secured letters of credit outstanding
Less: secured advances outstanding
Net secured borrowing capacity with the FHLB
Secured credit line with the FRBSF
Total secondary liquidity
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
(In thousands)
164,757
$
148,469
1,567,177
(308,555)
$
96,424
50,998
1,494,745
(208,340)
1,571,848
$
1,433,827
$
13.4%
27.2%
89,011
75,393
1,355,385
(157,279)
1,362,510
28.9%
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
(In thousands)
2,391,157
$
1,329,512
$
1,024,261
—
—
(380,000)
2,011,157
1,305,650
3,316,807
(106,600)
1,222,912
563,560
$
1,786,472
$
(1,244)
—
1,023,017
385,691
1,408,708
$
$
$
$
During 2014, the Bank’s primary liquidity increased $138.0 million due to a $68.3 million increase in cash and due from banks and a $97.5 million increase in interest-earning
deposits at financial institutions offset partially by a $27.8 million decrease in unpledged investment securities available-for-sale. The Bank’s secondary liquidity increased $1.5 billion
during 2014 due to a $742.1 million increase in the borrowing capacity on the secured credit line with the FRBSF and a $788.2 million increase in the net borrowing capacity on the
secured credit line with the FHLB, both attributable to additional loans pledged as collateral.
88
At December 31, 2014, $1.8 billion of certain qualifying loans were specifically pledged as collateral for the secured borrowing line maintained with the FRBSF. The FHLB
borrowing lines are secured by a blanket lien on certain qualifying loans in our loan portfolio which are not pledged to the FRBSF.
In addition to our primary liquidity, we generate liquidity from cash flow from our amortizing loan and securities portfolios and from our large base of core customer deposits, defined
as noninterest-bearing demand, interest checking, savings and money market accounts. At December 31, 2014, such deposits totaled $6.1 billion and represented 52% of the Bank's total
deposits. These core deposits are normally less volatile, often with customer relationships tied to other products offered by the Company promoting long-standing relationships and stable
funding sources.
Deposits from our customers may decline if interest rates increase significantly or if corporate customers move funds from the Bank generally. In order to address the Bank’s liquidity
risk as deposit balances may fluctuate, the Bank maintains adequate levels of available liquidity.
The following table provides a summary of the Bank’s core deposits as of the dates indicated:
Core Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing demand
Interest checking
Money market deposits
Savings deposits
Total core deposits
December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
(In thousands)
$
$
2,931,352 $
732,196
1,709,068
762,961
6,135,577 $
2,318,446 $
620,622
1,458,910
218,638
4,616,616 $
1,939,212
513,389
1,282,513
153,680
3,888,794
Our liquidity policy establishes various liquidity guidelines for the Bank. The policy includes guidelines for On-Balance Sheet Liquidity (a measurement of primary liquidity to total
deposits plus borrowings), Coverage and Crisis Coverage Ratios (measurements of liquid assets to expected short-term liquidity required for the loan and deposit portfolios under normal
and stressed conditions), Loan to Funding Ratio (measurement of gross loans net of fees divided by deposits plus FHLB borrowings), Wholesale Funding Ratio (measurement of wholesale
funding divided by interest-earning assets), and other guidelines developed for measuring and maintaining liquidity. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all liquidity
guidelines established in the liquidity policy.
We may use large denomination brokered time deposits, the availability of which is uncertain and subject to competitive market forces, for liquidity management purposes. At
December 31, 2014, the Bank had $636.7 million of brokered time deposits. Brokered time deposits under the CDARS Program totaled $44.0 million and $49.4 million at December 31,
2014 and December 31, 2013.
Holding Company Liquidity
The primary sources of liquidity for the Company, on a stand-alone basis, include dividends from the Bank and our ability to raise capital, issue subordinated debt and secure outside
borrowings. The ability of the Company to obtain funds for the payment of dividends to our stockholders and for other cash requirements is largely dependent upon the Bank’s earnings.
Pacific Western is subject to restrictions under certain federal and state laws and regulations that limit its ability to transfer funds to the Company through intercompany loans, advances or
cash dividends.
Dividends paid by state banks, such as the Bank, are regulated by the California Department of Business Oversight (“DBO”) under its general supervisory authority as it relates to a
bank’s capital requirements and the FDIC. A state bank may declare a dividend without the approval of the DBO and the FDIC as long as the total dividends declared in a calendar year do
not exceed either the retained earnings or the total of net profits for three previous fiscal years less any dividends paid during such period. During the year ended December 31, 2014,
PacWest received $137.0 million in dividends from the Bank. For the foreseeable future, any dividends from the Bank to the Company require DBO and FDIC approval.
At December 31, 2014, the Company had, on a stand-alone basis, $309.2 million in cash, of which the majority is on deposit at the Bank. We believe this amount of cash, along with
anticipated dividends from the Bank, will be sufficient to fund the Company’s cash flow needs over the next 12 months.
On October 1, 2014, we obtained an unsecured, variable-rate revolving line of credit in the amount of $75 million with an expiration date of September 30, 2015. This borrowing
facility provides additional available liquidity to the Company.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes the known contractual obligations of the Company as of the date indicated:
Time deposits(1)
Overnight FHLB advance
Long-term debt obligations(1)
Contractual interest(2)
Operating lease obligations
Other contractual obligations
Total
Due Within One
Year
Due in One to
Three Years
Due in Three to
Five Years
Due After Five
Years
Total
December 31, 2014
(In thousands)
$
$
4,954,965 $
380,000
1,609
15,980
26,767
14,142
5,393,463 $
492,945 $
—
1,625
6,645
42,987
3,500
547,702 $
46,685 $
—
168
693
30,919
298
78,763 $
310 $
—
542,976
21
43,943
757
588,007 $
5,494,905
380,000
546,378
23,339
144,616
18,697
6,607,935
_______________________________________
(1)
(2)
Excludes purchase accounting fair value adjustments.
Excludes interest on subordinated debentures as these instruments are floating rate.
Operating lease obligations, time deposits, and debt obligations are discussed in Note 10, Premises and Equipment, Net, Note 11, Deposits, and Note 12, Borrowings and
Subordinated Debentures, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The other contractual obligations relate
to our minimum liability associated with our data and item processing contract with a third-party provider and commitments to contribute capital to investments in low income housing
project partnerships and private equity funds.
We believe that we will be able to meet our contractual obligations as they come due through the maintenance of adequate cash levels. We expect to maintain adequate cash levels
through profitability, loan and securities repayment and maturity activity, and continued deposit gathering activities. We believe we have in place various borrowing mechanisms for both
short-term and long-term liquidity needs.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Our obligations also include off-balance sheet arrangements consisting of loan and lease-related commitments, of which only a portion is expected to be funded. At December 31,
2014, our loan and lease-related commitments, including standby letters of credit, totaled $2.0 billion. The commitments, which may result in funded loans and leases, increase our
profitability through net interest income. We manage our overall liquidity taking into consideration funded and unfunded commitments as a percentage of our liquidity sources. Our
liquidity sources, as described in “-Liquidity,” have been and are expected to be sufficient to meet the cash requirements of our lending activities. For further information on loan
commitments, see Note 13, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1, Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data” for information on recent accounting pronouncements and their expected impact, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.
89
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We measure our interest rate risk position on at least a quarterly basis using two methods: (i) net interest income simulation analysis; and (ii) market value of equity modeling. The
results of these analyses are reviewed by the Executive ALM Committee and the Board Asset Liability Management Committee quarterly. If hypothetical changes to interest rates cause
changes to our simulated net present value of equity and/or net interest income outside our pre-established limits, we may adjust our asset and liability mix in an effort to bring our interest
rate risk exposure within our established limits.
We evaluated the results of our net interest income simulation and market value of equity models prepared as of December 31, 2014, the results of which are presented below. Our net
interest income simulation indicates that our balance sheet is asset sensitive. An asset sensitive profile would suggest that a sudden sustained increase in rates would result in an increase in
our estimated net interest income and market value of equity, while a liability sensitive profile would suggest that these amounts would decrease. In general, we view the net interest income
model results as more relevant to the Company’s current operating profile and manage our balance sheet giving priority to this information.
Net Interest Income Simulation
We used a simulation model to measure the estimated changes in net interest income that would result over the next 12 months from immediate and sustained changes in interest rates
as of December 31, 2014. This model is an interest rate risk management tool and the results are not necessarily an indication of our future net interest income. This model has inherent
limitations and these results are based on a given set of rate changes and assumptions at one point in time. We have assumed no growth in either our total interest-sensitive assets or
liabilities over the next 12 months; therefore, the results reflect an interest rate shock to a static balance sheet.
This analysis calculates the difference between net interest income forecasted using both increasing and declining interest rate scenarios and net interest income forecasted using the
forward yield curve at December 31, 2014. In order to arrive at the base case, we extend our balance sheet at December 31, 2014 one year and reprice any assets and liabilities that would
contractually reprice or mature during that period using the products’ pricing as of December 31, 2014. Based on such repricings, we calculate an estimated net interest income and net
interest margin.
The repricing relationship for each of our assets and liabilities includes many assumptions. For example, many of our assets are floating-rate loans, which are assumed to reprice in
accordance with their contractual terms. Some loans and investment vehicles include the opportunity of prepayment (imbedded options) and the simulation model uses a prepayment model
to estimate these prepayments and reinvest these proceeds at current simulated yields. Our deposit products reprice at our discretion and are assumed to reprice more slowly in a rising or
declining interest rate environment and usually reprice at a rate less than the change in market rates. The effects of certain balance sheet attributes, such as fixed-rate loans, floating-rate
loans that have reached their floors, the 4.00% floor we have administered on the Bank's base lending rate (affecting $564 million of floating-rate loans originated by the Community
Banking segment tied to this index), and the volume of noninterest-bearing deposits as a percentage of earning assets, impact our assumptions and consequently the results of our interest
rate risk management model. Changes that could vary significantly from our assumptions include loan and deposit growth or contraction, changes in the mix of our earning assets or
funding sources, and future asset/liability management decisions, all of which may have significant effects on our net interest income.
The simulation analysis does not account for all factors that impact this analysis, including changes by management to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes or the impact a
change in interest rates may have on our credit risk profile, loan prepayment estimates, and spread relationships, which can change regularly. In addition, the simulation analysis does not
make any assumptions regarding loan fee income, which is a component of our net interest income and tends to increase our net interest margin. Management reviews the model
assumptions for reasonableness on a quarterly basis.
90
The following table presents as of December 31, 2014, forecasted net interest income and net interest margin for the next 12 months using a base market interest rate and the estimated
change to the base scenario given immediate and sustained upward and downward movements in interest rates of 100, 200 and 300 basis points:
December 31, 2014
Interest Rate Scenario:
Up 300 basis points
Up 200 basis points
Up 100 basis points
BASE CASE
Down 100 basis points
Down 200 basis points
Down 300 basis points
Estimated
Net Interest
Percentage
Estimated
Net Interest
Change
Net Interest
Margin Change
Income
From Base
Margin
From Base
Estimated
(Dollars in millions)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
820.7
781.0
742.2
718.2
719.3
718.8
718.8
14.3%
8.7%
3.3%
—
0.2%
0.1%
0.1%
5.94%
5.65%
5.37%
5.20%
5.20%
5.19%
5.19%
0.74%
0.45%
0.17%
—
—%
(0.01)%
(0.01)%
Although $9.1 billion of the $11.9 billion of total loans in the portfolio have variable interest rate terms, only $2.2 billion of those variable-rate loans would immediately reprice at
December 31, 2014 under the modeled scenarios. Of the remaining variable-rate loans, $6.2 billion would not immediately reprice because the fully-indexed rates for such loans are below
their floor rates. Of these $6.2 billion of loans at their floors, the fully-indexed rates would rise off of the floors and reprice as follows:
December 31, 2014
Cumulative
Amount of
Loans
(Dollars in millions)
$
$
$
5,395
5,816
5,971
Rate
Increase
Needed to
Reprice
100 bps
200 bps
300 bps
Additionally, certain variable-rate hybrid ARM loans do not immediately reprice because the loans contain an initial fixed-rate period before they become adjustable. The cumulative
amounts of hybrid ARM loans that would switch from being fixed-rate to floating-rate, because the initial fixed-rate term would expire, was approximately $123.0 million, $308.4 million,
and $45.3 million in the next one, two, and three years, respectively.
In comparing the December 31, 2014 simulation results to December 31, 2013, our profile has become more asset sensitive while our overall estimated net interest income has
increased for all scenarios. The increases in asset sensitivity and estimated net interest income were due to the CapitalSource Inc. merger, which resulted in increases in the volume of
interest earning assets and in the mix of variable rate loans to total loans.
Market Value of Equity
We measure the impact of market interest rate changes on the net present value of estimated cash flows from our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items, defined as the market
value of equity, using a simulation model. This simulation model assesses the changes in the market value of our interest-sensitive financial instruments that would occur in response to an
instantaneous and sustained increase or decrease in market interest rates of 100, 200, and 300 basis points. The projections are by their nature forward-looking and therefore inherently
uncertain, and include various assumptions regarding cash flows and interest rates.
91
This model is an interest rate risk management tool and the results are not necessarily an indication of our actual future results. Actual results may vary significantly from the results
suggested by the market value of equity table. Loan prepayments and deposit attrition, changes in the mix of our earning assets or funding sources, and future asset/liability management
decisions, among others, may vary significantly from our assumptions. The base case is determined by applying various current market discount rates to the estimated cash flows from the
different types of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items existing at December 31, 2014.
The following table shows the projected change in the market value of equity for the set of rate scenarios presented as of December 31, 2014:
December 31, 2014
Interest Rate Scenario:
Up 300 basis points
Up 200 basis points
Up 100 basis points
BASE CASE
Down 100 basis points
Down 200 basis points
Down 300 basis points
Estimated
Market
Value
Dollar
Change
From Base
Percentage
Change
From Base
(Dollars in millions)
Percentage
of Total
Assets
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,894.6
3,846.0
3,795.8
3,755.8
3,726.5
3,702.7
3,698.4
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
138.8
90.2
40.0
—
(29.3)
(53.1)
(57.4)
3.7 %
2.4 %
1.1 %
—
(0.8)%
(1.4)%
(1.5)%
24.0%
23.7%
23.4%
23.1%
23.0%
22.8%
22.8%
Ratio of
Estimated
Market Value
to Book Value
111.1%
109.7%
108.3%
107.1%
106.3%
105.6%
105.5%
Our market value of equity profile is affected by the assumed floors in the Company’s base lending rate and the significant value placed on the Company’s noninterest-bearing
deposits for purposes of this analysis. Static balances of noninterest-bearing deposits do not impact the net interest income simulation, while at the same time the value of these deposits
increases substantially in the market value of equity model when market rates are assumed to rise.
In comparing the December 31, 2014 simulation results to December 31, 2013, our base case estimated market value of equity has increased while our overall profile has become
more asset sensitive. The base case market value of equity increased $2.7 billion compared to December 31, 2013; this increase was due primarily to the increase in shareholders’ equity
attributable to the CapitalSource Inc. merger.
92
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Contents
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of PacWest Bancorp, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The
Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of
published financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations.
Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Management maintains a comprehensive system of controls intended to ensure that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization, assets are safeguarded,
and financial records are reliable. Management also takes steps to see that information and communication flows are effective and to monitor performance, including performance of
internal control procedures.
As of December 31, 2014, PacWest Bancorp management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined
that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, is effective.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements should they occur. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the control procedures
may deteriorate.
KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has
issued a report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm.”
94
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
PacWest Bancorp:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PacWest Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of
earnings, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. We also have audited PacWest
Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). PacWest Bancorp’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained
in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over
financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts
and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PacWest Bancorp and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, PacWest Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014,
based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 27, 2015
95
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
2014
2013
(Dollars in thousands, except par value and share data)
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
Interest-earning deposits in financial institutions
Total cash and cash equivalents
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost
Total investment securities
Gross loans and leases
Deferred fees and costs
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Total loans and leases, net
Equipment leased to others under operating leases
Premises and equipment, net
Foreclosed assets, net
Goodwill
Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles, net
FDIC loss sharing asset
Deferred tax asset, net
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES:
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits
Total deposits
Borrowings
Subordinated debentures
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding)
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 200,000,000 and 75,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013; 104,219,197 and 46,526,124 shares issued,
respectively, includes 1,108,505 and 1,216,524 shares of unvested restricted stock, respectively)
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Treasury stock, at cost (1,197,180 and 703,290 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
96
$
164,757
$
148,469
313,226
1,567,177
40,609
1,607,786
11,904,684
(22,252)
(84,455)
11,797,977
122,506
36,551
43,721
1,720,479
17,204
18,734
284,411
272,205
16,234,800
$
2,931,352
$
8,823,776
11,755,128
383,402
433,583
156,262
12,728,375
0
—
1,042
3,807,167
(285,517)
(42,647)
26,380
3,506,425
$
$
$
16,234,800
$
96,424
50,998
147,422
1,494,745
27,939
1,522,684
4,313,335
(983)
(82,034)
4,230,318
—
32,435
55,891
208,743
17,248
45,524
79,636
193,462
6,533,363
2,318,446
2,962,541
5,280,987
113,726
132,645
196,912
5,724,270
0
—
465
1,286,737
(454,422)
(20,340)
(3,347)
809,093
6,533,363
Interest income:
Loans and leases
Investment securities
Deposits in financial institutions
Total interest income
Interest expense:
Deposits
Borrowings
Subordinated debentures
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision (negative provision) for credit losses
Net interest income after provision (negative provision) for credit losses
Noninterest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts
Other commissions and fees
Leased equipment income
Gain on sale of loans and leases
Gain on securities
Other-than-temporary-impairment loss on securities
FDIC loss sharing expense, net
Other income
Total noninterest income
Noninterest expense:
Compensation and benefits
Occupancy
Data processing
Other professional services
Insurance and assessments
Intangible asset amortization
Leased equipment depreciation
Foreclosed assets expense (income), net
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Debt termination
Other expense
Total noninterest expense
Earnings from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax expense
Net earnings from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations before taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings
Basic earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations
Net earnings
Diluted earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations
Net earnings
Dividends declared per share
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
$
657,097
$
272,726
$
47,345
333
704,775
27,332
496
14,570
42,398
662,377
11,499
650,878
11,233
18,602
16,669
601
4,841
—
(31,730)
21,971
42,187
165,499
40,606
14,618
11,234
10,907
6,268
9,159
5,401
101,016
—
44,036
408,744
284,321
(113,853)
170,468
(2,677)
1,114
(1,563)
36,923
265
309,914
7,868
537
3,796
12,201
297,713
(4,210)
301,923
11,765
8,416
—
1,791
5,359
—
(26,172)
3,085
4,244
107,067
29,459
9,494
6,754
5,596
5,402
—
(1,503)
40,812
—
27,606
230,687
75,480
(30,003)
45,477
(620)
258
(362)
$
$
$
$
$
$
168,905
$
45,115
$
1.94
1.92
1.94
1.92
1.25
$
$
$
$
$
1.09
1.08
1.09
1.08
1.00
$
$
$
$
$
260,230
35,657
228
296,115
13,271
2,656
3,721
19,648
276,467
(12,819)
289,286
12,852
8,126
—
2,767
1,239
(1,115)
(10,070)
2,073
15,872
94,967
28,113
9,120
5,903
5,284
6,326
—
10,931
4,089
22,598
24,331
211,662
93,496
(36,695)
56,801
—
—
—
56,801
1.54
1.54
1.54
1.54
0.79
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
97
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Net earnings
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale
Income tax (expense) benefit related to unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the year
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of tax
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net earnings (1)
Income tax expense related to reclassification adjustment
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net earnings, net of tax
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Comprehensive income
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
$
168,905
$
45,115
$
(In thousands)
54,918
(22,317)
32,601
(4,841)
1,967
(2,874)
29,727
198,632
$
(57,136)
26,190
(30,946)
(5,359)
58
(5,301)
(36,247)
8,868
$
$
56,801
17,532
(7,363)
10,169
(124)
52
(72)
10,097
66,898
(1) For 2014 and 2013, entire amount recognized in "Gain on securities" on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. For 2012, amount consists of: (1) $1.2 million recognized in "Gain on securities," offset by (2) $1.1 million
recognized in "Other-than-temporary impairment loss on securities" on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
98
Balance, December 31, 2011
Net earnings
Other comprehensive income - net unrealized gain on
securities available-for-sale, net of tax
Restricted stock awarded and earned stock compensation,
net of shares forfeited
Restricted stock surrendered
Tax effect from vesting of restricted stock
Cash dividends paid
Balance, December 31, 2012
Net earnings
Other comprehensive loss - net unrealized loss on securities
available-for-sale, net of tax
Issuance of common stock for acquisition of First California
Financial Group, Inc.
Restricted stock awarded and earned stock compensation,
net of shares forfeited
Restricted stock surrendered
Tax effect from vesting of restricted stock
Cash dividends paid
Balance, December 31, 2013
Net earnings
Other comprehensive income - net unrealized gain on
securities available-for-sale, net of tax
Issuance of common stock for merger with CapitalSource
Inc.
Restricted stock awarded and earned stock compensation,
net of shares forfeited
Restricted stock surrendered
Dividend reinvestment
Tax effect from vesting of restricted stock
Cash dividends paid
Balance, December 31, 2014
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common Stock
Shares
Par Value
Additional Paid-in
Capital
37,254,318
$
—
—
230,272
(63,681)
—
—
37,420,909
—
—
$
375
—
—
2
—
—
—
377
—
—
8,403,119
84
350,446
(351,640)
—
—
45,822,834
—
—
4
—
—
—
465
—
—
1,084,691
—
—
5,997
—
283
(28,787)
1,062,184
—
—
242,184
21,242
—
2,133
(41,006)
1,286,737
—
—
56,601,997
566
2,593,504
1,088,493
(493,890)
2,583
—
—
11
—
—
—
—
103,022,017
$
1,042
$
36,463
115
4,625
(114,277)
3,807,167
$
Accumulated Deficit
(Dollars in thousands, except share data)
$
(556,338) $
Treasury Stock
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
(Loss)
Total
56,801
(5,328) $
—
22,803
$
—
—
—
10,097
—
—
—
—
(499,537)
45,115
—
—
—
—
—
—
(454,422)
168,905
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(285,517) $
—
(1,475)
—
—
(6,803)
—
—
—
—
(13,537)
—
—
(20,340)
—
—
—
—
(22,307)
—
—
—
(42,647) $
—
—
—
—
32,900
—
(36,247)
—
—
—
—
—
(3,347)
—
29,727
—
—
—
—
—
—
26,380
$
546,203
56,801
10,097
5,999
(1,475)
283
(28,787)
589,121
45,115
(36,247)
242,268
21,246
(13,537)
2,133
(41,006)
809,093
168,905
29,727
2,594,070
36,474
(22,307)
115
4,625
(114,277)
3,506,425
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
99
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Provision (negative provision) for credit losses
Gain on sale of foreclosed assets,net
Provision for losses on foreclosed assets
Gain on sale of loans and leases, net
(Gain) loss on sale of premises and equipment
Gain on branch sale
Gain on securities, net
Other-than-temporary-impairment loss on securities
Unrealized gain on derivatives and foreign currencies, net
Earned stock compensation
Write-off of goodwill relating to the asset financing segment reorganization
Tax effect included in stockholders' equity of restricted stock vesting
Decrease (increase) in deferred income taxes, net
Decrease in FDIC loss sharing asset
Decrease (increase) in other assets
Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash acquired in acquisitions, net of cash consideration paid
Net cash used in branch sale
Net (increase) decrease in loans and leases
Proceeds from sale of loans and leases
Securities available-for-sale:
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns
Proceeds from sales
Purchases
Collection of securities sales proceeds
Net redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
Net decrease of equipment leased to others under operating leases
Net cash provided by investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits:
Noninterest-bearing
Interest-bearing
Net increase (decrease) in borrowings
Restricted stock surrendered
Redemption of subordinated debentures
Repayment of acquired debt
Tax effect included in stockholders' equity of restricted vesting stock
Cash dividends paid, net
Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest
Cash (received) paid for income taxes
Loans transferred to foreclosed assets
Common stock issued in acquisitions
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
$
168,905
$
45,115
$
39,153
11,499
(3,413)
7,307
(601)
(1,520)
—
(4,841)
—
(3,487)
36,474
6,645
(4,625)
92,257
26,790
22,708
(61,141)
332,110
346,047
—
(782,424)
66,596
123,949
465,608
(236,739)
484,084
33,390
24,464
(2,669)
3,759
30,493
556,558
506,533
(375,185)
269,741
(22,307)
—
(992,109)
4,625
(114,162)
(722,864)
165,804
147,422
313,226
$
$
34,788
(1,198)
9,806
2,594,070
31,509
(4,210)
(5,201)
2,515
(1,791)
(21)
—
(5,359)
—
—
21,246
—
(2,133)
2,198
29,192
(9,403)
(53,405)
50,252
273,013
—
275,740
33,824
306,536
22,415
(550,211)
—
18,705
36,490
(3,604)
31
—
412,939
18,068
(547,081)
101,250
(13,537)
—
—
2,133
(41,006)
(480,173)
(16,982)
164,404
147,422
$
$
13,275
27,665
15,416
242,268
$
$
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
100
56,801
25,792
(12,819)
(5,786)
14,333
(2,767)
155
(297)
(1,239)
1,115
—
5,999
—
(283)
(3,737)
37,712
18,754
(15,753)
117,980
(87,098)
(119,756)
232,549
58,691
415,854
90,745
(485,860)
—
10,392
59,614
(4,914)
704
—
170,921
271,934
(234,608)
(228,107)
(1,475)
(18,558)
(180,796)
283
(28,787)
(420,114)
(131,213)
295,617
164,404
21,614
40,772
40,207
—
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
PacWest Bancorp is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. Our principal business is to serve as the holding company for our
Los Angeles-based wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Pacific Western Bank, which we refer to as “Pacific Western” or the “Bank.” When we say “we,” “our,” or the “Company,” we
mean PacWest Bancorp together with its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. When we refer to “PacWest” or to the holding company, we are referring to PacWest Bancorp, the parent
company, on a stand-alone basis. As of December 31, 2014, we had total assets of $16.2 billion, gross loans and leases of 11.9 billion, total deposits of $11.8 billion and total stockholders'
equity of $3.5 billion.
Pacific Western is a full-service commercial bank offering a broad range of banking products and services including accepting demand, money market, and time deposits and
originating loans and leases, including an array of commercial real estate loans and commercial lending products. The Bank has a foundation of locally generated and relationship-based
deposits, with 80 full-service branches located primarily in Southern California, extending from San Diego County to California’s Central Coast, and we operate three banking offices in the
San Francisco Bay area and four offices in the Central Valley. Our targeted collateral for our real estate loan offerings includes healthcare properties, office properties, industrial properties,
multifamily properties, hospitality properties, and retail properties. Our commercial loan products include equipment loans and leases, asset-based loans, loans to finance companies, and
loans secured by borrower future cash flows.
As a result of the CapitalSource Inc. merger, Pacific Western Bank established the CapitalSource Division, which we also refer to as the National Lending segment. The
CapitalSource Division lends throughout the United States, providing middle-market businesses asset-secured loans, equipment-secured loans, and cash flow loans and providing real estate
investment firms real estate loans secured by various property types. Pacific Western’s leasing operation, Pacific Western Equipment Finance, and its group specializing in asset-based
lending, CapitalSource Business Finance Group (formerly BFI Business Finance and First Community Financial), also became part of the CapitalSource Division. The CapitalSource
Division’s loan and lease origination efforts are conducted through offices located in Chevy Chase, Maryland; Los Angeles and San Jose, California; St. Louis, Missouri; Denver, Colorado;
Chicago, Illinois; New York, New York; and Midvale, Utah. When we refer to "CapitalSource Inc." we are referring to the company acquired on April 7, 2014 and when we refer to the
"CapitalSource Division" we are referring to a division of Pacific Western Bank that specializes in middle-market lending on a nationwide basis.
We generate our revenue primarily from interest received on loans and leases and, to a lesser extent, from interest received on investment securities, and fees received in connection
with deposit services, extending credit and other services offered, including foreign exchange services. Our major operating expenses are the interest paid by the Bank on deposits and
borrowings, compensation and general operating expenses.
We have completed 27 acquisitions from May 2000 through December 31, 2014, including the acquisition of CapitalSource Inc. on April 7, 2014. Since 2000, our acquisitions have
been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the operating results of the acquired entities have been included in the consolidated financial statements
from their respective acquisition dates. See Note 4, Acquisitions, for more information about the CapitalSource Inc. merger, the acquisition of First California Financial Group, Inc.
("FCAL") on May 31, 2013 and our 2012 acquisitions.
(a) Basis of Presentation
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which we may refer to as U.S. GAAP. All significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
(b) Use of Estimates
Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period to prepare these consolidated financial statements in
conformity with U.S. GAAP. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates subject to change in the near term include, among other items, the allowance for credit
losses, the carrying value of intangible assets, the carrying value of the FDIC loss sharing asset, and the realization of deferred tax assets.
101
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As described in Note 4, Acquisitions, below, we completed the merger with CapitalSource Inc. on April 7, 2014, the acquisition of FCAL on May 31, 2013 and three other
acquisitions in 2012. The acquired assets and liabilities in each of these acquisitions were measured at their estimated fair values. Management made significant estimates and exercised
significant judgment in estimating such fair values and accounting for the acquired assets and assumed liabilities in each of these transactions.
(c) Reclassifications
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation format. On the balance sheet, the "Foreclosed assets, net" category includes other
foreclosed assets which were previously reported within the "Other assets" category. On the statement of earnings, the "Other expense" category includes loan-related legal expenses which
were previously reported within the "Other professional services" category. In the loan portfolio segment disclosure, the "Equipment finance" class of the "Commercial" loan portfolio
segment includes the "Leases" loan portfolio which was previously reported as a separate loan portfolio segment. These reclassifications did not affect previously reported net income.
(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, due from banks, and interest-earning deposits in financial institutions.
Interest-earning assets in financial institutions represent mostly cash held at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”), the majority of which is immediately available.
(e) Investment Securities
We determine the classification of securities at the time of purchase. If we have the intent and the ability at the time of purchase to hold securities until maturity, they are classified as
held-to-maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost. Securities to be held for indefinite periods of time, but not necessarily to be held-to-maturity or on a
long-term basis, are classified as available-for-sale and carried at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in
accumulated other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes. Securities available-for-sale include securities that management intends to use as part of its asset/liability
management strategy and that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, and other related factors. Securities are individually evaluated for appropriate
classification when acquired; consequently, similar types of securities may be classified differently depending on factors existing at the time of purchase.
The carrying values of all securities are adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts over the period to maturity of the related security using the interest method.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities, if any, are determined using the amortized cost of the specific securities sold. Declines in the fair value of debt securities classified as
available-for-sale are reviewed to determine whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. This review considers a number of factors, including the severity of the decline in fair value,
current market conditions, historical performance of the security, risk ratings and the length of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position. If we do not expect to recover the
entire amortized cost basis of the security, then an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. The cost basis of the security is written down to its fair value and the
amount of the write-down is recognized through a charge to earnings.
Investments in Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, or "FHLB," stock are carried at cost and evaluated regularly for impairment. FHLB stock is expected to be redeemed at par
and is a required investment based on measurements of the Bank’s assets and/or borrowing levels.
(f) Loans and Leases
Originated loans. Loans are originated by the Company with the intent to hold them for investment and are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income.
Unearned income includes deferred unamortized nonrefundable loan fees and direct loan origination costs. Net deferred fees or costs are recognized as an adjustment to interest income
over the contractual life of the loans using the effective interest method or taken into income when the related loans are paid off or sold. The amortization of loan fees or costs is
discontinued when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis in accordance with the terms of the respective loan.
102
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Purchased loans. Purchased loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned discounts or unamortized premiums. All loans acquired in our acquisitions are
initially measured and recorded at their fair value on the acquisition date. A component of the initial fair value measurement is an estimate of the credit losses over the life of the purchased
loans. Purchased loans are also evaluated for impairment as of the acquisition date and are accounted for as “acquired non-impaired” or “purchased credit impaired” loans.
Acquired non-impaired loans. Acquired non-impaired loans are those loans for which there was no evidence of credit deterioration at their acquisition date and it was probable that
we would be able to collect all contractually required payments. Acquired non-impaired loans, together with originated loans, are referred to as non-purchased credit impaired
(“Non-PCI”) loans. Purchase discount or premium on acquired non-impaired loans is recognized as an adjustment to interest income over the contractual life of such loans using the
effective interest method or taken into income when the related loans are paid off or sold.
Purchased credit impaired loans. Purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with
Deteriorated Credit Quality.” A purchased loan is deemed to be credit impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration since its origination and it is probable at the acquisition date
that we would be unable to collect all contractually required payments. We apply PCI loan accounting when we acquire loans deemed to be impaired, and as a general policy election when
we acquire a portfolio of loans in a distressed bank acquisition.
For PCI loans, at the time of acquisition we (i) calculated the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash
flows”) and (ii) estimated the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). The difference between the
undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference represents an estimate of the loss exposure of
principal and interest related to the PCI loan portfolios; such amount is subject to change over time based on the performance of such loans. The carrying value of PCI loans is reduced by
payments received, both principal and interest, and increased by the portion of the accretable yield recognized as interest income.
The excess of the undiscounted expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired impaired loans is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recorded as
interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. PCI loans that are
contractually past due are still considered to be accruing and performing as long as there is an expectation that the estimated cash flows will be received. If the timing and amount of cash
flows is uncertain, then cash payments received will be recognized as a reduction of the recorded investment.
As part of the fair value process and the subsequent accounting, the Company aggregates PCI loans into pools having common credit risk characteristics such as type and risk rating.
Increases in expected cash flows over those previously estimated increase the accretable yield and are recognized as interest income prospectively. Decreases in the amount and changes in
the timing of expected cash flows compared to those previously estimated decrease the accretable yield and usually result in a provision for loan losses and the establishment of an
allowance for loan losses. As the accretable yield increases or decreases from changes in cash flow expectations, the offset is a decrease or increase to the nonaccretable difference. The
accretable yield is measured at each financial reporting date based on information then currently available and represents the difference between the remaining undiscounted expected cash
flows and the current carrying value of the loans.
Covered loans. We refer to loans that are covered by loss sharing agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as covered loans. Our covered loans include
loans that we acquired in the Los Padres and Affinity acquisitions, and loans that we acquired in the FCAL acquisition where we assumed the loss sharing agreements between First
California Bank (“FCB”) and the FDIC related to FCB’s acquisitions of Western Commercial Bank (“Western Commercial”) and San Luis Trust Bank (“San Luis”). We will be reimbursed
for a substantial portion of any future losses on such loans under the terms of the FDIC loss sharing agreements. The FDIC loss sharing asset related to covered loans is reported separately
in the balance sheet. See “-FDIC Loss Sharing Asset.”
When we refer to non-covered loans, we are referring to loans not covered by our loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.
We apply PCI loan accounting to the majority of the covered loans as such covered loans were deemed to be impaired on the acquisition date. We apply acquired non-impaired loan
accounting to covered revolving credit agreements; mainly home equity loans and commercial asset-based lines of credit, where the borrower has revolving privileges.
103
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Leases. We provide equipment financing to our customers through a variety of lease arrangements. The most common arrangement is a direct financing (capital) lease. For direct
financing leases, lease receivables are recorded on the balance sheet but the leased property is not, although we generally retain legal title to the leased property until the end of each lease.
Direct financing leases are stated at the net amount of minimum lease payments receivable, plus any unguaranteed residual value, less the amount of unearned income and net acquisition
discount at the reporting date. Direct lease origination costs are amortized over the weighted average life of the lease portfolio. Leases acquired in an acquisition are initially measured and
recorded at their fair value on the acquisition date. Purchase discount or premium on acquired leases is recognized as an adjustment to interest income over the contractual life of the leases
using the effective interest method or taken into income when the related leases are paid off. Direct financing leases are subject to our allowance for loans and leases.
Operating leases represents a line of business where we purchase equipment which is then leased to our customers. We receive periodic rental income payments, which are recorded as
noninterest income, and the equipment remains on our balance sheet and is depreciated in line with our fixed asset accounting policy.
Leases in process. We offer “progress funding” which works similarly to a bridge loan by financing an item to be leased during the construction or build phase. Lessees pay interest
on the amount advanced to fund a project at an interest rate implicit in the master lease agreement; such income is deferred until the project funding is complete. The amount of funding
advanced during the progress funding period is recorded in other assets. At the end of the progress funding period, we either (i) enter into a lease agreement with the lessee and the deferred
income is accreted to interest income using an effective yield method over the life of the lease, or (ii) sell the lease to a third party lender and recognize the deferred income as part of any
gain or loss on such sale.
Loans and Leases Held for Sale. As part of our management of the loans and leases held in our portfolio, we will occasionally transfer loans from held for investment to held for sale.
Upon transfer, any associated allowance for loan and lease loss is charged off and the carrying value of the loan is adjusted to the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Gains or losses on
the sale of these loans are recorded in noninterest income.
Delinquent or past due loans and leases. Loans and leases are considered delinquent when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more; delinquent loans may remain
on accrual status between 30 days and 89 days past due.
Nonaccrual loans and leases. Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as nonaccrual loans. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when
principal or interest payments are past due 90 days or when, in the opinion of management, there is a reasonable doubt as to collectability in the normal course of business. When loans are
placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Income on nonaccrual loans is subsequently recognized only
to the extent that cash is received and the loan’s principal balance is deemed collectable. Loans are restored to accrual status when the loans become both well-secured and are in the
process of collection. Leases are designated as nonaccrual leases when the recognition of interest has been discontinued. The recognition of interest on leases is discontinued when a
lessee’s payments are past due 90 days or when, in the opinion of management, there is a reasonable doubt as to collectability. Interest on nonaccrual leases is subsequently recognized only
to the extent that cash is received and the lease balance is deemed collectable. Leases are restored to accrual status when the leases become both well secured and are in the process of
collection.
Impaired loans and leases. A loan or lease is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan
or lease agreement. Impaired loans and leases include loans and leases on nonaccrual status and performing restructured loans. Income from impaired loans is recognized on an accrual
basis unless the loan is on nonaccrual status. Income from loans on nonaccrual status is recognized to the extent cash is received and when the loan’s principal balance is deemed
collectable. We measure impairment of a loan by using the estimated fair value of the collateral, less estimated costs to sell, including senior obligations such as delinquent property taxes, if
the loan is collateral-dependent and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate if the loan is not collateral-dependent. The
impairment amount on a collateral-dependent loan is charged-off to the allowance and the impairment amount on a loan that is not collateral-dependent is set up as a specific reserve. We
measure impairment of a lease based upon the present value of the scheduled lease and residual cash flows, discounted at the lease’s effective interest rate.
104
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Troubled debt restructurings. A loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring when we grant a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions
may include a reduction of the interest rate, principal or accrued interest, extension of the maturity date or other actions intended to minimize potential losses. All loan modifications are
evaluated on an individual basis to determine whether such modifications meet the criteria to be classified as a troubled debt restructuring under ASC Subtopic 310-40, “Troubled Debt
Restructurings by Creditors.” Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with comparable market risk at the time the loan is modified may be excluded from
restructured loan disclosures in years subsequent to the restructuring if the loans are in compliance with their modified terms.
A loan that has been placed on nonaccrual status that is subsequently restructured will usually remain on nonaccrual status until the borrower is able to demonstrate repayment
performance in compliance with the restructured terms for a sustained period, typically for six months. A restructured loan may return to accrual status sooner based on other significant
events or mitigating circumstances. A loan that has not been placed on nonaccrual status may be restructured and such loan may remain on accrual status after such restructuring. In these
circumstances, the borrower has made payments before and after the restructuring. Generally, this restructuring involves a reduction in the loan interest rate and/or a change to interest-only
payments for a period of time. The restructured loan is considered impaired despite the accrual status and a specific reserve is calculated based on the present value of expected cash flows
discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate.
(g) Allowances for Credit Losses
Allowance for credit losses on Non-PCI loans and leases. The allowance for credit losses on non-purchased credit impaired ("Non-PCI") loans and leases is the combination of the
allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded loan commitments. The allowance for loan and lease losses is reported as a reduction of outstanding loan and lease
balances and the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is included within "Accrued interest payable and other liabilities." The following discussion is for Non-PCI loans and leases and
the allowance for credit losses thereon. Refer to "—Allowance for Credit Losses on Purchased Credit Impaired Loans" for the policy on purchased credit impaired loans. For loans and
leases acquired and measured at fair value and deemed non-impaired on the acquisition date, our allowance methodology measures deterioration in credit quality or other inherent risks
related to these acquired assets that arise after the acquisition date.
The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level deemed appropriate by management to adequately provide for known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio
and other extensions of credit at the balance sheet date. The allowance is based upon our continual review of the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio, which includes loan and lease
payment trends, borrowers' compliance with loan agreements, borrowers' current and budgeted financial performance, collateral valuation trends, and current economic factors and external
conditions that may affect our borrowers' ability to pay. Loans and leases that are deemed to be uncollectable are charged off and deducted from the allowance. The provision for loan and
lease losses and recoveries on loans and leases previously charged off are added to the allowance.
The allowance for loan and lease losses contains a general reserve component for loans and leases not considered impaired and a specific reserve component for loans and leases
determined to be impaired.
A loan or lease is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the agreement. We assess our
loans for impairment on an on-going basis using certain criteria such as payment performance, borrower reported financial results and budgets, and other external factors when appropriate.
We measure impairment of a loan based upon the fair value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent or the present value of cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective
interest rate, if the loan is not collateral-dependent. We measure impairment of a lease based upon the present value of the scheduled lease and residual cash flows, discounted at the lease's
effective interest rate. To the extent a loan or lease exceeds the estimated collectable value, a specific reserve or charge-off is recorded depending upon the certainty of the estimate of loss.
Smaller balance loans (under $250,000), with a few exceptions for certain loan types, are generally not individually assessed for impairment but are evaluated collectively.
105
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The methodology we use to estimate the general reserve component of our allowance for credit losses considers both objective and subjective criteria. The objective criteria uses our
actual historical loan and lease charge-off experience on pools of similar loans and leases to establish loss factors that are applied to our current loan and lease balances to estimate inherent
credit losses. The estimation of the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2014 considered actual historical loan and lease charge-off experience over a five-year period starting with
the fourth quarter of 2009. The five-year period is inclusive of the average timeframe over which charge-offs typically occur following loan or lease origination. The estimation of the
allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2013 considered actual historical loan and lease charge-off experience over a four-year period starting with the fourth quarter of 2009. The
increase in the historical look-back period from four years at December 31, 2013 to five years at December 31, 2014 allows the fourth quarter of 2009 and all of 2010 loan and lease charge-
off experience to continue to be considered in the estimation of the allowance for credit losses. When estimating the general reserve component for the various pools of similar loan types,
the loss factors applied to the loan pools consider the current credit risk ratings, giving greater weight to loans with more adverse credit risk ratings. We recognize that the determination of
the allowance for loan and lease losses is sensitive to the assigned credit risk ratings and inherent loss rates at any given point in time. To ensure the accuracy of our credit risk ratings, an
independent credit review function assesses the ratings assigned to loans on an on-going basis.
The subjective criteria considered when establishing the loss factors include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
current economic trends and forecasts;
current commercial real estate values, performance trends, and overall outlook in the markets where we lend;
legal and regulatory matters that could impact our borrowers’ ability to repay our loans;
our loan portfolio composition and any loan concentrations;
our current lending policies and the effects of any new policies or policy amendments;
our new loan origination volume and the nature of it;
our loan portfolio credit performance trends; and
the results of our on-going independent credit review.
The reserve for unfunded commitments is estimated using the same loss factors as used for the allowance for loan and lease losses and is computed based only on the expected usage
of the unfunded commitments.
The credit risk ratings assigned to every loan and lease are either “pass,” “special mention,” “substandard” or “doubtful” and defined as follows:
•
•
•
Pass: Loans and leases classified as "pass" are not adversely classified and collection and repayment in full is expected.
Special Mention: Loans and leases classified as "special mention" have a potential weakness that requires management's attention. If not addressed, these potential weaknesses
may result in further deterioration in the borrower's ability to repay the loan or lease.
Substandard: Loans and leases classified as "substandard" have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the collection of the debt. They are characterized by the
possibility that we will sustain some loss if the weaknesses are not corrected.
• Doubtful: Loans and leases classified as "doubtful" have all the weaknesses of those classified as "substandard," with the additional trait that the weaknesses make collection
or repayment in full highly questionable and improbable.
In addition, we may refer to the loans and leases classified as "substandard" and "doubtful" together as "classified" loans and leases. For further information on classified loans and
leases, see Note 7, Loans and Leases.
Management believes that the allowance for credit losses is appropriate for the known and inherent risks in our Non-PCI loan and lease portfolio and that the credit risk ratings and
inherent loss rates currently assigned are appropriate. It is possible that others, given the same information, may at any point in time reach different conclusions that could result in a
significant impact to the Company's financial statements. In addition, current credit risk ratings are subject to change as we continue to monitor our loans and leases. To the extent we
experience, for example, increased levels of documentation deficiencies, adverse changes in collateral values, or negative changes in economic and business conditions that adversely affect
our borrowers, our classified and impaired loans and leases may increase. Higher levels of classified and impaired loans and leases generally result in increased provisions for credit losses
and an increased allowances for credit losses. Although we have established an allowance for credit losses that we consider appropriate, there can be no assurance that the established
allowance will be sufficient to absorb related losses in the future.
106
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Our federal and state banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for credit losses. Our regulators may require
the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments related to information available to them at the time of their examinations.
Allowance for credit losses on PCI loans. The PCI loans are subject to our internal and external credit review. If deterioration in the expected cash flows results in a reserve
requirement, a provision for credit losses is charged to earnings. For PCI loans, the allowance for loan losses is measured at the end of each financial reporting period based on expected
cash flows. Decreases or (increases) in the amount and changes in the timing of expected cash flows on the PCI loans as of the financial reporting date compared to those previously
estimated are usually recognized by recording a provision or a (negative provision) for credit losses on such loans.
(h) FDIC Loss Sharing Asset
The FDIC loss sharing asset relates to assets covered by the loss sharing agreements between the Bank and the FDIC arising from the acquisitions of Affinity Bank and Los Padres
Bank and, through the FCAL acquisition, the assumption of the loss sharing agreements between First California Bank and the FDIC arising from FCB’s acquisition of Western
Commercial and San Luis. The FDIC loss sharing assets related to Western Commercial and San Luis were measured at their fair value as of May 31, 2013 in conjunction with the FCAL
acquisition. The FDIC loss sharing assets related to Los Padres and Affinity were measured at their estimated fair value at their respective acquisition dates.
An increase in the expected amount of losses on the covered assets will increase the FDIC loss sharing asset; such increase is recognized through a credit to FDIC loss sharing income.
Recoveries on previous losses paid to us by the FDIC reduce the FDIC loss sharing asset by a charge to FDIC loss sharing income. In addition, decreases in the expected amount of losses
on covered assets will decrease the amount of funds expected to be collected from the FDIC and will therefore reduce the FDIC loss sharing asset through higher prospective amortization
expense. The FDIC loss sharing asset is being amortized to its estimated value over the lesser of the term of the loss sharing agreements or the remaining contractual life of the assets
covered by the loss sharing agreements.
Both the Western Commercial and San Luis loss sharing agreements contain true-up provisions, under which we will owe the FDIC amounts at the end of the loss sharing agreements
based on the performance of the covered assets. The true-up liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Under the terms of the Affinity loss sharing agreement, the FDIC will (a) absorb 80% of losses and receive 80% of loss recoveries on the first $234 million of losses on covered assets
and (b) absorb 95% of losses and receive 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $234 million. The Affinity loss sharing provisions expired in the third quarter of 2014 for non single-
family assets and will expire in the third quarter of 2019 for single family covered assets, while the related loss recovery provisions expire in the third quarters of 2017 and 2019,
respectively.
Under the terms of the Los Padres loss sharing agreement, the FDIC will absorb 80% of losses and receive 80% of loss recoveries on the covered assets. The Los Padres loss sharing
provisions expire in the third quarters of 2015 and 2020 for non-single family and single family covered assets, respectively, while the related loss recovery provisions expire in the third
quarters of 2018 and 2020, respectively.
Under the terms of the Western Commercial loss sharing agreement, the FDIC will absorb 80% of losses and receive 80% of loss recoveries on the covered assets; all of which were
deemed to be non-single family. The Western Commercial loss sharing provision expires in the fourth quarter of 2015, while the related loss recovery provision expires in the fourth
quarter of 2018.
Under the terms of the San Luis loss sharing agreement, the FDIC will absorb 80% of losses and receive 80% of loss recoveries on the covered assets. The San Luis loss sharing
provisions expire in the first quarters of 2016 and 2021 for non-single family and single family covered assets, respectively, while the related loss recovery provisions expire in the first
quarters of 2019 and 2021, respectively.
(i) Land, Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation and amortization is charged to noninterest expense
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives of furniture, fixtures and equipment range from 3 to 7 years and for buildings up to
35 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their estimated useful lives, or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter.
107
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(j) Foreclosed Assets
Non-covered Foreclosed Assets. Foreclosed assets includes other real estate owned, or OREO, and repossessed non-real estate assets. Foreclosed assets are initially recorded at the
estimated fair value of the property, based on current independent appraisals obtained at the time of acquisition, less estimated costs to sell, including senior obligations such as delinquent
property taxes. The excess of the recorded loan balance over the estimated fair value of the property at the time of acquisition less estimated costs to sell is charged to the allowance for loan
losses. Any subsequent write-downs are charged to noninterest expense and recognized through a foreclosed assets valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in the fair value of the asset
less selling costs reduce the foreclosed assets valuation allowance, but not below zero, and are credited to noninterest expense. Gains and losses on the sale of foreclosed assets and
operating expenses of such assets are also included in noninterest expense.
Covered OREO. Covered OREO are initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the acquisition date based on independent appraisals less estimated selling costs. Any subsequent
write-downs due to declines in fair value are charged to noninterest expense, and any recoveries of previous write-downs are credited to noninterest expense, without regard to the FDIC
indemnification. The portion of the loss reimbursement or recovery due from or to the FDIC is recognized as FDIC loss sharing income or expense.
(k) Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a
change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date. Any interest or penalties assessed by the taxing authorities is
classified in the financial statements as income tax expense. Deferred tax assets and liabilities, net of valuation allowances, are grouped together and reported net on the consolidated
balance sheets.
On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates its deferred tax assets to assess whether they are expected to be realized in the future. This determination is based on currently available
facts and circumstances, including our current and projected future tax positions, the historical level of our taxable income, and estimates of our future taxable income. In most cases, the
realization of deferred tax assets is based on our future profitability. To the extent our deferred tax assets are no longer considered more likely than not to be realized, we could be required
to record a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets by charging earnings. The Company also evaluates existing valuation allowances periodically to determine if sufficient evidence
exists to support an increase or reduction in the allowance.
(l) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill arises from the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets and other
identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and other intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives generated from purchase business combinations are not subject to amortization
and are instead tested for impairment no less than annually. Impairment exists when the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. An impairment loss would be
recognized in an amount equal to that excess as a charge to noninterest expense in the consolidated statement of earnings.
Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over such useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment at least quarterly. Core deposit
intangible assets, which we refer to as CDI, and customer relationship intangible assets, which we refer to as CRI, are recognized apart from goodwill at the time of acquisition based on
market valuations prepared by independent third parties. In preparing such valuations, the third parties consider variables such as deposit servicing costs, attrition rates, and market discount
rates. CDI assets are amortized to expense over their useful lives, which we have estimated to range from 7 to 10 years. CRI assets are amortized to expense over their useful lives, which
we have estimated to range from 4 to 5 years. The amortization expense represents the estimated decline in the value of the underlying deposits or customer relationships acquired. Both
CDI and CRI are reviewed for impairment quarterly or earlier if events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. If the recoverable amount of
either CDI or CRI is determined to be less than its carrying value, we would then measure the amount of impairment based on an estimate of the intangible asset’s fair value at that time. If
the fair value is below the carrying value, then the intangible asset is reduced to such fair value; an impairment loss for such amount would be recognized as a charge to noninterest expense
in the consolidated statement of earnings.
108
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(m) Stock-Based Compensation
Compensation expense related to awards of time-based restricted stock is based on the fair value of the underlying stock on the award date and is recognized over the vesting period
using the straight-line method. The vesting of performance-based restricted stock awards and recognition of related compensation expense may occur over a shorter vesting period if
financial performance targets are achieved earlier than anticipated. Amortization of unvested performance-based restricted stock is suspended when it becomes less than probable that the
performance targets will be met. Amortization of unvested performance-based restricted stock is discontinued and previous amortization amounts are credited to earnings when it becomes
improbable that performance targets will be met. When and if it becomes probable in the future that the performance target will be met a catch up adjustment is made and amortization
resumes.
Unvested restricted stock participates with common stock in any dividends declared and paid. Dividends paid on unvested restricted stock awards expected to vest and the related tax
benefits are included as a net reduction to stockholders’ equity. Dividends paid on unvested restricted stock not expected to vest are charged to compensation expense.
(n) Business Segments
We present financial and descriptive information about our reportable operating segments including a measure of segment profit or loss, certain specific revenue and expense items
and segment assets. We designate components of our business as reportable operating segments if the component a) engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and
incur expenses, b) has operating results that are regularly reviewed by executive management to make business decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its
performance and c) has available discrete financial information. We currently operate as three reportable segments. The Company’s reportable segments consist of “Community Banking,"
“National Lending,” and “Other.”
(o) Derivative Instruments
Our derivative contracts primarily manage the foreign currency risk associated with certain assets. As of December 31, 2014, all of our derivatives were held for risk management purposes,
and none were designated as accounting hedges. The objective is to manage the uncertainty of future foreign exchange rate fluctuations. These forward exchange contracts provide for a
fixed exchange rate which has the effect of reducing or eliminating changes to anticipated cash flows to be received from foreign currency-denominated loan transactions as the result of
changes to exchange rates. Our derivatives are recorded in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate. The changes in fair value of our derivatives and the related interest are recognized
in other income. At December 31, 2014, our derivative contracts had a notional value of $67.8 million.
Derivative instruments expose us to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such agreements. This risk exposure consists primarily of the termination value of
agreements where we are in a favorable position. We manage the credit risk associated with various derivative agreements through counterparty credit review and monitoring procedures.
(p) Investments That Do Not Have Readily Determinable Fair Values
Investments in common or preferred stock that are not publicly traded and/or do not have a readily determinable fair value are accounted for pursuant to the equity method of accounting if
we have the ability to significantly influence the operating and financial policies of an investee. This is generally presumed to exist when we own between 20% and 50% of a corporation,
or when we own greater than 5% of a limited partnership or similarly structured entity. Our investment carrying values are included in other assets and our share of earnings and losses in
equity method investees is included in other income. If we do not have significant influence over the investee, the cost method is used to account for the equity interest.
For investments accounted for using the cost or equity method of accounting, management evaluates information such as budgets, business plans, and financial statements of the investee in
addition to quoted market prices, if any, in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists. Factors indicative of an other-than-temporary decline in value include, but
are not limited to, recurring operating losses and credit defaults. We compare the estimated fair value of each investment to its carrying value quarterly. For any of our investments in which
the estimated fair value is less than its carrying value, we consider whether the impairment of that investment is other-than-temporary. If we determine that an investment has sustained an
other-than-temporary decline in its value, the equity interest is written down to its estimated fair value through other income and a new carrying value for the investment is established.
Realized gains or losses resulting from the sale of investments are calculated using the specific identification method and are included in other income.
109
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(q) Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net earnings and net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net, and is presented in the consolidated statements of
comprehensive income.
(r) Earnings Per Share
In accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share,” all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends are considered
participating securities and are included in the two-class method of determining basic and diluted earnings per share. All of our unvested restricted stock participates with our common
stockholders in dividends. Accordingly, earnings allocated to unvested restricted stock are deducted from net earnings to determine that amount of earnings available to common
stockholders. In the two-class method, the amount of our earnings available to common stockholders is divided by the weighted average shares outstanding, excluding any unvested
restricted stock, for both the basic and diluted earnings per share.
(s) Business Combinations
Business combinations completed after January 1, 2009, are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.”
Under the acquisition method, the acquiring entity in a business combination recognizes 100 percent of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities, regardless of the percentage owned, at
their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets and other identifiable intangible assets acquired is recorded as
goodwill. To the extent the fair value of net assets acquired, including other identifiable assets, exceeds the purchase price, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Assets acquired and
liabilities assumed from contingencies must also be recognized at fair value, if the fair value can be determined during the measurement period. Results of operations of an acquired
business are included in the statement of earnings from the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related costs, including conversion and restructuring charges, are expensed as incurred.
(t) Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-01, “Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures
(Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” ASU 2014-01 allows investors in low-income housing tax credit (“LIHTC”) entities that meet certain
conditions to present the net tax benefits (net of the amortization of the cost of the investment) within income tax expense. The cost of the investments that meet the conditions will be
amortized in proportion to (and over the same period as) the total expected tax benefits, including tax credits and other tax benefits, as they are realized on the tax return. ASU 2014-01 is
effective for us on January 1, 2015 and is to be applied retrospectively if investors elect the proportional amortization method. However, if investors have LIHTC investments accounted for
under the effective yield method at adoption, they may continue to apply that method for those existing investments. The adoption of this standard permits expenses currently reported in
noninterest expense to be reported in income tax expense. Early adoption was permitted. We adopted this standard effective January 1, 2015, elected the proportional amortization method,
and it is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements; however, total noninterest expense and income tax expense will change.
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate
Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure.” ASU 2014-04 clarifies when a creditor should reclassify mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate from loans
receivable to other real estate owned. ASU 2014-04 defines when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure has occurred and when a creditor is considered to have received physical
possession of residential real estate collateralizing a mortgage loan. ASU 2014-04 was effective for us on January 1, 2015 and can be applied either prospectively or using a modified
retrospective transition method, and early adoption was permitted. The adoption of this standard in January 2015 will not have a material impact on our financial statements.
110
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, "Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued
Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity." ASU 2014-08 is an amendment to Subtopic 205-20 that changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations by
raising the threshold for disposals to qualify as discontinued operations. This update aims to reduce the unnecessarily frequent reporting of disposals of small groups of assets that are
recurring in nature. The revised definition states that a disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the
disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. ASU 2014-08 is effective for us for all disposals that occur after
December 31, 2014. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.
ASU 2014-09, "Revenue Recognition (Topic 606): Revenue from Contracts with Customers," was issued May 2014 and will be effective for annual and interim periods beginning
after December 15, 2016. Early application is not permitted. ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of
promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. The standard permits the use of either
the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements and related disclosures. The Company
has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.
ASU 2014-12, "Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be
Achieved after the Requisite Service Period," was issued June 2014 and will be effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2015. ASU 2014-12 applies to all
reporting entities that grant their employees share-based payments in which the terms of the award provide for a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite
service period. That is the case when an employee is eligible to retire or otherwise terminate employment before the end of the period in which a performance target (for example, an initial
public offering or a profitability target) could be achieved and still be eligible to vest in the award if and when the performance target is achieved. We do not currently have outstanding
performance-based awards and, as a result, ASU 2014-12 would not impact our financial statements and its related disclosures.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, "Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed
Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure." This ASU requires that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if the following
conditions are met: (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure; (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real
estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim; and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim
that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance
(principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. ASU 2014-14 is effective for public business entities for reporting periods, including interim periods, beginning after
December 15, 2014. The Company does not expect the effect of ASU 2014-14 to have a material impact on its financial statements and related disclosures.
NOTE 2. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Discontinued operations include the income and expense related to Electronic Payment Services ("EPS"), a discontinued division of the Bank acquired in connection with the FCAL
acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the EPS division recorded no revenues and a pre-tax loss of $2.7 million. For the period from acquisition date to December 31, 2013,
revenues and pre-tax loss for the EPS division were $2.6 million and $620,000. Liabilities of the EPS division, which were $21.3 million and $123.0 million at December 31, 2014 and
2013, consist primarily of noninterest-bearing deposits and are included in the consolidated balance sheets under the caption “Accrued interest payable and other liabilities.” For segment
reporting purposes, the EPS division is included in our Community Banking segment.
NOTE 3. RESTRICTED CASH BALANCES
The Company is required to maintain reserve balances with the FRBSF. Such reserve requirements are based on a percentage of deposit liabilities and may be satisfied by cash on
hand. The average reserves required to be held at the FRBSF for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $10.0 million and $13.1 million.
111
NOTE 4. ACQUISITIONS
The following assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the acquired entities are presented at estimated fair value as of their respective acquisition dates:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
CapitalSource Inc.
First California
Financial Group
American Perspective
Bank
April 7, 2014
May 31, 2013
August 1, 2012
Celtic Capital
Corporation
April 3, 2012
Pacific Western
Equipment Finance
January 3, 2012
Acquisition and Date Acquired
(In thousands)
Assets Acquired:
Cash and due from banks
Interest-earning deposits in financial institutions
Investment securities available-for-sale
FHLB stock
Loans and leases
Equipment leased to others under operating leases
Premises and equipment
Foreclosed assets
FDIC loss sharing asset
Income tax assets
Goodwill
Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles
Leases in process
Other assets(1)
Total assets acquired
Liabilities Assumed:
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits
Other borrowings
Borrowings from parent
Subordinated debentures
Discontinued operations
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Total liabilities assumed
Total consideration paid
Summary of consideration:
Cash paid
PacWest common stock issued
Cancellation of FCAL common stock owned by PacWest (at acquisition date fair
value)
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
___________________
(1) The CapitalSouce, Inc. amount includes a $484 million receivable for securities sales proceeds.
$
768,553
$
6,124
$
3,370
$
3,435
$
60,612
382,797
46,060
6,877,427
160,015
12,663
6,382
—
312,757
1,518,381
6,720
—
582,985
10,735,352
$
266,889
4,444
9,518
1,049,613
—
15,322
13,772
17,241
33,360
129,070
7,927
—
27,576
1,580,856
10,081
48,887
1,412
197,279
—
—
1,561
—
2,194
15,047
1,924
—
2,040
—
—
—
54,963
—
—
—
—
19
6,645
1,300
—
720
$
283,795
$
67,082
$
4,631
$
361,166
$
40,673
$
178,891
5,315
—
—
—
840
225,719
58,076
$
$
— $
—
46,804
—
—
—
2,278
49,082
18,000
$
$
58,076
$
18,000
$
—
—
—
—
58,076
$
18,000
$
739,713
—
—
24,061
184,619
19,729
1,329,288
251,568
—
242,268
9,300
251,568
$
$
$
$
6,236,419
992,109
—
300,918
—
124,087
7,658,164
3,077,188
$
$
483,118
$
2,594,070
—
3,077,188
$
112
7,092
—
—
—
140,959
—
—
—
—
—
19,033
1,700
19,162
1,887
189,833
—
—
15,839
128,677
—
—
10,317
154,833
35,000
35,000
—
—
35,000
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
CapitalSource Inc. Merger
We acquired CapitalSource Inc. on April 7, 2014. As part of the merger, CapitalSource Bank (“CSB”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CapitalSource Inc., merged with and into Pacific
Western Bank. We completed the merger in order to increase our loan and lease generation capabilities and to diversify our loan portfolio.
Upon closing, we created the CapitalSource Division of the Bank. The CapitalSource Division lends throughout the United States, providing middle-market businesses asset-secured
loans, equipment-secured loans and leases, and cash flow loans and providing real estate investment firms real estate loans secured by various property types. When we refer to
"CapitalSource Inc." we are referring to the company acquired on April 7, 2014 and when we refer to the "CapitalSource Division" we are referring to a division of the Bank that provides
on a nationwide basis senior secured real estate loans, equipment loans and leases, asset-based loans, loans to finance companies, and cash flow loans secured by the enterprise value of the
borrowing entity.
In the merger with CapitalSource Inc., each share of CapitalSource Inc. common stock was converted into the right to receive $2.47 in cash and 0.2837 of a share of PacWest common
stock. PacWest issued an aggregate of approximately 56.6 million shares of PacWest common stock to CapitalSource Inc. stockholders. Based on the closing price of PacWest’s common
stock on April 7, 2014 of $45.83 per share, the aggregate consideration paid to CapitalSource Inc. common stockholders and holders of equity awards to acquire CapitalSource Inc.
common stock was approximately $3.1 billion.
CSB was a commercial lender which operated under a California Industrial Loan Bank charter headquartered in Los Angeles, California. CSB provided financial products to small to
middle-market businesses nationwide and also provided certain depository products and services excluding demand deposit accounts to consumers in Southern and Central California.
CSB’s loan origination efforts were conducted nationwide, and continue as part of the CapitalSource Division, with offices located in Chevy Chase, Maryland; Los Angeles, California; St.
Louis, Missouri; Denver, Colorado; Chicago, Illinois; and New York, New York.
The integration of CSB’s deposit system and the conversion of CSB’s branches to Pacific Western Bank’s operating platform were completed over the weekend of April 12, 2014.
CSB had 21 branches, 12 of which were closed in the consolidation with Pacific Western at the close of business on April 11, 2014 and one overlapping Pacific Western branch was closed
as well. All remaining branches opened on Monday, April 14, 2014 as Pacific Western branches.
The CapitalSource Inc. merger has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their
estimated fair values as of the merger date. We made significant estimates and exercised significant judgment in estimating fair values and accounting for such acquired assets and
liabilities. Such fair values are preliminary estimates and are subject to adjustment for up to one year after the merger date or when additional information relative to the closing date fair
values becomes available and such information is considered final, whichever is earlier. The application of the acquisition method of accounting resulted in goodwill of $1.5 billion. All of
the recognized goodwill is expected to be non-deductible for tax purposes. The fair values of the acquired tax assets are still subject to change.
As required by the merger agreement and as described in the joint proxy statement/prospectus relating to the merger, the Board of Directors of PacWest adopted a Tax Asset
Protection Plan (the “Plan”). This Plan is similar to the Tax Benefit Preservation Plan that CapitalSource Inc. had in place prior to the merger. The purpose of the Plan is to seek to preserve
PacWest’s ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax assets (collectively, the “NOLs”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes that PacWest and certain of its
subsidiaries have. The Plan seeks to protect the ability to utilize the NOLs by mitigating the potential for an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
In general, an “ownership change” would occur if PacWest’s “5-percent shareholders,” as defined under Section 382 of the Code, collectively increase their ownership in PacWest, in
relation to their respective historical low points, by more than 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Institutional holders that file as “investment advisers” for SEC
purposes, such as mutual fund companies that hold PacWest common stock on behalf of several individual mutual funds where no single fund owns five percent or more of PacWest’s
common stock, generally are not treated as “5-percent shareholders” for purposes of Section 382 of the Code.
113
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
First California Financial Group Acquisition
On May 31, 2013, we acquired First California Financial Group, Inc. As part of this acquisition, First California Bank ("FCB"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of FCAL, merged with and
into Pacific Western. The FCAL acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at
their estimated fair values as of the May 31, 2013 acquisition date. The application of the acquisition method of accounting resulted in goodwill of $129.1 million. All of the recognized
goodwill is expected to be non-deductible for tax purposes.
FCB was a full-service commercial bank headquartered in Westlake Village, California. FCB provided a full range of banking services, including revolving lines of credit, term loans,
commercial real estate loans, construction loans, consumer loans and home equity loans to individuals, professionals, and small to mid-sized businesses. FCB operated 15 branches
throughout Southern California in the Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego, Ventura, and San Luis Obispo Counties. We completed the conversion and integration
of the FCB branches to Pacific Western’s operating platform in June 2013 and as a result, we added seven locations to our branch network. We made this acquisition to expand our presence
in Southern California.
American Perspective Bank Acquisition
On August 1, 2012, Pacific Western completed the acquisition of American Perspective Bank, or APB, previously headquartered in San Luis Obispo, California. Pacific Western
acquired all of the outstanding common stock of APB for $58.1 million in cash and APB was merged with and into Pacific Western; we refer to this transaction as the APB acquisition.
APB operated two branches located in San Luis Obispo and Santa Maria, California, and a loan production office located in Paso Robles, California, which has since been converted to a
full-service branch. The APB acquisition strengthened our presence in the Central Coast region.
Celtic Capital Corporation Acquisition
On April 3, 2012, Pacific Western completed the acquisition of Celtic Capital Corporation, or Celtic, an asset-based lending company based in Santa Monica, California. Pacific
Western acquired all of the capital stock of Celtic for $18.0 million in cash and Celtic became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pacific Western; we refer to this transaction as the Celtic
acquisition. Celtic focuses on providing asset-based loans to borrowers across the United States for amounts generally up to $5.0 million The Celtic acquisition diversified our lending
portfolio, expanded our product lines, and deployed excess liquidity into higher yielding assets. In July 2014, we sold Celtic to an unaffiliated third party. As a result of the sale, we wrote-
off goodwill of $6.6 million and the remaining CRI balance of $0.5 million.
Pacific Western Equipment Finance Acquisition
On January 3, 2012, Pacific Western completed the acquisition of Pacific Western Equipment Finance (formerly known as Marquette Equipment Finance, and which we refer to as
EQF), an equipment leasing company based in Midvale, Utah. Pacific Western acquired all of the capital stock of EQF for $35.0 million in cash and EQF became a division of Pacific
Western; we refer to this transaction as the EQF acquisition. The EQF acquisition diversified our loan portfolio, expanded our product lines, and deployed excess liquidity into higher
yielding assets.
Acquisition-Related Charges
For each acquisition, we developed an integration plan for the Company that addressed, among other things, requirements for staffing, systems platforms, compliance-related
activities, branch locations and other facilities. Based on these plans, we incurred acquisition-related charges which included severance, stock-based compensation, systems integration and
facilities-related charges. These charges, along with legal, accounting, investment banking, valuation and other professional fees necessary to effect a business combination, were charged to
acquisition, integration and reorganization costs on the consolidated statements of earnings. We incurred and charged to expense $101.0 million, $40.8 million and $4.1 million of such
costs in 2014, 2013 and 2012.
114
The following table presents acquisition, integration and reorganization costs by major category for the years indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Severance and employee-related(1)
System conversion and integration
Asset writedowns, lease terminations and other facilities-related
Asset financing segment reorganization
Investment banking deal costs
Other (legal, accounting, insurance, consulting)
Total acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
__________________
(1) Amount includes $26.1 million in 2014 and $12.4 million in 2013 for accelerated vesting of restricted stock.
Unaudited Pro Forma Results of Operations
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(In thousands)
2012
57,868
$
21,497
$
1,868
6,353
10,073
16,117
8,737
3,829
3,212
—
5,309
6,965
101,016
$
40,812
$
260
1,312
—
—
1,298
1,219
4,089
$
$
The following table presents our unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years presented as if the CapitalSource Inc. and FCAL acquisitions had been completed on
January 1, 2013. The unaudited pro forma results of operations include the historical accounts of the Company, CapitalSource Inc. and FCAL and pro forma adjustments, including the
amortization of intangibles with definite lives and the amortization or accretion of any premiums or discounts arising from fair value adjustments for assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
The unaudited pro forma information is intended for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of our future operating results or operating results that would have
occurred had the CapitalSource Inc. and FCAL acquisitions been completed at the beginning of 2013. No assumptions have been applied to the pro forma results of operations regarding
possible revenue enhancements, expense efficiencies or asset dispositions.
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
Pro forma revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income)
Pro forma net earnings from continuing operations
Pro forma net earnings from continuing operations per share:
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
$
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
$
$
797,296
252,258
2.45
2.45
$
$
833,373
251,347
2.46
2.46
Revenues and pre-tax net earnings from operations related to CapitalSource Inc. from the April 7, 2014 merger date through December 31, 2014, and included in the consolidated
statement of earnings, were $400.6 million and $184.6 million.
115
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 5. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years indicated:
Balance, December 31, 2011
Addition from the EQF acquisition
Addition from the Celtic acquisition
Addition from the APB acquisition
Balance, December 31, 2012
Adjustment to APB goodwill
Addition from the FCAL acquisition
Balance, December 31, 2013
Addition from the CapitalSource Inc. merger
Write-off due to the asset financing segment reorganization
Balance, December 31, 2014
Goodwill
(In thousands)
39,141
19,033
6,645
15,047
79,866
(193)
129,070
208,743
1,518,381
(6,645)
1,720,479
$
$
In the second quarter of 2014, we wrote-off $6.6 million of goodwill and $0.5 million of CRI related to the reorganization of the legacy PacWest asset financing segment, which
included the sale of Celtic Capital Corporation. These amounts are included in "Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs" in the consolidated statements of earnings.
The following table presents the changes in CDI and CRI and the related accumulated amortization for the years indicated:
Gross Amount of CDI and CRI:
Balance, beginning of year
Additions due to acquisitions
Fully amortized portion
Write-off due to the asset financing segment reorganization
Removal due to branch sale
Balance, end of year
Accumulated Amortization:
Balance, beginning of year
Additions
Fully amortized portion
Write-off due to the asset financing segment reorganization
Removal due to branch sale
Balance, end of period
Net CDI and CRI, end of year
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
(In thousands)
2012
$
48,963
$
45,412
$
6,720
(1,293)
(1,300)
—
53,090
(31,715)
(6,268)
1,293
804
—
(35,886)
17,204
$
7,927
(4,376)
—
—
48,963
(30,689)
(5,402)
4,376
—
—
(31,715)
17,248
$
$
67,100
4,924
(20,746)
—
(5,866)
45,412
(49,685)
(6,326)
20,746
—
4,576
(30,689)
14,723
The weighted average amortization period remaining for all of our CDI and CRI is 4.6 years. The estimated aggregate amortization expense related to these intangible assets for each
of the next five years is $6.0 million for 2015, $4.1 million for 2016, $2.3 million for 2017, $2.0 million for 2018 and $1.7 million for 2019.
116
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 6. INVESTMENTS
Securities Available-for-Sale
The following table presents amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and carrying values of securities available-for-sale as of the dates indicated:
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized
Gains
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Amortized Cost
(In thousands)
Gross Unrealized
Gains
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government agency and
government-sponsored enterprise
pass-through securities
Government agency and
government-sponsored enterprise
collateralized mortgage obligations
Covered private label collateralized
mortgage obligations
Other private label collateralized
mortgage obligations
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Government-sponsored enterprise debt
securities
Other securities
Total
$
515,902
$
20,142
$
(372) $
535,672
$
691,944
$
18,012
$
(2,768) $
707,188
275,513
26,889
10,961
521,499
110,074
36,232
25,801
1,522,871
$
3,513
7,153
46
15,899
597
525
33
$
47,908
$
(1,080)
277,946
(95)
33,947
197,069
30,502
388
7,552
(93)
(1,282)
(562)
—
(118)
(3,602) $
10,914
536,116
110,109
36,757
25,716
1,567,177
—
—
459,182
84,119
10,046
27,654
1,749
71
—
2
$
1,500,516
$
27,774
$
(4,584)
192,873
(150)
37,904
—
(24,273)
(1,483)
(174)
(113)
(33,545) $
—
436,658
82,707
9,872
27,543
1,494,745
Other securities consist primarily of asset-backed securities. See Note 14, Fair Value Measurements, for information on fair value measurements and methodology.
As of December 31, 2014, securities available-for-sale with a carrying value of $308.6 million were pledged as collateral for borrowings, public deposits and other purposes as
required by various statutes and agreements.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, we sold $460.8 million of GSE pass-through securities and other securities for which we realized gains of $4.8 million. These securities
were sold as part of our investment portfolio risk management activities. We also sold 322.7 million of the $382.8 million of securities obtained in the CapitalSource Inc. merger for no gain
or loss. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we sold $12.4 million in corporate debt securities and $10.0 million in collateralized loan obligation securities for which we realized a
gross gains of $409,000 and a gross loss of $272,000, respectively. The sale of the corporate debt securities was done as part of our portfolio risk management activities to reduce price
volatility and duration. The sale of collateralized loan obligation securities was done in order to minimize our risk in holding these securities subject to the then proposed regulations
referred to as the Volcker rule. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we also recorded a $5.2 million non-taxable gain to recognize our previously-held equity interest in FCAL
common stock at its fair market value as of the acquisition date. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we sold $43.9 million of GSE pass-through securities as part of our portfolio
risk management activities and realized a $1.2 million gross gain. We also sold $45.6 million of the $48.9 million of investment securities obtained in the APB acquisition for no gain or
loss.
During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we purchased $236.7 million, $550.2 million and $485.9 million in investment securities available-for-sale.
Realized gains or losses resulting from the sale of securities are calculated using the specific identification method and included in gain on securities. During the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 we had $32.6 million, $(30.9) million and $10.2 million of net unrealized after-tax gains (losses) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive
income, net.
117
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Unrealized Losses on Investment Securities
The following tables present the gross unrealized losses and fair values of securities available-for-sale that were in unrealized loss positions, for which other-than-temporary
impairments have not been recognized in earnings, as of the dates indicated:
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government agency and government-
sponsored enterprise pass-through
securities
Government agency and government-
sponsored enterprise collateralized
mortgage obligations
Covered private label collateralized
mortgage obligations
Other private label collateralized
mortgage obligations
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Other securities
Total
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government agency and government-
sponsored enterprise pass-through
securities
Government agency and government-
sponsored enterprise collateralized
mortgage obligations
Covered private label collateralized
mortgage obligations
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Government-sponsored enterprise debt
securities
Other securities
Total
Less Than 12 Months
December 31, 2014
12 Months or More
Total
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
Losses
(In thousands)
$
10,711
$
(13) $
27,100
$
(359) $
37,811
$
(372)
23,908
—
1,618
11,854
52,071
6,440
$
106,602
$
(73)
—
(93)
(66)
(547)
(90)
(882) $
40,652
1,000
—
84,822
10,131
10,019
173,724
$
(1,007)
(95)
—
(1,216)
(15)
(28)
(2,720) $
Less Than 12 Months
December 31, 2013
12 Months or More
(1,080)
(95)
(93)
(1,282)
(562)
(118)
(3,602)
64,560
1,000
1,618
96,676
62,202
16,459
280,326
$
Total
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized
Losses
(In thousands)
$
148,662
$
(2,767) $
32
$
(1) $
148,694
$
(2,768)
179,938
1,640
337,208
72,636
9,872
23,969
$
773,925
$
(4,486)
4,383
(60)
(24,273)
(1,483)
(174)
(113)
(33,356) $
617
—
—
—
—
5,032
$
(98)
(90)
—
—
—
—
(189) $
184,321
(4,584)
2,257
337,208
72,636
9,872
23,969
778,957
$
(150)
(24,273)
(1,483)
(174)
(113)
(33,545)
118
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
We reviewed the securities that were in a loss position at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and concluded their losses were a result of the level of market interest rates relative to the
types of securities and pricing changes caused by shifting supply and demand dynamics and not a result of downgraded credit ratings or other indicators of deterioration of the underlying
issuers' ability to repay. Accordingly, we determined the securities were temporarily impaired and we did not recognize such impairment in the consolidated statements of earnings. We
occasionally sell securities for risk management purposes to reduce risks related to price volatility and duration. We do not foresee having to sell these securities strictly for liquidity needs
and believe that it is more likely than not we would not be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost.
During 2012, we determined that one covered private label CMO was impaired due to deteriorating cash flows and the depletion of the credit support from the subordinated classes of
the securitization. We recorded an other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTO") loss of $1.1 million, which was entirely credited related, in the consolidated statements of earnings. This loss
was offset by FDIC loss sharing income of $892,000, which represented the FDIC's 80% share of the loss. There were no OTTI losses recognized during 2014 and 2013.
Contractual Maturities
The following table presents the contractual maturities of our available-for-sale securities portfolio based on amortized cost and carrying value as of the date indicated.
Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Total securities available-for-sale
December 31, 2014
Amortized Cost
Estimated Fair Value
(In thousands)
4,567 $
85,288
262,556
1,170,460
1,522,871 $
4,596
85,219
268,665
1,208,697
1,567,177
$
$
Mortgage-backed securities have contractual terms to maturity, but require periodic payments to reduce principal. In addition, expected maturities may differ from contractual
maturities because obligors and/or issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
FHLB Stock
At December 31, 2014, we had a $40.6 million investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco ("FHLB") stock carried at cost. During the year ended December 31, 2014,
FHLB stock increased $12.7 million due primarily to the addition of FHLB stock acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger. We evaluated the carrying value of our FHLB stock investment
at December 31, 2014, and determined that it was not impaired. Our evaluation considered the long-term nature of the investment, the current financial and liquidity position of the FHLB,
repurchase activity of excess stock by the FHLB at its carrying value, the return on the investment, and our intent and ability to hold this investment for a period of time sufficient to recover
our recorded investment.
Interest Income on Investment Securities
The following table presents the composition of our interest income on investment securities for the years indicated:
Taxable interest
Non-taxable interest
Dividend income
Total interest income on investment securities
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(In thousands)
2012
$
$
30,135
13,597
3,613
47,345
$
$
23,542
11,777
1,604
36,923
$
$
29,652
5,559
446
35,657
119
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 7. LOANS AND LEASES
The Company’s loan and lease portfolio includes originated and purchased loans and leases. Originated loans and leases and purchased loans and leases, in each case, for which there
was no evidence of credit deterioration at their acquisition date and it was probable that we would be able to collect all contractually required payments, are referred to collectively as non-
purchased credit impaired loans, or "Non-PCI loans." Purchased loans for which there was, at the acquisition date, evidence of credit deterioration since their origination and it was probable
that we would be unable to collect all contractually required payments are referred to as purchased credit impaired loans, or "PCI loans".
Non-PCI loans are carried at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred fees and costs, and in the case of acquired loans, net of purchase discounts and premiums. Deferred fees
and costs and purchase discounts and premiums on acquired non-impaired loans are recognized as an adjustment to interest income over the contractual life of the loans using the effective
interest method or taken into income when the related loans are paid off or sold.
PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.” For PCI loans, at the time of
acquisition we (i) calculate the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the "undiscounted contractual cash flows") and (ii) estimate the amount and
timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the "undiscounted expected cash flows"). The difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the
undiscounted expected cash flows is the nonaccretable difference. The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected and the estimated fair value of the acquired
loans is the accretable yield. The nonaccretable difference represents an estimate of the loss exposure of principal and interest related to the PCI loan portfolios; such amount is subject to
change over time based on the performance of such loans. The carrying value of PCI loans is reduced by payments received, both principal and interest, and increased by the portion of the
accretable yield recognized as interest income.
In the CapitalSource Inc. merger, the estimated fair value of the loans and leases acquired, excluding PCI loans, was $6.8 billion, the related gross contractual cash flows was $9.4
billion, and the estimated contractual cash flows not expected to be collected was $839.8 million. The estimated fair value of loans acquired that were identified as PCI loans was $79.2
million.
The following table summarizes the composition of our loan and lease portfolio as of the dates indicated:
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Non-PCI
Loans
and Leases
PCI
Loans
Non-PCI
Loans
Total
and Leases
(In thousands)
PCI
Loans
$
$
5,350,827 $
309,162
5,852,420
101,423
11,613,832
(22,191)
11,591,641
(70,456)
11,521,185 $
256,489 $
6,924
27,155
284
290,852
(61)
290,791
(13,999)
276,792 $
5,607,316 $
316,086
5,879,575
101,707
11,904,684
(22,252)
11,882,432
(84,455)
11,797,977 $
2,424,864 $
209,090
1,241,776
54,809
3,930,539
(983)
3,929,556
(60,241)
3,869,315 $
371,134 $
10,427
974
261
382,796
—
382,796
(21,793)
361,003 $
Total
2,795,998
219,517
1,242,750
55,070
4,313,335
(983)
4,312,352
(82,034)
4,230,318
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total gross loans and leases
Deferred fees and costs
Total loans and leases, net of unearned income
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Total net loans and leases
120
The following table presents a summary of the activity in the allowance for credit losses on Non-PCI loans and leases for the years indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Balance, December 31, 2011
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Negative provision
Balance, December 31, 2012
Charge-offs
Recoveries
(Negative provision ) provision
Balance, December 31, 2013
Charge-offs
Recoveries
(Negative provision) provision
Balance, December 31, 2014
Components
Non-PCI
Allowance for
Loan and lease
Losses
Non-PCI
Reserve for
Unfunded Loan
Commitments
(In thousands)
Total
Non-PCI
Allowance
for Credit
Losses
$
85,313
(13,070)
3,406
(9,750)
65,899
(11,159)
6,856
(1,355)
60,241
(11,875)
10,344
11,746
70,456
$
$
$
121
8,470
$
—
—
(2,250)
6,220
—
—
1,355
7,575
—
—
(1,264)
6,311
$
93,783
(13,070)
3,406
(12,000)
72,119
(11,159)
6,856
—
67,816
(11,875)
10,344
10,482
76,767
The following tables present a summary of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses on Non-PCI loans and leases by portfolio segment and PCI loans for the years
indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Real Estate
Mortgage
Real Estate
Construction Commercial
Consumer
Total Non-PCI Total PCI
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2014
(In thousands)
Allowance for Loan and
Lease Losses:
Balance, beginning of year $
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (negative
provision)
Balance, end of year
$
Amount of the allowance
applicable to loans and
leases:
Individually evaluated
for impairment
Collectively evaluated
for impairment
Acquired loans with
deteriorated credit
quality
$
$
26,078 $
(2,080)
2,640
(1,541)
25,097 $
4,298 $
—
156
(206)
4,248 $
26,921 $
(9,463)
6,265
16,135
39,858 $
2,944 $
(332)
1,283
(2,642)
1,253 $
60,241 $
(11,875)
10,344
11,746
70,456 $
21,793 $
(9,577)
766
1,017
13,999 $
82,034
(21,452)
11,110
12,763
84,455
693 $
69 $
9,975 $
37 $
10,774
24,404 $
4,179 $
29,883 $
1,216 $
59,682
$
13,999
Loan and Leases:
Ending balance(1)
The ending balance of the
loan and lease portfolio is
composed of loans and
leases:
Individually evaluated
for impairment
Collectively evaluated
for impairment
Acquired loans with
deteriorated credit
quality
$ 5,340,560 $
307,135 $
5,842,463 $
101,483 $
11,591,641 $
290,791 $
11,882,432
$
57,857 $
10,555 $
46,709 $
3,744 $
118,865
$ 5,282,703 $
296,580 $
5,795,754 $
97,739 $
11,472,776
$
290,791
_________________________
(1)
As of December 31, 2014, the amounts of loans covered by loss sharing provisions of FDIC loss sharing agreements in the Non-PCI and PCI categories were $61.5 million and $100.4 million.
122
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Real Estate
Mortgage
Real Estate
Construction Commercial
Consumer
Total Non-PCI Total PCI
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2013
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan and
lease losses:
Balance, beginning of year $
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (negative
provision)
Balance, end of year
$
Amount of the allowance
applicable to loans and
leases:
Individually evaluated
for impairment
Collectively evaluated
for impairment
Acquired loans with
deteriorated credit
quality
$
$
38,700 $
(4,552)
2,507
(10,577)
26,078 $
3,221 $
—
1,654
(577)
4,298 $
22,252 $
(6,409)
2,621
8,457
26,921 $
1,726 $
(198)
74
1,342
2,944 $
65,899 $
(11,159)
6,856
(1,355)
60,241 $
26,069 $
(66)
—
(4,210)
21,793 $
91,968
(11,225)
6,856
(5,565)
82,034
2,188 $
169 $
5,003 $
240 $
7,600
23,890 $
4,129 $
21,918 $
2,704 $
52,641
$
21,793
Loan and Leases:
Ending balance(1)
The ending balance of the
loan and lease portfolio is
composed of loans and
leases:
Individually evaluated
for impairment
Collectively evaluated
for impairment
Acquired loans with
deteriorated credit
quality
$ 2,422,107 $
207,779 $
1,244,785 $
54,885 $
3,929,556 $
382,796 $
4,312,352
$
62,276 $
7,512 $
17,932 $
702 $
88,422
$ 2,359,831 $
200,267 $
1,226,853 $
54,183 $
3,841,134
$
382,796
_________________________
(1)
As of December 31, 2013, the amounts of loans covered by loss sharing provisions of FDIC loss sharing agreements in the Non-PCI and PCI categories were $85.9 million and $362.5 million.
123
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Non-Purchased Credit Impaired (Non-PCI) Loans and Leases
The following table presents the credit risk rating categories for Non-PCI loans and leases by portfolio segment and class as of the dates indicated. Nonclassified loans and leases are
those with a credit risk rating of either pass or special mention, while classified loans and leases are those with a credit risk rating of either substandard or doubtful.
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Classified
Nonclassified
Total
Classified
Nonclassified
Total
(In thousands)
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Total real estate mortgage
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Total real estate construction
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
Total commercial
Consumer
$
17,761
$
542,458
$
11,141
68,084
96,986
402
3,346
3,748
22,433
1,323
11,547
83,321
15,973
3,207
137,804
4,073
364,786
4,336,330
5,243,574
96,326
207,061
303,387
416,754
130,501
1,783,304
2,376,530
953,516
44,054
5,704,659
97,410
Total Non-PCI loans and leases
$
242,611
$
11,349,030
$
560,219
375,927
4,404,414
5,340,560
96,728
210,407
307,135
439,187
131,824
1,794,851
2,459,851
969,489
47,261
5,842,463
101,483
11,591,641
$
12,337
$
168,216
$
5,297
64,279
81,913
750
6,291
7,041
18,838
1,856
6,859
39,869
2,132,109
2,340,194
58,131
142,607
200,738
567,643
151,896
195,569
—
—
632
5,761
33,946
4,411
272,851
22,880
1,210,839
50,474
$
127,311
$
3,802,245
$
180,553
45,166
2,196,388
2,422,107
58,881
148,898
207,779
586,481
153,752
202,428
—
273,483
28,641
1,244,785
54,885
3,929,556
In addition to our internal risk rating process, our federal and state banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s loan risk
rating classifications. Our regulators may require the Company to recognize rating downgrades based on their judgments related to information available to them at the time of their
examinations. Risk rating downgrades generally result in increases in the provisions for credit losses and the allowance for credit losses.
124
The following tables present an aging analysis of our Non-PCI loans and leases by portfolio segment and class as of the dates indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
30-89 Days Past Due
90 or More
Days Past Due
December 31, 2014
Total Past Due
(In thousands)
Current
Total Loans
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Total real estate mortgage
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Total real estate construction
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
Total commercial
Consumer
$
— $
5,530
6,098
11,628
—
—
—
878
69
—
—
6,525
205
7,677
101
Total Non-PCI loans and leases
$
19,406
$
—
4,357
7,630
11,987
—
715
715
965
45
—
232
366
1,362
2,970
3,146
18,818
$
— $
560,219
$
9,887
13,728
23,615
—
715
715
1,843
114
—
366,040
4,390,686
5,316,945
96,728
209,692
306,420
437,344
131,710
1,794,851
2,459,619
962,598
45,694
5,831,816
98,236
232
6,891
1,567
10,647
3,247
38,224
$
$
11,553,417
$
560,219
375,927
4,404,414
5,340,560
96,728
210,407
307,135
439,187
131,824
1,794,851
2,459,851
969,489
47,261
5,842,463
101,483
11,591,641
30-89 Days
Past Due
90 or More
Days Past Due
December 31, 2013
Total Past Due
(In thousands)
Current
Total Loans
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Total real estate mortgage
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Total real estate construction
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Equipment finance
SBA
Total commercial
Consumer
Total Non-PCI loans and leases
$
— $
—
2,406
2,406
—
2,013
2,013
259
68
—
244
243
814
—
5,233 $
— $
2,564
15,432
17,996
—
2,013
2,013
732
151
—
2,906
2,013
5,802
3,319
29,130 $
180,553 $
42,602
2,180,956
2,404,111
58,881
146,885
205,766
585,749
153,601
202,428
270,577
26,628
1,238,983
51,566
3,900,426 $
180,553
45,166
2,196,388
2,422,107
58,881
148,898
207,779
586,481
153,752
202,428
273,483
28,641
1,244,785
54,885
3,929,556
$
— $
2,564
13,026
15,590
—
—
—
473
83
—
2,662
1,770
4,988
3,319
23,897 $
125
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no loans and leases (excluding PCI loans) that were greater than 90 days past due and still accruing interest. It is the Company’s
policy to discontinue accruing interest when principal or interest payments are past due 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection or when, in the
opinion of management, there is a reasonable doubt as to the collectability of a loan or lease in the normal course of business. For 2014, the amount of interest income that would have been
recorded on nonaccrual loans and leases at December 31, 2014 had such loans and leases been current in accordance with their original terms was $7.5 million.
The following table presents our nonaccrual and performing Non-PCI loans and leases by portfolio segment and class as of the dates indicated:
Nonaccrual
Performing
Total
Nonaccrual
Performing
Total
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
(In thousands)
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Total real estate mortgage
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Total real estate construction
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
Total commercial
Consumer
Total Non-PCI loans and leases
$
$
6,366
$
553,853
$
11,141
20,105
37,612
381
1,178
1,559
5,450
639
4,574
15,964
11,131
3,207
40,965
3,485
83,621
364,786
4,384,309
5,302,948
96,347
209,229
305,576
433,737
131,185
1,790,277
2,443,887
958,358
44,054
5,801,498
97,998
$
11,508,020
$
560,219
375,927
4,404,414
5,340,560
96,728
210,407
307,135
439,187
131,824
1,794,851
2,459,851
969,489
47,261
5,842,463
101,483
11,591,641
$
6,723
2,602
18,648
27,973
389
2,830
3,219
9,991
458
1,070
$
173,830
$
42,564
2,177,740
2,394,134
58,492
146,068
204,560
576,490
153,294
201,358
—
—
632
3,037
15,188
394
272,851
25,604
1,229,597
54,491
$
46,774
$
3,882,782
$
180,553
45,166
2,196,388
2,422,107
58,881
148,898
207,779
586,481
153,752
202,428
—
273,483
28,641
1,244,785
54,885
3,929,556
At December 31, 2014, nonaccrual loans and leases totaled $83.6 million. Nonaccrual loans and leases included all loans and leases 90 or more days past due of $18.8 million, $8.7
million of loans 30 to 89 days past due and $56.1 million of current loans that were placed on nonaccrual status based on management’s judgment regarding their collectability. Nonaccrual
loans and leases totaled $46.8 million at December 31, 2013, including all loans and leases 90 or more days past due of $5.2 million, $4.2 million of loans 30 to 89 days past due and $37.3
million of current loans that were placed on nonaccrual status based on management’s judgment regarding their collectability.
Non-PCI nonaccrual loans and leases and performing restructured loans are considered impaired for reporting purposes. The following table presents the composition of our impaired
loans and leases as of the dates indicated:
December 31, 2014
Performing
Restructured
Total
Impaired
Loans
Loans/Leases
December 31, 2013
Performing
Restructured
Total
Impaired
Loans
Loans/Leases
Nonaccrual
Loans/Leases
Nonaccrual
Loans/Leases
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total
$
$
1,559
40,965
3,485
83,621
37,612
$
20,245
$
8,996
5,744
259
(In thousands)
$
57,857
10,555
46,709
3,744
27,973
$
34,303
$
3,219
15,188
394
4,293
2,744
308
$
35,244
$
118,865
$
46,774
$
41,648
$
126
62,276
7,512
17,932
702
88,422
At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had unfunded commitments related to Non-PCI performing restructured loans of $214,000 and $7,000.
The following tables present information regarding our Non-PCI impaired loans and leases by portfolio segment and class as of and for the years indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Recorded Investment
December 31, 2014
Unpaid Principal
Balance
Related
Allowance
Recorded Investment
(In thousands)
December 31, 2013
Unpaid Principal
Balance
Related
Allowance
With An Allowance Recorded:
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
Consumer
With No Related Allowance Recorded:
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
$
1,946
$
—
1,945
$
—
$
47
—
9,136
763
1,128
4,630
912
137
15,578
6,956
9,233
763
4,934
5,246
924
247
17,970
7,268
—
143
—
142
$
6,366
$
7,593
$
11,141
29,268
21
8,643
5,566
725
4,436
387
4,175
3,207
3,601
57,857
10,555
46,709
3,744
$
14,708
40,643
19
8,749
6,877
809
5,415
919
7,528
4,920
3,768
74,122
14,465
58,123
3,910
646
46
23
3,771
799
137
2,667
2,601
—
37
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
5,717
1,642
15,937
778
1,250
4,377
801
1,070
—
—
1,136
424
$
6,215
1,643
16,571
778
1,250
4,692
829
1,070
—
—
1,136
471
$
3,013
2,602
33,365
$
3,385
3,646
46,062
—
—
5,484
6,700
179
—
—
632
3,037
278
9,923
9,924
247
—
—
632
4,945
394
77,522
11,951
23,475
865
$
198
230
1,760
168
1
4,270
375
180
—
—
178
240
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,188
169
5,003
240
7,600
Consumer
Total Non-PCI Loans and Leases With and Without an
Allowance Recorded:
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total
$
$
$
693
69
9,975
37
$
62,276
$
7,512
17,932
702
118,865
$
150,620
$
10,774
$
88,422
$
113,813
$
127
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Weighted Average
Balance(1)
Interest
Income
Recognized
Weighted Average
Balance(1)
Interest
Income
Recognized
Weighted Average
Balance(1)
Interest
Income
Recognized
$
1,946
$
—
$
67
—
409
$
8,954
$
(In thousands)
$
5,717
1,642
13,205
778
1,250
3,281
772
569
—
—
1,136
425
81
90
509
14
63
29
33
—
—
—
56
10
827
51,441
1,303
6,723
2,219
2,273
—
—
—
2,593
389
$
$
3,013
2,601
27,912
— $
—
1,060
— $
1,472
29,316
—
4,866
3,410
157
—
—
245
2,571
161
—
11
20
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
54,090
$
1,740
$
6,894
12,141
586
88
138
10
—
17,424
1,657
148
132
—
224
2,601
136
92,010
25,450
11,847
525
$
$
73,711
$
1,976
$
129,832
$
9,136
763
1,027
4,077
661
137
7,837
3,802
—
132
$
6,366
6,610
21,652
4
8,642
2,869
126
3,270
1
2,534
2,162
3,027
15
17
27
21
—
—
—
—
8
—
77
315
—
244
170
1
—
—
—
98
2
45,710
$
10,436
27,476
3,159
86,781
$
868
276
317
10
1,471
$
$
$
80
41
2,070
11
231
48
20
—
—
—
53
7
—
—
1,523
—
589
27
—
—
—
—
24
—
3,714
831
172
7
4,724
With An Allowance Recorded:
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
Consumer
With No Related Allowance Recorded:
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Real estate construction:
Residential
Commercial
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
Cash flow
Equipment finance
SBA
Consumer
Total Non-PCI Loans and Leases With and Without an Allowance Recorded:
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total
_________________________
(1)
For the loans and leases (excluding PCI loans) reported as impaired at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, amounts were calculated based on the period of time such loans and leases were impaired during the reported period.
128
Troubled debt restructurings are a result of rate reductions, term extensions, fee concessions and debt forgiveness or a combination thereof. The following table presents new and
defaulted troubled debt restructurings of Non-PCI loans for the years indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Real estate mortgage:
Hospitality
SBA
Other
Real estate construction - Commercial
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Equipment finance
SBA
Consumer
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Real estate mortgage - Other
Real estate construction - Residential
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
Asset-based
SBA
Consumer
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Real estate mortgage:
SBA
Other
Real estate construction - Other
Commercial:
Collateralized
Unsecured
SBA
Consumer
Total
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Number
of Loans
Pre- Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
(Dollars In thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructurings That
Subsequently Defaulted(1)
Number
of Loans
Recorded
Investment
1
1
23
4
22
10
1
3
7
$
1,946
$
64
17,443
5,507
12,368
752
518
1,965
467
72
$
41,030
$
14
1
11
5
1
4
2
$
16,223
$
390
5,618
521
2,032
137
125
38
$
25,046
$
2
8
3
7
5
4
1
$
1,680
$
14,861
6,919
1,652
317
1,216
206
30
$
26,851
$
1,946
64
17,444
4,965
6,336
752
518
1,965
467
34,457
16,223
390
5,618
521
2,032
137
125
25,046
1,680
13,840
6,919
1,652
317
1,216
206
25,830
— $
1
—
—
1
—
—
1
—
3
$
$
2
—
1
2
1
—
—
6
$
— $
—
—
2
—
1
—
3
$
—
55
—
—
390
—
—
1,144
—
1,589
1,844
—
419
66
1,070
—
—
3,399
—
—
—
458
—
873
—
1,331
(2)
(3)
(4)
_________________________
(1) The population of defaulted restructured loans for the period indicated includes only those loans restructured during the preceding 12-month period. The table excludes defaulted troubled restructurings in those classes for which the
recorded investment was zero at the end of the period.
(2) Represents the balance at December 31, 2014, and is net of charge-offs of $129,000.
(3) Represents the balance at December 31, 2013, and is net of charge-offs of $1.6 million.
(4) Represents the balance at December 31, 2012, and is net of charge-offs of $921,000.
129
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Purchased Credit Impaired (PCI) Loans
The following table reflects the PCI loans by portfolio segment as of the dates indicated:
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total gross PCI loans
Less:
Discount
Allowance for loan losses
Total net PCI loans
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
(In thousands)
$
$
299,660 $
7,743
32,904
332
340,639
(49,848)
(13,999)
276,792 $
412,791
12,015
3,021
424
428,251
(45,455)
(21,793)
361,003
The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of PCI loans and accretable yield on those loans for the years indicated:
Balance, December 31, 2011
Accretion
Payments received
Decrease in expected cash flows, net
Negative provision for credit losses
Balance, December 31, 2012
Addition from the FCAL acquisition
Accretion
Payments received
Decrease in expected cash flows, net
Negative provision for credit losses
Balance, December 31, 2013
Addition from the CapitalSource merger
Accretion
Payments received
Increase in expected cash flows, net
Provision for credit losses
Balance, December 31, 2014
Carrying Amount
Accretable Yield
(In thousands)
$
674,058
49,562
(232,623)
—
819
491,816
44,146
46,680
(225,849)
—
4,210
361,003
79,234
57,213
(219,641)
—
(1,017)
276,792
$
(259,265)
49,562
—
13,681
—
(196,022)
(8,096)
46,680
—
17,870
—
(139,568)
(13,728)
57,213
—
(10,773)
—
(106,856)
$
$
130
The following table summarizes the accretable yield on the PCI loans acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger as of April 7, 2014:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Undiscounted contractual cash flows
Undiscounted cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable difference)
Undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected
Estimated fair value of PCI loans acquired
Accretable yield
April 7, 2014
Accretable Yield
(In thousands)
231,832
(138,870)
92,962
(79,234)
13,728
$
$
The following table presents the credit risk rating categories for PCI loans by portfolio segment as of the dates indicated. Nonclassified loans are those with a credit risk rating of
either pass or special mention, while classified loans are those with a credit risk rating of either substandard or doubtful.
Real estate mortgage
Real estate construction
Commercial
Consumer
Total PCI loans
December 31, 2014
Nonclassified
Classified
Total
Nonclassified
December 31, 2013
Classified
Total
$
$
155,281 $
3,010
212
—
158,503 $
101,161 $
3,901
26,942
284
132,288 $
(In thousands)
256,442 $
6,911
27,154
284
290,791 $
216,092 $
4,399
569
—
221,060 $
155,042 $
6,028
405
261
161,736 $
371,134
10,427
974
261
382,796
In addition to our internal risk rating process, our federal and state banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s loan risk
rating classifications. Our regulators may require the Company to recognize rating downgrades based on their judgments related to information available to them at the time of their
examinations.
NOTE 8. FORECLOSED ASSETS
The following table summarizes foreclosed assets at the dates indicated:
Property Type:
Commercial real estate
Construction and land development
Multi-family
Single family residence
Total other real estate owned, net
Other foreclosed assets
Total foreclosed assets, net(1)
_________________________
(1) As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amounts of covered foreclosed assets were $9.3 million and $9.0 million.
131
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
(In thousands)
$
2,449
24,759
4,823
3,392
35,423
8,298
43,721
$
15,753
35,063
835
186
51,837
4,054
55,891
$
$
The following table presents the changes in foreclosed assets, net of the valuation allowance, for the years indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Foreclosed Assets:
Balance, beginning of year
Addition due to acquisitions
Foreclosures
Provision for losses
Reductions related to sales
Payments to third parties(1)
Balance, end of year
_________________________
(1) Represents amounts due to participants and for guarantees, property taxes or other prior lien positions.
The following table presents the changes in the foreclosed assets valuation allowance for the years indicated:
Foreclosed Assets Valuation Allowance:
Balance, beginning of year
Provision for losses
Reductions related to sales
Selling costs(1)
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
(In thousands)
2012
$
55,891
$
6,382
9,806
(7,307)
(21,051)
—
$
56,414
13,772
19,470
(2,515)
(31,289)
39
$
43,721
$
55,891
$
81,918
1,561
40,207
(14,333)
(53,828)
889
56,414
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
(In thousands)
2012
$
11,314
$
16,681
$
7,307
(6,498)
—
2,515
(7,882)
—
20,575
14,333
(19,103)
876
16,681
Balance, end of year
_________________________
(1) During 2011, the FDIC changed its methodology such that selling costs are reimbursed at the time of sale rather than at the time of foreclosure. Such amounts will be realized when the related OREO parcels are sold.
12,123
$
11,314
$
$
NOTE 9. FDIC LOSS SHARING ASSET
We are a party to four loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. Such agreements cover a substantial portion of losses incurred on acquired covered loans and other real estate owned.
The loss sharing agreements relate to the acquisitions of: (1) Affinity Bank ("Affinity") in August 2009, (2) Los Padres Bank ("Los Padres") in August 2010, (3) Western Commercial Bank
("Western Commercial") in connection with the May 2013 FCAL acquisition, and (4) San Luis Trust Bank ("San Luis") in connection with the May 2013 FCAL acquisition. Generally,
under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC is responsible for 80% of losses in connection with covered assets and is entitled to receive 80% of loss recoveries on the covered
assets during the applicable contractual periods. The loss sharing provisions for the Affinity Bank non-single family covered assets expired in the third quarter of 2014; accordingly, further
activity will be limited to recoveries through the third quarter of 2017 for assets covered by this loss sharing agreement.
Both the Western Commercial and San Luis loss sharing agreements contain true-up provisions, under which we will owe the FDIC amounts at the end of the loss sharing agreements
based on the performance of the covered assets. The true-up liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
The following table presents the changes in the FDIC loss sharing asset for the years indicated:
Balance, beginning of year
Addition from the FCAL acquisition
FDIC share of additional losses, net of recoveries
Cash paid to (received from) FDIC
Net amortization
Balance, end of year
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(In thousands)
2012
$
$
45,524
$
—
(4,941)
3,202
(25,051)
18,734
$
$
57,475
17,241
4,969
(7,332)
(26,829)
45,524
$
95,187
—
6,169
(33,223)
(10,658)
57,475
132
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table presents information about the composition of the FDIC loss sharing asset, the true-up liability, and the non-single family and the single family covered assets as
of the date indicated:
Affinity Bank
Los Padres Bank
Western Commercial Bank
San Luis Trust Bank
Total
December 31, 2014
FDIC loss sharing asset
True-up liability
Non-single family covered assets (1)
Single family covered assets
Loss sharing expiration dates:
Non-single family
Single family
Loss recovery expiration dates:
Non-single family
Single family
__________________
(1)
Excludes securities.
$
$
$
(302) $
N/A
113,361
10,987
$
$
9,435
$
N/A $
$
77,814
56,891
(In thousands)
1,165
$
11,327
1,753
$
$
N/A $
8,436
5,433
28,555
30,517
$
$
$
$
18,734
7,186
231,057
98,395
3rd Quarter 2014
3rd Quarter 2019
3rd Quarter 2017
3rd Quarter 2019
3rd Quarter 2015
3rd Quarter 2020
3rd Quarter 2018
3rd Quarter 2020
4th Quarter 2015
N/A
4th Quarter 2018
N/A
1st Quarter 2016
1st Quarter 2021
1st Quarter 2019
1st Quarter 2021
NOTE 10. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET
The following table presents the components of premises and equipment as of the dates indicated:
Land
Buildings
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Leasehold improvements
Premises and equipment, gross
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Premises and equipment, net
December 31,
2014
2013
(In thousands)
5,505 $
14,198
32,359
33,157
85,219
(48,668)
36,551 $
6,755
12,725
31,080
26,091
76,651
(44,216)
32,435
$
$
Depreciation and amortization expense was $8.4 million, $6.0 million, and $5.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.
We have obligations under a number of noncancelable operating leases for premises and equipment. The following table presents future minimum rental payments under
noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2014:
Estimated Lease Payments for Year Ending December 31,
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Thereafter
Total
133
Amount
(In thousands)
26,767
22,978
20,009
17,293
13,626
43,943
144,616
$
$
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Total gross rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, was $23.8 million, $17.6 million, $16.8 million. Most of the leases provide that the Company pays
maintenance, insurance and certain other operating expenses applicable to the leased premises in addition to the monthly rental payments.
Total rental income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, was approximately $589,000, $750,000, and $505,000. The future minimum rental payments to be
received under noncancelable subleases are $29.3 million.
NOTE 11. DEPOSITS
The following table presents the components of interest-bearing deposits as of the dates indicated:
Deposit Category
Interest checking deposits
Money market deposits
Savings deposits
Time deposits under $100,000
Time deposits $100,000 and over
Total interest-bearing deposits
December 31,
2014
2013
(In thousands)
$
$
736,367 $
1,825,510
762,961
2,467,338
3,031,600
8,823,776 $
620,622
1,458,910
218,638
225,360
439,011
2,962,541
Brokered time deposits totaled $636.7 million and $49.4 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013. Brokered time deposits under the CDARS Program totaled $44.0 million and $49.4
million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The CDARS Program represents deposits that are participated with other FDIC-insured financial institutions as a means to provide
FDIC deposit insurance coverage for the full amount of our customers’ deposits.
The following table summarizes the maturities of time deposits as of the date indicated:
Year of Maturity
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Total
December 31, 2014
Time
Deposits
Under
$100,000
Time
Deposits
$100,000
or More
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
Time
Deposits
Rate
2,724,756
248,533
36,778
15,067
6,466
—
3,031,600 $
4,958,460
424,658
68,825
35,339
11,346
310
5,498,938
0.72%
1.01%
0.84%
1.13%
1.03%
0.78%
0.75%
$
$
2,233,704 $
176,125
32,047
20,272
4,880
310
2,467,338 $
134
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 12. BORROWINGS AND SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
Borrowings
The following table summarizes our borrowings as of the dates indicated:
Non-recourse debt
FHLB overnight advances
Total borrowings
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Amount
Rate
Amount
Rate
$
$
3,402
380,000
383,402
(Dollars in thousands)
6.43% $
0.27%
$
7,126
106,600
113,726
6.30%
0.06%
The non-recourse debt represents the payment stream of certain equipment leases sold to third parties. The debt is secured by the equipment in the leases and all interest rates are
fixed. As of December 31, 2014, this debt had a weighted average remaining maturity of 2.3 years .
On October 1, 2014, the holding company obtained an unsecured, variable-rate revolving line of credit in the amount of $75.0 million with an expiration date of September 30, 2015.
This borrowing facility provides additional available liquidity to the Company. As of December 31, 2014, there was no balance outstanding.
The Bank has established secured and unsecured lines of credit. We may borrow funds from time to time on a term or overnight basis from the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank of
San Francisco (“FRBSF”), or other financial institutions.
FHLB Secured Lines of Credit. The borrowing arrangement with the FHLB is based on an FHLB program collateralized by a blanket lien on certain qualifying loans in our loan
portfolio which were not pledged to the FRBSF. As of December 31, 2014, our borrowing capacity under the FHLB secured borrowing lines was $2.4 billion. As of December 31, 2014 and
December 31, 2013, the balances outstanding were $380.0 million and $106.6 million.
FRBSF Secured Line of Credit. The Bank has a secured line of credit with the FRBSF. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had secured borrowing capacity of $1.3
billion collateralized by liens covering $1.8 billion of certain qualifying loans. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no balances outstanding.
Federal Funds Arrangements with Commercial Banks. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had unsecured lines of credit of $80.0 million with correspondent banks for the purchase of
overnight funds, subject to availability of funds. These lines are renewable annually and have no unused commitment fees. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no
balances outstanding.
135
The following table summarizes the terms of each issuance of subordinated debentures outstanding as of the dates indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Amount
Rate (1)
Amount
Rate (2)
Date
Issued
Maturity
Date
Rate Index
(Quarterly Reset)
(Dollars in thousands)
3.33% $
3.29%
3.19%
2.98%
1.93%
1.84%
1.79%
2.19%
2.18%
2.18%
2.18%
2.14%
2.18%
2.18%
2.18%
10,310
10,310
5,155
61,856
20,619
16,495
10,310
82,475
128,866
51,545
51,550
31,188
16,470
6,650
39,177
10,310
10,310
5,155
61,856
20,619
16,495
10,310
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.34%
3.29%
3.19%
2.99%
1.93%
1.84%
1.79%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8/15/2003
9/3/2003
9/17/2003
2/5/2004
8/15/2005
1/25/2007
9/30/2005
11/21/2005
12/14/2005
2/22/2006
9/27/2006
9/29/2006
12/5/2006
12/19/2006
6/13/2007
9/17/2033 3 month LIBOR + 3.10
9/15/2033 3 month LIBOR + 3.05
9/17/2033 3 month LIBOR + 2.95
4/23/2034 3 month LIBOR + 2.75
9/15/2035 3 month LIBOR + 1.69
3/15/2037 3 month LIBOR + 1.60
12/15/2035 3 month LIBOR + 1.55
12/15/2035 3 month LIBOR + 1.95
1/30/2036 3 month LIBOR + 1.95
4/30/2036 3 month LIBOR + 1.95
10/30/2036 3 month LIBOR + 1.95
10/30/2036 3 month EURIBOR + 2.05
1/30/2037 3 month LIBOR + 1.95
1/30/2037 3 month LIBOR + 1.95
7/30/2037 3 month LIBOR + 1.95
542,976
(109,393)
433,583
135,055
(2,410)
132,645
$
$
$
Series
Trust V
Trust VI
Trust CII
Trust VII
Trust CIII
Trust FCCI
Trust FCBI
Trust CS 2005-1 (3)
Trust CS 2005-2 (3)
Trust CS 2006-1 (3)
Trust CS 2006-2 (3)
Trust CS 2006-3 (3)(4)
Trust CS 2006-4 (3)
Trust CS 2006-5 (3)
Trust CS 2007-2 (3)
Gross subordinated debentures
Unamortized discount (5)
Net subordinated debentures
___________________
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
As of December 31, 2014.
As of January 28, 2014.
Acquired in the CapitalSource Inc. merger.
Denomination is in Euros with a value of €25.8 million.
Amount represents the fair value adjustment on trust preferred securities assumed in the CapitalSource Inc. and FCAL acquisitions.
Interest payments made by the Company on subordinated debentures are considered dividend payments under the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”)
regulations. Bank holding companies, such as PacWest, are required to notify the FRB prior to declaring and paying a dividend to stockholders during any period in which quarterly and/or
cumulative twelve-month net earnings are insufficient to fund the dividend amount, among other requirements.
NOTE 13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Lending Commitments
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments
include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and commitments to purchase equipment being acquired for lease to others. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees,
elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the
Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
136
The following table presents a summary of the financial instruments described above as of the dates indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Loan commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit
Commitments to purchase equipment being acquired for lease to others
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
$
$
(In thousands)
$
1,921,067
88,495
12,839
2,022,401
$
1,001,740
39,200
8,475
1,049,415
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed
expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. We provide standby letters of credit in
conjunction with several of our lending arrangements and property lease obligations. Most guarantees expire within one year from the date of issuance. If a borrower defaults on its
commitments subject to any letter of credit issued under these arrangements, we would be required to meet the borrower's financial obligation but would seek repayment of that financial
obligation from the borrower. In some cases, borrowers have pledged cash and investment securities as collateral with us under these arrangements.
In addition, the Company has investments in low income housing project partnerships, which provide the Company income tax credits, and in a few small business investment
companies. The investments call for capital contributions up to an amount specified in the partnership agreements. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had commitments to
contribute capital to these entities totaling $11.0 million. In connection with equity investments added from the CapitalSource Inc. merger, we have committed to contribute up to an
additional $2.9 million to 11 private equity funds.
Legal Matters
In the ordinary course of our business, we are party to various legal actions, which we believe are incidental to the operation of our business. The outcome of such legal actions and
the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. In the opinion of management, based upon information currently available to us, any resulting liability, in addition to
amounts already accrued, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements or operations.
NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value including a three-level valuation hierarchy, and expands disclosures
about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date reflecting assumptions that a market participant would use when pricing an asset or liability. The hierarchy uses three levels of inputs to measure the
fair value of assets and liabilities as follows:
• Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
• Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in less active markets, or other observable
inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. This category generally includes
government agency and government-sponsored enterprise securities.
• Level 3: Inputs to a valuation methodology that are unobservable, supported by little or no market activity, and significant to the fair value measurement. These valuation
methodologies generally include pricing models, discounted cash flow models, or a determination of fair value that requires significant management judgment or estimation. This
category also includes observable inputs from a pricing service not corroborated by observable market data, and includes our covered private label CMOs.
137
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
We use fair value to measure certain assets and liabilities on a recurring basis, primarily securities available-for-sale and derivatives. For assets measured at the lower of cost or fair
value, the fair value measurement criteria may or may not be met during a reporting period and such measurements are therefore considered “nonrecurring” for purposes of disclosing our
fair value measurements. Fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to adjust carrying values for impaired loans and other real estate owned and also to record impairment on certain assets,
such as goodwill, core deposit intangibles, and other long-lived assets.
The following tables presents information on the assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated:
Measured on a Recurring Basis:
Securities available-for-sale:
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise
pass-through securities
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise
collateralized mortgage obligations
Covered private label CMOs
Other private label CMOs
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Government-sponsored enterprise debt securities
Other securities
Total securities available-for-sale
Derivative assets
Total recurring assets
Derivative liabilities
Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2014
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In thousands)
$
535,672
$
— $
535,672
$
277,946
33,947
10,914
536,116
110,109
36,757
25,716
1,567,177
5,234
1,572,411
118
$
$
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
519
519
—
519
$
— $
277,946
—
10,914
536,116
110,109
36,757
25,197
1,532,711
5,234
1,537,945
118
$
$
Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2013
Measured on a Recurring Basis:
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In thousands)
Securities available-for-sale:
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise
pass-through securities
Government agency and government-sponsored enterprise
collateralized mortgage obligations
Covered private label CMOs
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Government-sponsored enterprise debt securities
Other securities
Total recurring assets
$
707,188
$
— $
707,188
$
192,873
37,904
436,658
82,707
9,872
27,543
1,494,745
$
$
—
—
—
—
—
507
507
$
192,873
—
436,658
82,707
9,872
27,036
1,456,334
$
—
—
33,947
—
—
—
—
—
33,947
—
33,947
—
—
—
37,904
—
—
—
—
37,904
There were no transfers of assets either between Level 1 and Level 2 nor in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for assets measured on a recurring basis during the year ended
December 31, 2014.
138
The following table presents information about quantitative inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair values provided by our third party pricing service for our Level 3
covered private label CMOs measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Unobservable Inputs:
Voluntary annual prepayment speeds
Annual default rates
Loss severity rates
Discount rates
Covered Private Label CMOs
Range of Inputs
Weighted Average Input
0% - 36.4%
0% - 38.0%
0% - 68.6%
0.2% - 6.7%
6.3%
2.3%
24.0%
4.9%
The following table summarizes activity for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are categorized as Level 3 for the years indicated:
Covered Private Label CMOs:
Balance, beginning of year
Total realized in earnings(1)
Total unrealized gain (loss) in comprehensive income
Net settlements
Balance, end of year
_________________________
(1)
Includes other-than-temporary impairment of $1.1 million for 2012.
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(In thousands)
2012
$
$
37,904
$
1,627
(344)
(5,240)
33,947
$
44,684
$
1,938
(1,204)
(7,514)
37,904
$
45,149
340
4,883
(5,688)
44,684
The following tables present assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of the dates indicated:
Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis:
Impaired Non-PCI loans
Other real estate owned
Investments carried at cost
Total non-recurring
Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis:
Impaired Non-PCI loans
Other real estate owned
Total non-recurring
Fair Value Measurement as of
December 31, 2014
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
$
42,693
24,015
566
67,274
$
(In thousands)
— $
—
—
— $
2,366
$
18,400
—
20,766
$
40,327
5,615
566
46,508
Fair Value Measurement as of
December 31, 2013
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
40,886
10,877
51,763
$
$
(In thousands)
— $
—
— $
$
2,051
8,784
10,835
$
38,835
2,093
40,928
$
$
$
$
139
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table presents gains and (losses) recognized on assets measured on a nonrecurring basis for the years indicated:
Gain (Loss) on Assets Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis:
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Impaired Non-PCI loans
Other real estate owned
Investments carried at cost
Total net loss
$
$
(7,006) $
(6,737)
(141)
(13,884) $
(1,206) $
(1,045)
—
(2,251) $
(5,582)
(3,920)
—
(9,502)
The following table presents the valuation methodology and unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2014:
Asset
Impaired Non-PCI loans
$
Other real estate owned
Investments carried at cost
Total non-recurring Level 3
$
Fair Value
(In thousands)
36,149
4,178
5,615
566
46,508
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Inputs
Discounted cash flows
Appraisals
Appraisals
Discount rates
No discounts
Discount, including selling costs
Market and Income Approach
Illiquidity Discount
Range
0% - 12.17%
24% - 38%
75%
Weighted
Average
5.92%
35%
75%
ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate
such fair values. Additionally, certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are excluded from the applicable disclosure requirements.
The following tables present a summary of the carrying values and estimated fair values of certain financial instruments as of the dates indicated:
Financial Assets:
Cash and due from banks
Interest-earning deposits in financial institutions
Securities available-for-sale
Investment in FHLB stock
Investments carried at cost
Investments accounted for under the equity method
Loans and leases, net
Derivative assets
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits:
Demand, money market, interest checking, and savings deposits
Time deposits
Borrowings
Subordinated debentures
Derivative liabilities
Carrying or
Contract
Amount
December 31, 2014
Estimated Fair Value
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In thousands)
$
164,757
$
164,757
$
164,757
$
148,469
1,567,177
40,609
3,691
21,461
11,797,977
5,234
6,256,190
5,498,938
383,402
433,583
118
140
148,469
1,567,177
40,609
3,691
21,700
11,757,951
5,234
6,256,190
5,202,464
383,539
417,657
118
148,469
519
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
380,000
—
—
— $
—
1,532,711
40,609
—
—
2,366
5,234
—
—
33,947
—
3,691
21,700
11,755,585
—
6,256,190
5,202,464
3,539
417,657
118
—
—
—
—
—
Financial Assets:
Cash and due from banks
Interest-earning deposits in financial institutions
Securities available-for-sale
Investment in FHLB stock
Loans and leases, net
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Carrying or
Contract
Amount
December 31, 2013
Estimated Fair Value
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In thousands)
$
96,424
$
96,424
$
96,424
$
50,998
1,494,745
27,939
4,230,318
50,998
1,494,745
27,939
4,231,078
50,998
507
—
—
—
—
106,600
—
— $
—
1,456,334
27,939
2,051
4,616,616
665,148
7,126
132,498
—
—
37,904
—
4,229,027
—
—
—
—
Demand, money market, interest checking, and savings deposits
4,616,616
4,616,616
Time deposits
Borrowings
Subordinated debentures
664,371
113,726
132,645
665,148
113,726
132,498
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used to measure our assets recorded at fair value (under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement”) and for estimating
fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value (under ASC Topic 825).
Cash and due from banks. The carrying amount is assumed to be the fair value because of the liquidity of these instruments.
Interest-earning deposits in financial institutions. The carrying amount is assumed to be the fair value given the short-term nature of these deposits.
Securities available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are measured and carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities
are reported as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated balance sheets. See Note 5, Investment Securities, for further information on unrealized
gains and losses on securities available-for-sale.
Fair value for securities categorized as Level 1, which are publicly traded securities, are based on readily available quoted prices. In determining the fair value of the securities
categorized as Level 2, we obtain a report from a nationally recognized broker-dealer detailing the fair value of each investment security we hold as of each reporting date. The
broker-dealer uses observable market information to value our securities, with the primary source being a nationally recognized pricing service. We review the market prices provided by
the broker-dealer for our securities for reasonableness based on our understanding of the marketplace and we consider any credit issues related to the securities. As we have not made any
adjustments to the market quotes provided to us and they are based on observable market data, they have been categorized as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
Our covered private label CMOs are categorized as Level 3 due in part to the inactive market for such securities. There is a wide range of prices quoted for private label CMOs among
independent third party pricing services and this range reflects the significant judgment being exercised over the assumptions and variables that determine the pricing of such securities. We
consider this subjectivity to be a significant unobservable input and have concluded that the covered private label CMOs should be categorized as a Level 3 measured asset. Our fair value
estimate was based on prices provided to us by a nationally recognized pricing service which we also use to determine the fair value of the majority of our securities portfolio. We
determined the reasonableness of the fair values by reviewing assumptions at the individual security level about prepayment, default expectations, estimated severity loss factors, and
discount rates, all of which are not directly observable in the market. Significant changes in default expectations, severity loss factors, or discount rates, which occur all together or in
isolation, would result in different fair value measurements.
FHLB stock. Investments in FHLB stock are recorded at cost and measured for impairment quarterly. Ownership of FHLB stock is restricted to member banks and the securities do
not have a readily determinable market value. Purchases and sales of these securities are at par value with the issuer. The fair value of investments in FHLB stock is equal to the carrying
amount.
141
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Non-PCI loans and leases. As Non-PCI loans and leases are not measured at fair value, the following discussion relates to estimating the fair value disclosures under ASC Topic 825.
Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans and leases with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type and further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest
terms by credit risk categories. The fair value estimates do not take into consideration the value of the loan portfolio in the event the loans are sold outside the parameters of normal
operating activities. The fair value of performing fixed-rate loans is estimating by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market prepayment
speeds. The fair value of equipment leases is estimated by discounting scheduled lease and expected lease residual cash flows over their remaining term. The estimated market discount
rates used for performing fixed-rate loans and equipment leases are current market rates for instruments with similar risk and similar terms. The fair value of performing adjustable-rate
loans is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the next repricing date. As these loans reprice frequently at market rates and the credit risk is not considered to be greater
than normal, the market value is typically close to the carrying amount of these loans. These methods and assumptions are not based on the exit price concept of fair value.
Impaired Non-PCI loans. Nonaccrual loans and performing restructured loans are considered impaired for reporting purposes and are measured and recorded at fair value on a
non-recurring basis. Nonaccrual Non-PCI loans with an unpaid principal balance over $250,000 and all performing restructured loans are reviewed individually for the amount of
impairment, if any. Nonaccrual Non-PCI loans with an unpaid principal balance less than $250,000 are not individually assessed for impairment but are instead reserved for under our
general reserve component.
To the extent a loan is collateral dependent, we measure such impaired loan based on the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of each loan’s collateral is
generally based on estimated market prices from an independently prepared appraisal, which is then adjusted for the cost related to liquidating such collateral; such valuation inputs result in
a nonrecurring fair value measurement that is categorized as a Level 2 measurement. The Level 2 measurement is based on appraisals obtained within the last 12 months and for which a
charge-off was recognized or a change in the specific valuation allowance was made during the year ended December 31, 2014.
When adjustments are made to an appraised value to reflect various factors such as the age of the appraisal or known changes in the market or the collateral, such valuation inputs are
considered unobservable and the fair value measurement is categorized as a Level 3 measurement. The impaired loans categorized as Level 3 also include unsecured loans and other secured
loans whose fair values are based significantly on unobservable inputs such as the strength of a guarantor, including an SBA government guarantee, cash flows discounted at the effective
loan rate, and management’s judgment.
The impaired Non-PCI loan balances shown above as measured on a non-recurring basis represent those nonaccrual and restructured loans for which impairment was recognized
during the year ended December 31, 2014. The amounts shown as net losses include the impairment recognized during the year ended December 31, 2014, for the loan balances shown. Of
the $83.6 million of nonaccrual Non-PCI loans at December 31, 2014, $4.4 million were written down to their collateral fair values through charge-offs during the year ended December
31, 2014.
Investments that do not have readily determinable fair values. Other investments accounted for under the cost or equity methods of accounting are carried at fair value on a
nonrecurring basis to the extent that they are determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired during the period. As there is rarely an observable price or market for such investments, we
determine fair value using internally developed models. Our models utilize industry valuation benchmarks, such as multiples of net revenue or EBITA, to determine a value for the
underlying enterprise. We may also reduce the value determined by the model due to illiquidity or other investee-specific characteristics which may affect the fair value. Significant
decreases to these valuation benchmarks would result in significant decreases in the estimated fair values. We reduce this value by the value of debt outstanding to arrive at an estimated
equity value of the enterprise. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, the pricing indicated by the external event is used to
corroborate our internal valuation. Fair value measurements related to these investments are typically classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Other real estate owned ("OREO"). The fair value of foreclosed real estate is generally based on the lower of estimated market prices from independently prepared current appraisals
or negotiated sales prices with potential buyers, less estimated costs to sell; such valuation inputs result in a fair value measurement that is categorized as a Level 2 measurement on a
nonrecurring basis. As a matter of policy, appraisals are required annually and may be updated more frequently as circumstances require in the opinion of management. The Level 2
measurement for OREO is based on appraisals obtained within the last 12 months and for which a write-down was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2014.
142
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
When a current appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value as a result of known changes in
the market or the collateral and there is no observable market price, such valuation inputs result in a fair value measurement that is categorized as a Level 3 measurement. To the extent a
negotiated sales price or reduced listing price represents a significant discount to an observable market price, such valuation input would result in a fair value measurement that is also
considered a Level 3 measurement. The OREO losses disclosed are write-downs based on either a recent appraisal obtained after foreclosure or an accepted purchase offer by an
independent third party received after foreclosure.
Deposits. Deposits are carried at historical cost. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest checking, money market, and
savings accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of the balance sheet date and considered Level 2. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of
contractual cash flows and considered Level 2. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. No value has been separately
assigned to the Company’s long-term relationships with its deposit customers, such as a core deposit intangible.
Borrowings. Borrowings include overnight FHLB advances and other fixed-rate term borrowings. Borrowings are carried at amortized cost. The fair value of overnight FHLB
advances is equal to the carrying value and considered Level 1. The fair value of fixed-rate borrowings is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity
dates or call dates, if applicable, using estimated market discount rates that reflect current rates offered for borrowings with similar remaining maturities and characteristics and are
considered Level 2.
Subordinated debentures. Subordinated debentures are carried at amortized cost. The fair value of subordinated debentures with variable rates is determined using a market discount
rate on the expected cash flows.
Derivative assets and liabilities. Derivatives are carried at fair value on a recurring basis and primarily relate to forward exchange contracts which we enter into to manage foreign
exchange risk. Our derivatives are principally traded in over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. Instead, the fair value of derivatives is estimated
using market observable inputs such as foreign exchange forward rates, interest rate yield curves, volatilities and basis spreads. We also consider counterparty credit risk in valuing our
derivatives. We typically classify our derivatives in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Commitments to extend credit. The majority of our commitments to extend credit carry current market interest rates if converted to loans. Because these commitments are generally
unassignable by either the borrower or us, they only have value to the borrower and us. The estimated fair value approximates the recorded deferred fee amounts and is excluded from the
table above because it is not material.
Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect
income taxes or any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists
for a portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on what management believes to be conservative judgments regarding expected future cash flows,
current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimated fair values are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and
matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. Since the fair values have been
estimated as of December 31, 2014, the amounts that will actually be realized or paid at settlement or maturity of the instruments could be significantly different.
143
NOTE 15. INCOME TAXES
The following table presents the components of income tax expense for the years indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Current Income Tax Expense:
Federal
State
Total current income tax expense
Deferred Income Tax (Expense) Benefit:
Federal
State
Total deferred income tax (expense) benefit
Total income tax expense
December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(In thousands)
$
$
(11,459) $
(10,823)
(22,282)
(70,662)
(19,795)
(90,457)
(112,739) $
(29,591) $
(7,667)
(37,258)
9,099
(1,586)
7,513
(29,745) $
(24,177)
(1,825)
(26,002)
(2,550)
(8,143)
(10,693)
(36,695)
The following table presents a reconciliation of the recorded income tax expense to the amount of taxes computed by applying the applicable federal statutory income tax rate of
35% to earnings or loss before income taxes for the years indicated:
Computed expected income tax expense at federal statutory rate
State tax expense, net of federal tax benefit
Tax-exempt interest benefit
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
Tax credits
Nondeductible employee compensation
Nondeductible acquisition-related expense
Acquisition-related securities gain
Other, net
Recorded income tax expense
December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(In thousands)
(98,575) $
(15,689)
(26,201) $
(6,014)
(32,724)
(6,479)
4,472
739
3,567
(6,792)
(2,994)
—
2,533
(112,739) $
3,979
407
2,480
(4,730)
(1,196)
1,828
(298)
(29,745) $
1,847
442
1,313
(322)
(532)
—
(240)
(36,695)
$
$
The Company had net income taxes receivable of $18.3 million and $39.6 million million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, included in other assets on its consolidated balance sheets.
At the time of the merger with CapitalSource Inc., a valuation allowance of $130.7 million was established against the acquired deferred tax assets (“DTA”). Periodic reviews of the
carrying amount of DTA are made to determine if a valuation allowance is necessary. A valuation allowance is required, based on available evidence, when it is more likely than not that all
or a portion of a DTA will not be realized due to the inability to generate sufficient taxable income in the period and/or of the character necessary to utilize the benefit of the DTA. All
available evidence, both positive and negative, that may affect the realizability of the DTA are identified and considered in determining the appropriate amount of the valuation allowance.
As of December 31, 2014, the Company had a valuation allowance of $130.3 million. It is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets subject to a valuation allowance will not be
realized primarily due to their character and/or the expiration of the carryforward periods.
144
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
We have net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes that can be utilized to offset future taxable income. If we were to undergo a change
in ownership of more than 50% of our capital stock over a three-year period as measured under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“the Code”), our ability to utilize our net
operating loss forwards and other tax attributes after the ownership change generally would be limited. The annual limit would equal the product of the applicable long term tax exempt rate
and the value of the relevant taxable entity’s capital stock immediately before the ownership change. These change of ownership rules generally focus on ownership changes involving
stockholders owning directly or indirectly 5% or more (the “5-Percent Shareholders”) of a company’s outstanding stock, including certain public groups of stockholders as set forth under
Section 382, and those arising from new stock issuances and other equity transactions, which may limit our willingness and ability to issue new equity. The determination of whether an
ownership change occurs is complex and not entirely within our control. No assurance can be given as to whether we have undergone, or in the future will undergo, an ownership change
under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
In April 2014, the Board of Directors adopted a tax benefit preservation plan ("the Tax Plan") which was designed to preserve the net operating loss carryforwards and other tax
attributes for the Company. The Tax Plan is intended to discourage persons from becoming 5-Percent Shareholders and existing 5-Percent Shareholders from increasing their beneficial
ownership of share.
We had available at December 31, 2014, approximately $446.4 million of unused federal net operating loss carryforwards that may be applied against future taxable income. If not
used, these carryforwards will begin to expire in 2030 and fully expire in 2031. We had available at December 31, 2014, approximately $936.3 million of unused state net operating loss
carryforwards that may be applied against future taxable income. The state net operating loss carryforwards will expire in varying amounts beginning in 2015 through 2033.
As of December 31, 2014, for federal tax purposes, we had capital loss carryforwards of $135.8 million, of which $132.4 million was acquired as a result of the merger with
CapitalSource Inc. If not used, these carryforwards will begin to expire in 2015 and will fully expire in 2019.
As of December 31, 2014, for federal tax purposes, we had foreign tax credit carryforwards of $28.6 million, all of which was acquired as a result of the merger with CapitalSource
Inc. The foreign tax credit carryforwards are available to offset future federal taxable income. If not used, these carryforwards will begin to expire in 2016 and fully expire in 2021. We also
had Low Income Housing Tax Credit carryforwards of $3.3 million, which if not used, will expire in 2034.
145
The following table presents the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of the dates indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Deferred Tax Assets:
Book allowance for loan losses in excess of tax specific charge-offs
$
Interest on nonaccrual loans
Deferred compensation
Premises and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
Foreclosed assets valuation allowance
Assets acquired in FDIC-assisted acquisition
State tax benefit
Net operating losses
Capital loss carryforwards
Accrued liabilities
Other
Equity Investments
Goodwill
Deferred loan fees and costs
Tax credits
Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation Allowance
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles
Deferred loan fees and costs
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale
FHLB stock
Subordinated debentures
Operating Leases
Unrealized income from FDIC-assisted acquisition
Gross deferred tax liabilities
Total net deferred tax asset
$
December 31,
2014
2013
(In thousands)
100,981 $
7,394
4,585
5,359
7,353
10,217
5,009
207,575
57,494
36,115
6,254
8,666
44,372
—
32,183
—
533,557
(130,282)
403,275
3,978
17,594
17,926
2,820
40,369
34,136
2,041
118,864
284,411 $
45,840
444
4,541
3,643
9,784
16,375
2,368
197
—
16,629
8,084
568
6,595
378
—
2,424
117,870
—
117,870
6,022
—
—
7,123
1,003
—
24,086
38,234
79,636
Based upon our taxpaying history and estimates of taxable income over the years in which the items giving rise to the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is
more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.
146
We had no unrecognized net tax benefit positions at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The increase of unrecognized tax benefits related to the merger with CapitalSource Inc. was
$18.7 million. The schedule below details the activities during 2014.
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Balance, December 31, 2013
Increase related to CapitalSource Inc. merger
Increase based on tax positions related to prior years
Reductions related to settlements
Reductions for tax positions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations
Balance, December 31, 2014
Unrecognized
Tax Benefits
(In thousands)
—
18,724
2,371
(293)
(301)
20,501
$
$
As of December 31, 2014, our unrecognized tax benefit that may affect the effective tax rate was $2.4 million. Due to the potential for the resolution of federal and state examinations
and the expiration of various statutes of limitations, it is reasonably possible that our gross unrecognized tax benefits may decrease within the next twelve months by as much as $2.0
million.
We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2014 we recognized $0.2 million
in interest expense and penalties. We had $3.3 million ($3.1 million is related to the merger) accrued for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2014. The amount of
interest and penalties accrued and recognized for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was minimal and immaterial to our financial results.
We file income tax returns with the United States and various states, local and foreign jurisdictions and generally remain subject to examinations by these tax jurisdictions for tax
years 2006 through 2013. We are currently under examination by the United States for tax years 2008 through 2012 and certain state jurisdictions for tax years 2006 through 2012.
147
NOTE 16. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted net earnings per share for the years indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Basic earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations
Less: earnings allocated to unvested restricted stock(1)
Net earnings from continuing operations allocated to common shares
Net (loss) earnings from discontinued operations allocated to common shares
Net earnings allocated to common shares
Weighted-average basic shares and unvested restricted stock outstanding
Less: weighted-average unvested restricted stock outstanding
Weighted-average basic shares outstanding
Basic earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings
Diluted earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations allocated to common shares
Net (loss) earnings from discontinued operations allocated to common shares
Net earnings allocated to common shares
Weighted-average basic shares outstanding
Diluted earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
170,468
$
(1,959)
168,509
(1,545)
$
45,477
(1,096)
44,381
(348)
166,964
$
44,033
$
87,871
(1,018)
86,853
42,506
(1,683)
40,823
$
1.94
(0.02)
1.92
$
$
1.09
(0.01)
1.08
$
168,509
$
44,381
$
(1,545)
166,964
$
86,853
(348)
$
44,033
40,823
$
1.94
(0.02)
1.92
$
$
1.09
(0.01)
1.08
$
56,801
(1,845)
54,956
—
54,956
37,370
(1,685)
35,685
1.54
—
1.54
54,956
—
54,956
35,685
1.54
—
1.54
________________________
(1)
Represents cash dividends paid to holders of unvested restricted stock, net of estimated forfeitures, plus undistributed earnings amounts available to holders of unvested restricted stock, if any.
148
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 17. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
The Company’s 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2003 Plan, permits stock-based compensation awards to officers, directors, key employees and consultants. As of December 31,
2014, the 2003 Plan authorized grants of stock-based compensation instruments to purchase or issue up to 19,686,565 shares of Company common stock, subject to adjustments provided
by the 2003 Plan. The authorized amount includes 10,686,565 shares that were added to the 2003 Plan as a result of the CapitalSource Inc. merger. Such shares were available for grant
under the former CapitalSource Inc. Equity Incentive Plan and remain available for: (a) former employees of CapitalSource Bank who remain employed with the Company, and (b) newly
hired employees of the Company. As of December 31, 2014, there were 13,531,719 shares available for grant under the 2003 Plan, of which 10,107,039 shares related to those added from
the CapitalSource Inc. merger.
Restricted Stock
The following table presents a summary of restricted stock transactions for the years indicated:
Unvested restricted stock, December 31, 2011
Granted
Shares issued by the Company upon vesting
Forfeited
Unvested restricted stock, December 31, 2012
Granted
Shares issued by the Company upon vesting
Forfeited
Unvested restricted stock, December 31, 2013
Granted
Shares issued by the Company upon vesting
Forfeited
Unvested restricted stock, December 31, 2014
Number of
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
(Per Share)
1,675,730 $
226,400
(195,871)
(7,978)
1,698,281
673,900
(819,461)
(336,196)
1,216,524
1,129,805
(1,183,024)
(54,800)
1,108,505 $
30.53
23.77
21.69
22.31
30.68
29.06
24.84
48.92
28.69
40.37
28.53
38.97
40.37
At December 31, 2014, there were 1,108,505 shares of unvested time-based restricted common stock outstanding. The awarded shares of time-based restricted common stock vest
over a service period of three to four years from the date of the grant. The time-based restricted common stock also vests immediately upon a change in control of the Company, as defined
in the 2003 Plan, or upon death of the employee. In April 2014, upon closing of the CapitalSource Inc. merger, 1,013,377 of awarded shares of restricted common stock vested due to the
triggering of the change of control provision contained within the 2003 Plan. We recorded a $26.1 million charge to earnings for the vesting of such shares. Such amount is included in
acquisition, integration and reorganization costs on the accompanying consolidated statements of earnings in the second quarter of 2014. The vesting date fair values of restricted stock
awards that vested during 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $53.4 million, $30.9 million and $4.5 million.
Compensation expense related to time-based restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the underlying stock on the award date and is recognized over the vesting period
using the straight-line method. Restricted stock amortization totaled $9.8 million (excluding accelerated vesting of restricted stock of $26.1 million), $8.5 million (excluding accelerated
vesting of restricted stock of $12.4 million), and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Such amounts are included in compensation expense on the
accompanying consolidated statements of earnings. The income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings related to this expense was $3.9 million, $3.4 million and
$2.2 million for the 2014, 2013 and 2012.
The amount of unrecognized compensation expense related to all unvested restricted stock as of December 31, 2014 totaled $36.0 million. Such expense is expected to be recognized
over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.
149
The following table summarizes information about outstanding time-based restricted stock awards as of the date indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2014
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(Per Share)
Weighted
Average
Fair Value(1)
(In thousands)
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Number
of Shares
Outstanding
Time-based restricted stock granted in:
2013
2014
Outstanding time-based restricted stock awards
_________________________
(1) Determined using the $45.46 closing price of PacWest common stock on December 31, 2014.
NOTE 18. BENEFIT PLANS
401(K) Plans
27,000
1,081,505
1,108,505
$
$
$
35.08
40.37
40.37
$
$
1,228
49,165
50,393
1.6
1.6
1.6
The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan for the benefit of its employees. Participants are eligible to participate immediately as long as they are scheduled to work a
minimum of 1,000 hours and are at least 21 years of age. Eligible participants may contribute up to 60% of their annual compensation, not to exceed the dollar limit imposed by the Internal
Revenue Code. Employer contributions are determined annually by the Board of Directors in accordance with plan requirements and applicable tax code.
Expense related to 401(k) matching contributions was $1.9 million, $1.3 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.
NOTE 19. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Treasury Shares
As a Delaware corporation, the Company records treasury shares for shares surrendered to the Company resulting from statutory payroll tax obligations arising from the vesting of
restricted stock. The Company purchased 493,890 treasury shares at a weighted average price of $45.16 per share, 351,640 treasury shares at a weighted average price of $38.50 per share
and 63,681 treasury shares at a weighted average price of $23.17 per share for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.
Dividend Reinvestment
We pay dividends on deferred shares and will continue to do so until April 2015. The shares were deferred under a CapitalSource plan which was terminated, but due to 409A
restrictions the shares remain deferred for a period of one year after termination. Dividends paid on deferred shares are used to purchase our common stock. During 2014, we paid
approximately $115,000 on deferred shares which was used to purchase an additional 2,583 shares of our common stock.
NOTE 20. DIVIDEND AVAILABILITY AND REGULATORY MATTERS
Holders of Company common stock may receive dividends declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available under state law governing the Company and certain
federal laws and regulations governing the banking and financial services business. Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is subject to the restrictions set forth in Delaware
General Corporation Law and certain covenants contained in our subordinated debentures and borrowing agreements. Notification to the FRB is also required prior to our declaring and
paying dividends during any period in which our quarterly and/or cumulative twelve-month net earnings are insufficient to fund the dividend amount, among other requirements. Should
the FRB object to payment of dividends, we would not be able to make the payment until approval is received or we no longer need to provide notice under applicable regulations.
150
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
It is possible, depending upon the financial condition of the Bank, and other factors, that the FRB, the FDIC or the California Department of Business Oversight, Division of Financial
Institutions (“DBO”), could assert that payment of dividends or other payments is an unsafe or unsound practice. Pacific Western is subject to restrictions under certain federal and state
laws and regulations governing banks which limit its ability to transfer funds to the holding company through intercompany loans, advances or cash dividends. Dividends paid by state
banks such as Pacific Western are regulated by the DBO and FDIC under their general supervisory authority as it relates to a bank’s capital requirements. A state bank may declare a
dividend without the approval of the DBO and FDIC as long as the total dividends declared in a calendar year do not exceed either the retained earnings or the total of net earnings for three
previous fiscal years less any dividend paid during such period. During 2014, PacWest received $137.0 million in dividends from the Bank. For the foreseeable future, dividends from the
Bank to PacWest will require DBO and FDIC approval.
PacWest, as a bank holding company, is subject to regulation by the FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Improvement Act of 1991 required that the federal regulatory agencies adopt regulations defining capital tiers for banks: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for
prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain
off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about
components, risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital to
risk-weighted assets, and of Tier I capital to average assets (“leverage ratio”). Tier 1 capital includes common stockholders’ equity and trust preferred securities, less goodwill and certain
other deductions (including a portion of servicing assets and the after-tax unrealized net gains and losses on securities available-for-sale). Total risk-based capital includes Tier 1 capital
and other items such as subordinated debt and the allowance for credit losses. Both measures are stated as a percentage of risk-weighted assets, which are measured based on their
perceived credit risk and include certain off-balance sheet exposures, such as unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. The Company is also subject to a leverage ratio requirement,
which is defined as Tier 1 capital as a percentage of average assets, adjusted for goodwill and other non-qualifying intangible assets and other assets.
Bank holding companies considered to be “adequately capitalized” are required to maintain a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio of 4.0%, and a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. Bank holding companies considered to be “well capitalized” must maintain a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0%, a
minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0%, and a minimum leverage ratio of 5.0%. As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification date to the regulatory agencies, the
Company and the Bank are each “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management
believes have changed the Company’s or any of the Bank’s categories.
Management believes, as of December 31, 2014, that we have met all capital adequacy requirements to which we are subject.
Regulatory capital requirements limit the amount of deferred tax assets that may be included when determining the amount of regulatory capital. Deferred tax asset amounts in excess
of the calculated limit are deducted from regulatory capital. At December 31, 2014, such amount was $156.7 million for the Company and zero for the Bank. No assurance can be given that
the regulatory capital deferred tax asset limitation will not increase in the future.
151
The following table presents actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank as of the dates indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2014
Tier I capital (to average assets):
PacWest Bancorp Consolidated
Pacific Western Bank
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets):
PacWest Bancorp Consolidated
Pacific Western Bank
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
PacWest Bancorp Consolidated
Pacific Western Bank
December 31, 2013
Tier I capital (to average assets):
PacWest Bancorp Consolidated
Pacific Western Bank
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets):
PacWest Bancorp Consolidated
Pacific Western Bank
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
PacWest Bancorp Consolidated
Pacific Western Bank
Actual
Well Capitalized
Minimum
Requirement
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(Dollars in thousands)
Excess
Capital
Amount
1,722,870
1,621,546
1,722,870
1,621,546
2,104,984
1,712,312
718,800
690,440
718,800
690,440
778,582
750,152
12.34%
11.70%
13.16%
12.46%
16.07%
13.16%
11.22%
10.79%
15.12%
14.54%
16.38%
15.80%
698,109
693,174
785,781
780,834
1,309,635
1,301,390
320,405
319,999
285,163
284,825
475,271
474,708
5.00%
5.00%
6.00%
6.00%
10.00%
10.00%
5.00%
5.00%
6.00%
6.00%
10.00%
10.00%
1,024,761
928,372
937,089
840,712
795,349
410,922
398,395
370,441
433,637
405,615
303,311
275,444
The Company issued subordinated debentures to trusts that were established by us or entities that we have acquired, which, in turn, issued trust preferred securities. The amount of
subordinated debentures totaled $433.6 million at December 31, 2014 and includes $300.4 million of debentures assumed in connection with the CapitalSource Inc. merger. The Company
includes in Tier 1 capital an amount of trust preferred securities equal to no more than 25% of the sum of all core capital elements, which is generally defined as shareholders’ equity less
goodwill, net of any related deferred income tax liability. At December 31, 2014, the amount of trust preferred securities included in Tier I capital was $131.0 million. The assumed
CapitalSource Inc. trust preferred securities are ineligible for inclusion in Tier 1 capital but are included in Tier 2 capital. The $131.0 million of trust preferred securities are currently
grandfathered as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. However, under new capital rules approved in July 2013 by the FRB and FDIC, as
a result of the Company having exceeded $15 billion in consolidated total assets, beginning in 2015, only 25% of the Company’s $131.0 million of trust preferred securities currently
outstanding will be included in Tier 1 capital, and in 2016, none of the Company’s trust preferred securities will be included in Tier 1 capital. Further, under such rules, trust preferred
securities no longer included in the Company’s Tier 1 capital may be included as a component of Tier 2 capital on a permanent basis without phase-out. If the $131.0 million of trust
preferred securities are excluded from regulatory capital at December 31, 2014, we remain “well capitalized.”
Interest payments made by the Company on subordinated debentures are considered dividend payments under the FRB regulations and subject to the same notification requirements
for declaring and paying dividends on common stock.
152
NOTE 21. BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company’s reportable segments consist of “Community Banking," “National Lending,” and “Other.”
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As a result of the CapitalSource Inc. merger, Pacific Western Bank established the CapitalSource Division, which we also refer to as the National Lending segment. The
CapitalSource Division, or National Lending segment, includes the lending operations gained through the CapitalSource Inc. merger, Pacific Western Equipment Finance, and the
CapitalSource Business Finance Group (formerly BFI Business Finance and First Community Financial). We reorganized our asset-based lending and leasing operations when we
established the CapitalSource Division. We combined BFI Business Finance and First Community Financial to form the CapitalSource Business Finance Group, and we sold Celtic Capital
Corporation in July 2014.
The CapitalSource Division lends throughout the United States, providing middle-market businesses asset-secured loans, equipment-secured loans, and cash flow loans and providing
real estate investment firms real estate loans secured by various property types. The CapitalSource Division’s loan and lease origination efforts are conducted through offices located in
Chevy Chase, Maryland; Los Angeles and San Jose, California; St. Louis, Missouri; Denver, Colorado; Chicago, Illinois; New York, New York; and Midvale, Utah.
The Community Banking and National Lending segments include all of the operations of Pacific Western Bank. The Community Banking segment includes the operations of Pacific
Western Bank, excluding the CapitalSource Division, and includes lending and deposit gathering activities conducted primarily through its California-based branch offices and the Bank’s
treasury management function and corporate overhead. The Other segment consists of holding company operations which result in expenses principally for compensation, facilities,
professional services, interest on subordinated debentures, and the non-bank subsidiary operations including interest income from a loan portfolio and related loan servicing expense.
Transactions between segments consist primarily of borrowed funds and expense allocations for interest, deposit gathering, corporate overhead and credit loss provisions.
Intersegment interest expense is allocated from the Community Banking segment to the National Lending segment based upon National Lending’s average interest-earning assets and
operating leases, net of a capital allocation, and the Bank’s total cost of deposits. The Community Banking segment further allocates to the National Lending segment noninterest expense
for deposit gathering and maintenance costs and the Bank’s corporate overhead. The provision for credit losses is allocated based on actual charge-offs for the period as well as net
portfolio growth and credit quality trends. All costs associated with investing the Bank’s excess liquidity and acquisition, integration and reorganization costs are housed in the Community
Banking segment. Noninterest income and noninterest expense, including lending and loan servicing activity, directly attributable to a segment are assigned to such segment.
The following tables present information regarding our business segments as of and for the years indicated:
Balance Sheet Data:
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Total loans and leases, net
Goodwill(1)
Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles, net
Total assets
Total deposits(2)
________________________
(1)
(2)
The increase in the goodwill for the Community Banking segment and National Lending segment during 2014 was due primarily to $1.5 billion from the CapitalSource merger.
The negative balance for total deposits in the “Other” segment represents the elimination of holding company cash held in deposit accounts at the Bank.
153
Community
Banking
National
Lending
Other
Consolidated
Company
December 31, 2014
$
$
$
3,401,129
$
(48,253)
$
$
3,352,876
326,078
16,306
6,512,313
12,030,436
(In thousands)
$
8,455,849
(36,202)
8,419,647
1,394,401
$
$
898
9,483,601
33,179
25,454
$
—
25,454
$
— $
—
238,886
(308,487)
11,882,432
(84,455)
11,797,977
1,720,479
17,204
16,234,800
11,755,128
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
Community
Banking
National
Lending
Consolidated
Other
Company
$
$
$
3,837,475 $
(75,498)
3,761,977 $
183,065 $
15,331
6,004,067
5,302,822
(In thousands)
474,877 $
(6,536)
468,341 $
25,678 $
1,917
519,675
—
— $
—
— $
— $
—
9,621
(21,835)
4,312,352
(82,034)
4,230,318
208,743
17,248
6,533,363
5,280,987
Balance Sheet Data:
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Total loans and leases, net
Goodwill(1)
Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles, net
Total assets
Total deposits(2)
________________________
(1)
(2)
The increase in the Community Banking segment's goodwill during 2013 was due primarily to $129.1 million from the FCAL acquisition.
The negative balance for total deposits in the “Other” segment represents the elimination of holding company cash held in deposit accounts at the Bank.
Results of Operations:
Interest income
Interest expense
Intersegment interest income (expense)
Net interest income (expense)
Negative provision (provision) for credit losses
Gain on securities
FDIC loss sharing expense
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets (expense) income, net
Intangible asset amortization
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Intersegment noninterest income (expense)
Total noninterest expense - adjusted
Earnings from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations before taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings (loss)
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Community
Banking
National
Lending
Other
Consolidated
Company
(In thousands)
$
422,677
(230)
(15,716)
406,731
(32,810)
—
—
34,215
34,215
(302)
(523)
(10,073)
(80,418)
(91,316)
(71,897)
(163,213)
244,923
(97,853)
147,070
—
—
—
147,070
$
$
2,427
(14,570)
—
(12,143)
—
—
—
9,693
9,693
586
—
(1,055)
(16,720)
(17,189)
—
(17,189)
(19,639)
11,370
(8,269)
—
—
—
(8,269) $
704,775
(42,398)
—
662,377
(11,499)
4,841
(31,730)
69,076
42,187
(5,401)
(6,268)
(101,016)
(296,059)
(408,744)
—
(408,744)
284,321
(113,853)
170,468
(2,677)
1,114
(1,563)
168,905
$
$
279,671
(27,598)
15,716
267,789
21,311
4,841
(31,730)
25,168
(1,721)
(5,685)
(5,745)
(89,888)
(198,921)
(300,239)
71,897
(228,342)
59,037
(27,370)
31,667
(2,677)
1,114
(1,563)
30,104
$
$
154
Results of Operations:
Interest income
Interest expense
Intersegment interest income (expense)
Net interest income
Negative provision (provision) for credit losses
Gain on securities
FDIC loss sharing expense
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets income, net
Intangible asset amortization
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net earnings from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations before taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings (loss)
Results of Operations:
Interest income
Interest expense
Intersegment interest income (expense)
Net interest income
Negative provision (provision) for credit losses
Gain on securities
FDIC loss sharing expense
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets expense, net
Intangible asset amortization
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Debt termination expense
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Earnings (loss) before taxes
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net earnings (loss)
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Community
Banking
National
Lending
Other
Consolidated
Company
$
261,492
$
(In thousands)
$
48,422
— $
(7,873)
1,525
255,144
8,079
137
(26,172)
21,395
(4,640)
1,503
(4,748)
(40,552)
(156,600)
(200,397)
58,186
(24,940)
33,246
(620)
258
(362)
(532)
(1,525)
46,365
(3,869)
—
—
3,558
3,558
—
(654)
—
(23,575)
(24,229)
21,825
(9,101)
12,724
—
—
—
32,884
$
12,724
$
(3,796)
—
(3,796)
—
5,222
—
104
5,326
—
—
(260)
(5,801)
(6,061)
(4,531)
4,038
(493)
—
—
—
(493) $
309,914
(12,201)
—
297,713
4,210
5,359
(26,172)
25,057
4,244
1,503
(5,402)
(40,812)
(185,976)
(230,687)
75,480
(30,003)
45,477
(620)
258
(362)
45,115
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Community
Banking
National
Lending
Other
Consolidated
Company
$
251,720
(15,043)
2,055
238,732
14,585
1,239
(10,070)
20,572
11,741
(10,931)
(5,898)
(4,089)
(24,195)
(138,640)
(183,753)
81,305
(31,542)
49,763
$
(In thousands)
$
44,395
— $
(884)
(2,055)
41,456
(1,766)
—
—
4,017
4,017
—
(428)
—
—
(23,502)
(23,930)
19,777
(8,327)
11,450
$
(3,721)
—
(3,721)
—
—
—
114
114
—
—
—
1,597
(5,576)
(3,979)
(7,586)
3,174
(4,412) $
296,115
(19,648)
—
276,467
12,819
1,239
(10,070)
24,703
15,872
(10,931)
(6,326)
(4,089)
(22,598)
(167,718)
(211,662)
93,496
(36,695)
56,801
$
$
$
155
NOTE 22. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY
The following tables present the parent company only condensed balance sheets and the related condensed statements of earnings and condensed statements of cash flows as of and for
the years indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Parent Company Only
Condensed Balance Sheets
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
Investments in subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities:
Subordinated debentures
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Parent Company Only
Condensed Statement of Earnings
Miscellaneous income
Acquisition-related securities gain
Debt termination income
Dividends from Bank subsidiary
Total income
Interest expense
Operating expenses
Total expenses
Earnings before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Income tax benefit
Earnings before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Net earnings
156
December 31,
2014
2013
(In thousands)
$
$
$
$
309,220 $
3,119,642
212,157
3,641,019 $
133,232 $
1,362
134,594
3,506,425
3,641,019 $
December 31,
21,835
911,200
10,341
943,376
132,645
1,638
134,283
809,093
943,376
2014
2013
2012
(In thousands)
$
$
122 $
—
—
137,000
137,122
4,211
8,105
12,316
124,806
5,164
129,970
38,935
168,905 $
104 $
5,222
—
48,000
53,326
3,796
6,061
9,857
43,469
4,038
47,507
(2,392)
45,115 $
114
—
1,597
50,000
51,711
3,721
5,576
9,297
42,414
3,174
45,588
11,213
56,801
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Parent Company Only
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating
activities:
$
December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(In thousands)
168,905 $
45,115 $
56,801
Acquisition-related securities gain
Change in other assets
Change in liabilities
Tax effect in stockholders’ equity of restricted stock vesting
Earned stock compensation
Equity in undistributed (earnings) losses of subsidiaries
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Net cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisition
Purchases of securities available-for-sale
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Redemptions of subordinated debentures
Tax effect in stockholders’ equity of restricted stock vesting
Restricted stock surrendered
Cash dividends paid, net
Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Common stock issued for acquisitions
$
$
157
—
39,874
310
4,625
41,099
(38,935)
215,878
226,960
—
226,960
—
(4,625)
(22,307)
(114,162)
(141,094)
301,744
21,835
323,579 $
(5,222)
(609)
4,932
(364)
441
2,392
46,685
857
—
857
—
364
(13,537)
(41,006)
(54,179)
(6,637)
28,472
21,835 $
2,594,070 $
242,268 $
—
711
(4,122)
(102)
715
(11,213)
42,790
—
(1,500)
(1,500)
(18,558)
102
(1,475)
(28,787)
(48,718)
(7,428)
35,900
28,472
—
NOTE 23. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly results for the periods indicated:
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended
December 31,
2014
September 30,
2014
June 30,
2014
March 31,
2014
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
(Provision) negative provision for credit losses
FDIC loss sharing expense, net
Gain on securities
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets (expense) income, net
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net earnings from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss from discontinued operations
Net earnings
Basic earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations
Net earnings
Diluted earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations
Net earnings
$
$
$
$
$
$
158
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
204,363 $
(11,830)
192,533
(5,030)
(8,525)
89
16,915
8,479
(497)
(86,242)
(83,167)
(169,906)
26,076
(14,846)
11,230
(1,151)
476
(675)
10,555 $
202,356 $
(13,510)
188,846
(5,050)
(7,415)
—
23,729
16,314
(4,827)
(5,193)
(85,609)
(95,629)
104,481
(42,205)
62,276
(8)
3
(5)
62,271 $
209,696 $
(14,713)
194,983
(2,063)
(4,360)
—
17,063
12,703
(1,938)
(7,381)
(83,021)
(92,340)
113,283
(42,226)
71,057
(105)
47
(58)
70,999 $
0.69 $
0.69 $
0.69 $
0.69 $
0.60 $
0.60 $
0.60 $
0.60 $
0.11 $
0.10 $
0.11 $
0.10 $
88,360
(2,345)
86,015
644
(11,430)
4,752
11,369
4,691
1,861
(2,200)
(50,530)
(50,869)
40,481
(14,576)
25,905
(1,413)
588
(825)
25,080
0.57
0.55
0.57
0.55
PACWEST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Three Months Ended
December 31,
2013
September 30,
2013
June 30,
2013
March 31,
2013
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Negative provision (provision) for credit losses
FDIC loss sharing expense, net
(Loss) gain on securities
Other noninterest income
Total noninterest income
Foreclosed assets income, net
Acquisition, integration and reorganization costs
Other noninterest expense
Total noninterest expense
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net earnings from continuing operations
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Net (loss) earnings from discontinued operations
Net earnings
Basic earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations
Net earnings
Diluted earnings per share:
Net earnings from continuing operations
Net earnings
$
$
$
$
$
$
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
71,631 $
(3,158)
68,473
1,842
(5,410)
—
5,613
203
14
(17,997)
(46,233)
(64,216)
6,302
(1,906)
4,396
(81)
34
(47)
4,349 $
85,158 $
(2,869)
82,289
4,167
(7,032)
5,222
6,937
5,127
420
(5,450)
(51,170)
(56,200)
35,383
(11,243)
24,140
39
(16)
23
24,163 $
83,856 $
(2,598)
81,258
1,338
(10,593)
(272)
6,939
(3,926)
569
(16,673)
(49,984)
(66,088)
12,582
(9,135)
3,447
(578)
240
(338)
3,109 $
0.07 $
0.06 $
0.07 $
0.06 $
0.53 $
0.53 $
0.53 $
0.53 $
0.11 $
0.11 $
0.11 $
0.11 $
69,269
(3,576)
65,693
(3,137)
(3,137)
409
5,568
2,840
500
(692)
(43,991)
(44,183)
21,213
(7,719)
13,494
—
—
—
13,494
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.37
NOTE 24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Castle Creek Financial LLC, or Castle Creek Financial, is an affiliate of Castle Creek Capital LLC, which the Company's Chairman of the Board, Mr. Eggemeyer, is co-founder and
chief executive. During 2014, the Bank paid an advisory fee of $9 million to Castle Creek Financial in connection with the CapitalSource Inc. merger. During 2013, the Bank paid an
advisory fee of $1.3 million to Castle Creek Financial in connection with the FCAL acquisition. During 2012, the Bank paid an advisory fee of $448,000 to Castle Creek Financial in
connection with the American Perspective Bank acquisition. On August 6, 2014, the services agreement dated May 8, 2011, between the Company and Castle Creek Financial was
terminated.
NOTE 25. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On February 11, 2015, the Company announced that the Board of Directors had declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.50 per common share. The cash dividend is payable on March
5, 2015 to stockholders of record at the close of business on February 23, 2015.
We have evaluated events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2014 and have concluded there are no subsequent events that would require recognition in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
159
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures as of
December 31, 2014 and have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or
submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. These disclosure
controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit is
accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on
the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation under the
framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.
(c) Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm. KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2014
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
160
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
PART III
Information required by this Item regarding the Company’s directors and executive officers, and corporate governance, including information with respect to beneficial ownership
reporting compliance, will appear in the Proxy Statement we will deliver to our stockholders in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated
herein by reference. Information relating to the registrant’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to its employees, including its senior financial officers, is included in Part I of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K under “Item 1. Business-Available Information.”
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item will appear in the Proxy Statement we will deliver to our stockholders in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such
information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will appear in the Proxy Statement we will deliver to our
stockholders in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Information relating to securities authorized for issuance
under the Company’s equity compensation plans is included in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.”
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item will appear in the Proxy Statement we will deliver to our stockholders in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such
information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item will appear in the Proxy Statement we will deliver to our stockholders in connection with our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such
information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)
1. Financial Statements
PART IV
The consolidated financial statements of PacWest Bancorp and its subsidiaries and independent auditors’ report are included in Item 8 under Part II of this Form 10-K.
2.
Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules have been omitted, as they are either inapplicable or included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
3.
Exhibits
The following documents are included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of July 22, 2013 by and between PacWest Bancorp and CapitalSource Inc. (Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2013
and incorporated herein by reference).
2.1
161
2.2
3.1
Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 20, 2013 by and between PacWest Bancorp and CapitalSource Inc. (Exhibit 2.1 to Form
8-K filed on December 20, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of PacWest Bancorp, a Delaware Corporation, dated April 22, 2008 (Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2008 and
incorporated herein by this reference).
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of PacWest Bancorp, a Delaware Corporation, dated May 14, 2010 (Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed on
May 14, 2010 and incorporated herein by this reference).
3.2
3.3 Certificate of Merger filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, dated April 7, 2014.
3.4 Certificate of Correction of Certificate of Merger filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, dated April 14, 2014.
4.2
4.1
3.5
10.1*
10.2*
Bylaws of PacWest Bancorp, a Delaware corporation, dated April 22, 2008 (Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2008 and incorporated herein by this
reference).
PacWest Bancorp Tax Asset Protection Plan, dated as of April 7, 2014, between PacWest Bancorp and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (Exhibit 4.1 to
Form 8-K filed on April 8, 2014 and incorporated herein by this reference).
Other long-term borrowing instruments are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(4) (iii) of Regulation S-K. The Company undertakes to furnish copies of such
instruments to the Commission upon request.
PacWest Bancorp 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, dated December 11, 2014 (Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2014 and
incorporated herein by this reference).
Executive Severance Pay Plan, as amended and restated effective December 11, 2014, applicable to the executive officers of PacWest Bancorp and certain senior
officers of PacWest Bancorp and its subsidiaries (Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2014 and incorporated herein by this reference).
2007 Executive Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, effective May 11, 2010 (pages A-1 to A-5 of the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 9,
2010 and incorporated herein by this reference).
Indemnification Agreement, as amended, applicable to the directors and executive officers of the Company (Exhibit 10.24 to Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2004
and incorporated herein by this reference).
Form of Stock Award Agreement and Grant Notice pursuant to the Company’s 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-K filed on March 2,
2009 and incorporated herein by this reference).
PacWest Bancorp Clawback Policy, dated as of December 11, 2014, applicable to the executive officers of PacWest Bancorp and certain senior officers of PacWest
Bancorp and its subsidiaries (Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2014 and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.6*
10.7* Separation Agreement by and between PacWest Bancorp and Jared M. Wolff, dated as of November 17, 2014 (Filed herewith).
10.3*
10.4*
10.5*
10.8
10.9
10.10
Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between PacWest Bancorp and CapGen Capital Group II LP, dated August 29, 2008 (Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on
September 4, 2008 and incorporated herein by this reference).
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2009, between Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Pacific Western Bank (Exhibit 2.1 to
Form 8-K filed on September 2, 2009 and incorporated herein by this reference).
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2010, between Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Pacific Western Bank (Exhibit 2.1 to
Form 8-K filed on August 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by this reference).
Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings (See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
11.1
12.1 Statement re: Computation of Ratios (See “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1 Consent of KPMG LLP.
24.1 Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
31.1 Section 302 Certifications.
32.1 Section 906 Certifications.
162
Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, (ii) the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012,
(v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is deemed furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and
Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.)
101
_________________________
*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(b)
Exhibits
The exhibits listed in Item 15(a)3 are incorporated by reference or attached hereto.
(c)
Excluded Financial Statements
Not Applicable
163
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
SIGNATURES
thereunto duly authorized.
Dated:
February 27, 2015
PACWEST Bancorp
By:
POWERS OF ATTORNEY
/s/ Matthew P. Wagner
Matthew P. Wagner
(Chief Executive Officer)
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John M. Eggemeyer, Matthew P. Wagner, Victor R.
Santoro and Kori L. Ogrosky, and each of them severally, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact with power of substitution and resubstitution to sign in his or her name, place and
stead, in any and all capacities, to do any and all things and execute any and all instruments that such attorney may deem necessary or advisable under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
and any rules, regulations and requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments hereto, as
fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, and his or her substitute
or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
164
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
Chairman of the Board of Directors
February 27, 2015
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
February 27, 2015
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
February 27, 2015
/s/ JOHN M. EGGEMEYER
John M. Eggemeyer
/s/ MATTHEW P. WAGNER
Matthew P. Wagner
/s/ VICTOR R. SANTORO
Victor R. Santoro
/s/ CRAIG A. CARLSON
Craig A. Carlson
/s/ BARRY C. FITZPARTICK
Barry C. Fitzpatrick
/s/ ANDREW B. FREMDER
Andrew B. Fremder
/s/ C. WILLIAM HOSLER
C. William Hosler
/s/ SUSAN E. LESTER
Susan E. Lester
/s/ DOUGLAS H. LOWREY
Douglas H. Lowrey
/s/ TIMOTHY B. MATZ
Timothy B. Matz
/s/ ROGER H. MOLVAR
Roger H. Molvar
/s/ JAMES J. PIECZYNSKI
James J. Pieczynski
/s/ DANIEL B. PLATT
Daniel B. Platt
/s/ ROBERT A. STINE
Robert A. Stine
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
(Back To Top)
Section 2: EX-10.7 (EXHIBIT 10.7)
165
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
February 27, 2015
Exhibit 10.7
November 17, 2014
Jared M. Wolff
2701 McConnell Drive
Los Angeles, CA 90064
Dear Jared:
The Board of Directors of PacWest Bancorp (the “Corporation”) appreciates your efforts and contributions as an officer of the Corporation and accepts your resignation as
Executive Vice President of the Corporation and President of Pacific Western Bank. This letter memorializes the terms of your resignation and sets forth the benefits you are eligible to
receive subject to the terms of hereof.
1. Acceptance of Resignation
Subject to your performance of your obligations to work diligently, professionally and in the interest of the Corporation from the date of this letter through December 17, 2014
(your “Separation Date”), the parties agree that your employment with the Corporation will terminate effective as of the close of business on the Separation Date. The parties agree that,
effective as of the Separation Date, you hereby resign as an officer and director (as applicable) of, and from all positions with, the Corporation and all of its respective directly and indirectly
owned subsidiaries and affiliates (including joint ventures), including all committee, employee, officer and board of directors and other positions.
Your resignation will be treated for purposes of the Corporation’s Executive Severance Pay Plan (the “Plan”) as a termination without Cause, effective as of the Separation Date.
2. Benefits
In accordance with Section 1 of this letter, subject to your execution following the Separation Date and non-revocation of the General Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement set
forth in Exhibit 1 to this letter (the “Release”) and compliance with all other terms and conditions of the Release and, to the extent relevant, the Plan, (1) the Corporation will pay the
amounts and provide the benefits you are entitled to receive on a termination by the Corporation without Cause under the Plan as set forth in the Plan and on Schedule 1 to this letter, and
(2) the Corporation will pay the amount set forth on Schedule 1 in lieu of any amounts under your outstanding equity-based awards as set forth in Schedule 1 to this letter and your
outstanding equity awards shall terminate effective as of the Separation Date. The attached Schedule I details each of the preceding benefits and is incorporated into this letter by reference.
In accordance with the Corporation’s practices, you will be paid any accrued and unpaid base salary through your last day of employment and accrued and unused paid time off on
the Separation Date. Any unreimbursed business expenses will be reimbursed consistent with the terms of the Corporation’s policy applicable to you while employed. These accrued
obligations will be paid within thirty days of your last day of employment.
3. General Provisions.
(a)
(b)
Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this letter are used with the meaning assigned them in the Plan.
Governing Law. This letter will be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to the principles
of conflict of law. This letter, the Release and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between you and the Corporation regarding the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any
earlier agreement, written or oral, with respect thereto. You and Corporation agree that any
disputes relating to any matters under the terms of this letter shall be resolved in accordance with Article VII of the Plan.
(c) Consultation with Attorney. By executing this letter, you acknowledge that, you were advised by a representative from Corporation, in writing (by way of this paragraph of
this letter), to consult with an attorney about this letter and the Release, its meaning and effect, before executing this letter and the Release.
(d) Counterparts. This letter may be executed in one or more counterparts.
* * *
To indicate your agreement with the foregoing, please sign and return this letter, which will become a binding agreement on our receipt.
Very truly yours,
PACWEST BANCORP
By: /s/Christopher D. Blake
Title: Executive Vice President
Accepted and Agreed:
/s/ Jared M. Wolff
Jared M. Wolff
Date:________November 17, 2014_______________
Governing Document
Payment/Benefit
Plan, Article II
Indemnification and Gross-Up for Excise Taxes
Amount/Time Period
In accordance with Article II of the Plan
Plan, § 3.2
Plan, § 3.2
Plan, § 3.5
Letter to which this Schedule 1 is attached
Severance Payment (Compensation (as defined in the Plan))
x 2
Lump sum payment equal to $2,360,875
Pro-Rata Bonus for 2014
Medical, dental, disability, life and long-term care insurance
continuation coverage
Lump sum payment equal to $575,000
Subject to the terms of Section 3.5 of the
Plan
Payment for outstanding equity-based award granted May
14, 2014
Lump sum payment equal to $253,125
Payment Date(s)
In accordance with Article II of the Plan
55th day following Separation Date
55th day following Separation Date
Up to 24 months following Separation Date,
subject to the terms of Section 3.5 of the Plan
55th day following Separation Date
Schedule I(1)
________________________
(1) All payments and benefits are less all applicable taxes.
Exhibit 1
General Release and waiver
of claims Agreement (herein, “Agreement”)
PacWest Bancorp (the “Corporation”) and Jared M. Wolff (“Executive”) agree as follows:
1.
Cooperation. Executive agrees to make himself reasonably available to the Corporation to respond to requests by the Corporation for information concerning
litigation, regulatory inquiry or Investigation, involving facts or events relating to the Corporation that may be within his knowledge. Executive will cooperate fully with the Corporation in
connection with any and all future litigation or regulatory proceedings brought by or against the Corporation to the extent the Corporation reasonably deems Executive’s cooperation
necessary. Executive will be entitled to reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred in connection with fulfilling his obligations under this
Section 1.
2.
Severance Benefit. In consideration of Executive’s undertakings herein, the Corporation will make payments and provide benefits in accordance with the
Corporation’s Executive Severance Pay Plan (the “Plan”) for a termination by the Corporation without Cause as set forth in Schedule 1 to the Letter Agreement (as defined below) and will
provide for the equity award treatment set forth in the letter, dated November 17, 2014, between the Corporation and the Executive and Schedule I thereto (the “Letter Agreement”). The
preceding payments and benefits are collectively referred in this Agreement as the “Severance Payments”. The Severance Payments will be paid in accordance with the Plan or the Letter
Agreement, as applicable. Provision of the Severance Payments is contingent upon the execution of this Agreement by Executive and Executive’s compliance with all terms and conditions
of this Agreement and the Plan. Executive agrees that if this Agreement does not become effective, the Corporation shall not be required to make any Severance Payments to Executive
pursuant to this Agreement, the Plan, the Letter Agreement or otherwise and shall be entitled to recover any Severance Payments already made by it (including interest thereon) pursuant
thereto.
3.
Confidential Information; Non-Solicitation; Non-Disparagement. Executive hereby acknowledges that Article VI of the Plan, which relates to
nondisclosure of confidential information, nonsolicitation of employees and equitable relief remains in full force and effect. In additioin, Executive hereby agrees that he shall not make any
statement that would libel, slander or disparage the Corporation or its affiliates or any of their respective past or present officers, directors, employees or agents. Nothing herein prevents
Executive from responding accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process; provided, however, that Executive provides the
Corporation with reasonable prior written notice before responding to such a question, inquiry or request, unless such notice to the Corporation is prohibited under applicable law. The
Corporation hereby agrees that its directors, Chief Executive Officer and officers who report directly to the Chief Executive Officer shall not make any disparaging statements about
Executive. Nothing herein prevents the Corporation from responding accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process; provided,
however, that the Corporation provides Executive with reasonable prior written notice before responding to such a question, inquiry or request, unless such notice to Executive is prohibited
under applicable law.
4.
Executive hereby represents that he has not filed any action, complaint, charge, grievance or arbitration against the Corporation or any of its affiliates in
connection with any matters relating, directly or indirectly, to his employment, and covenants and agrees not to file any such action, complaint or arbitration or commence any other judicial
or arbitral proceedings against the Corporation or any of its affiliates with respect to events occurring prior to the termination of his employment with the Corporation or any affiliates
thereof.
5.
General Release. Effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), and in return for the consideration set forth above, Executive agrees not to sue or file
any action, claim, or lawsuit against the Corporation, agrees not to pursue, seek to recover or recover any alleged damages, seek to obtain or obtain any other form of relief or remedy with
respect to, and cause the dismissal or withdrawal of, any lawsuit, action, claim, or charge against the Corporation, and Executive agrees to waive all claims and release and forever
discharge the Corporation,
its officers, directors, subsidiaries, affiliates, parents, attorneys, shareholders and employees from any claims, demands, actions, causes of action or liabilities for compensatory damages or
any other relief or remedy, and obligations of any kind or nature whatsoever, based on any matter, cause or thing, relating in any way, directly or indirectly, to his employment, from the
beginning of time through the Effective Date of this Agreement, whether known or unknown, fixed or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether arising from tort, statute, or
contract, including, but not limited to, any claims arising under or pursuant to: (i) claims under any state (including, without limitation, California, or any other state where Executive
worked for the Corporation) or federal employment related statute, regulation or executive order (including but not limited to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. § 621
et seq., Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e et seq., the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq., the
Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (including any similar state statute), 29 U.S.C. § 2101 et seq., and the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq., all as amended; all claims arising out of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. §1681 et seq., the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. §1001 et seq.), fair employment practices, federal or state “whistleblower” statutes, or other employment related statute, regulation or executive order (as
they may have been amended through the date on which Executive signs this Release Agreement); (ii) claims under any state or federal common law theory; (iii) regulations, rules, or
common law for breach of contract; breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing; wrongful discharge; termination in violation of public policy; employment discrimination,
harassment, or retaliation; infliction of emotional distress; negligence; defamation; and fraud; and (iv) claims for continued pay and benefits, non-payment of wages or benefits, unvested
stock options or incentive compensation (including, but not limited to, claims for unvested equity awards) or reinstatement to employment of any kind or description whatsoever; and (v)
any other claim arising under state, federal or local law; provided, however, that this Section 5 shall not release (a) any claim for breach of this Agreement or the Severance Payments as set
forth on Schedule 1 of the Letter Agreement, (b) any claim for vested accrued benefits to which Executive is entitled under the Corporation’s retirement and welfare benefit plans and
programs, (c) Executive’s rights as a stockholder of the Corporation or (d) any rights for indemnification or contribution under the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws or
equivalent governing documents of the Corporation and its affiliates or any rights to insurance coverage under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance or fiduciary insurance policy. It
is the intention of the parties to make this release as broad and as general as the law permits (subject to the preceding proviso).
6.
Executive acknowledges that he may later discover facts different from or in addition to those which he knows or believes to be true now, and he agrees that, in
such event, this Agreement shall nevertheless remain effective in all respects, notwithstanding such different or additional facts or the discovery of those facts. Executive hereby
acknowledges that he is familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542 and that he expressly waives and relinquishes any and all rights or benefits he may have under
said Section 1542, to the full extent permitted by law. Section 1542 states:
“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known
by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”
7.
Executive agrees that, without limiting the Corporation’s remedies, should he commence, continue, join in, or in any other manner attempt to assert
any claim released in connection herewith, or otherwise violate in a material fashion any obligation in this Agreement, the Corporation shall not be required to make any Severance
Payments to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Letter Agreement or the Plan and shall be entitled to recover all Severance Payments already made by it thereunder
(including interest thereon), in addition to all damages, attorneys’ fees and costs the Corporation incurs in connection with Executive’s breach of this Agreement or the Letter
Agreement. Executive further agrees that the Corporation shall be entitled to the repayments and recovery of damages described above without waiver of or prejudice to the release
granted by him in connection with this Agreement, and that his violation or breach of any obligation of this Agreement shall forever release and discharge the Corporation from the
performance of its obligations arising from this Agreement.
8.
Executive has been advised and acknowledges that he has been given twenty-one (21) days to sign this Agreement, he has seven (7) days following his signing
of this Agreement to revoke and cancel the terms and conditions contained herein, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the
revocation period has expired (the “Effective Date”).
9.
Executive acknowledges that Executive has been advised hereby to consult with, and has consulted with, an attorney of his choice prior to signing this
Agreement.
10.
Executive acknowledges that Executive has fully read this Agreement, understands the contents of this Agreement, and agrees to its terms and conditions of
his own free will, knowingly and voluntarily, and without any duress or coercion.
11.
Executive understands that this Agreement includes a final general release and restrictive covenants related to confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-
disparagement, and that Executive can make no further claims against the Corporation or the persons listed in Section 5 of this Agreement relating in any way, directly or indirectly, to his
employment or termination of his employment.
Agreement.
12.
13.
Executive acknowledges that Executive is receiving adequate consideration (that is in addition to what Executive is otherwise entitled to) for signing this
This Agreement, the Letter Agreement and the Plan constitute the complete understanding between Executive and the Corporation regarding the subject
matter hereof and thereof. No other promises or agreements regarding the subject matter hereof and thereof will be binding unless signed by Executive and the Corporation.
resolved in accordance with Article VII of the Plan.
14.
Executive and the Corporation agree that any disputes relating to any matters covered under the terms of this Agreement or the Letter Agreement shall be
violation of an applicable law or otherwise, and that nothing in this Agreement is to be construed as such by any person.
15.
The parties to this Agreement agree that nothing in this Agreement or the Letter Agreement is an admission by any party hereto of any wrongdoing, either in
16.
The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that none of the benefits provided to Executive hereunder are deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), and that none of the benefits provided to Executive hereunder shall be subject to the six-month delay described in Code
Section 409A(a)(2)(B).
portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.
17.
In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions or
preservation of such rights and obligations.
18.
The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended
19.
Unless expressly specified elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the
State of California without reference to the principles of conflict of law.
20.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive has signed this Agreement on this 18th day of December, 2014.
/s/ Jared M. Wolff
Jared M. Wolff
Accepted and Agreed:
PACWEST BANCORP
By: /s/ Christopher M. Blake
Title: Executive Vice President
(Back To Top)
Section 3: EX-21.1 (EXHIBIT 21.1)
Subsidiaries of PacWest Bancorp:
Pacific Western Bank
*Pacific Western Bank dba CapitalSource, a division of Pacific Western Bank
** Pacific Western Bank dba Pacific Western Equipment Finance Corp.
*** Pacific Western Bank dba Pacific Western Equipment Finance
CapitalSource TRS LLC
Community (CA) Capital Statutory Trust II
Community (CA) Capital Statutory Trust III
Coastline Asset Holdings LLC
FCB Statutory Trust I
First California Capital Trust I
First Community Bancorp
FIRST COMMUNITY BANCORP/CA STATUTORY TRUST VII
First Community/CA Statutory Trust V
First Community/CA Statutory Trust VI
CSE Mortgage LLC
(N111HZ)
118 Brookside Avenue LLC
11318 Woodward Avenue SBL LLC
120 Bob White Court SBL LLC
1542 Pathfinder Avenue CRE LLC
1525 - 1533 North G Street CRE LLC
45-525 Highway 79 Unit 40 CRE LLC
2211 East Navajo Boulevard SBL LLC
3304 - 3316 North Maple Avenue CRE LLC
5475 - 5487 West San Fernando Road CRE LLC
550 Wainright Court SBL LLC
8500 West 151st Street CRE LLC
245 South Main Street CRE LLC
1269 Taft Lane CRE LLC
PACWEST BANCORP
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
California state-chartered bank
State:
Exhibit 21.1
Delaware
Connecticut
Delaware
California
Delaware
Delaware
California
Delaware
Connecticut
Delaware
Delaware
Utah
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
5081 Bolivar Road SBL LLC
5717 East Thomas Road CRE LLC
700 North Holmes Street CRE LLC
75 North Main Street SBL LLC
825 Spring Garden Drive SBL LLC
AB Chestnut Inc.
ACL (7/99) Connecticut Statutory Trust
Adobe Roadhouse Inn Holding Corp.
BFI Business Finance
C & M Assets, LLC
CapitalSource CF LLC
CapitalSource Europe Limited
CapitalSource Finance II LLC
CapitalSource Finance LLC
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
California
Connecticut
Arizona
California
California
Delaware
England
Delaware
Delaware
CapitalSource Funding LLC
CapitalSource International LLC
CapitalSource Real Estate Loan LLC, 2006-A
CapitalSource Trust Preferred Securities 2005-1
CapitalSource Trust Preferred Securities 2005-2
CapitalSource Trust Preferred Securities 2006-1
CapitalSource Trust Preferred Securities 2006-2
CapitalSource Trust Preferred Securities 2006-3
CapitalSource Trust Preferred Securities 2006-4
CapitalSource Trust Preferred Securities 2006-5
CapitalSource Trust Preferred Securities 2007-2
Cheron Holdings LLC
Chestnut Assets, LLC
Coastline Golf Holdings Corp.
Coastline Michigan LLC
Coastline Ohio LLC
Coastline RE Holdings Corp.
Coastline RE Holdings Moorpark Corp.
Coastline RE Holdings NV Corp.
Coastline Retail Center, Inc.
CRE Assets, LLC
CS Capital Advisors LLC
CS CF Equity I LLC
CS Equity II LLC
CS Equity III LLC
CS Equity Investments LLC
CS Gull Lake Holdings LLC
CS Jackson Trust
CS Linton Oaks Holdings LLC
CS Mississippi Trust
CS Radio Trust
CS SBA Servicing LLC
CS URSUB LC LLC
CSB 2222 West 6th Street DPC Holdings LLC
CSB 465 US Highway 31 DPC Holdings LLC
CSB 6401 North Oracle Road DPC Holdings LLC
CSB HG
CSB International SUB Inc.
CSB Modern Luxury DPC Holdings LLC
CSB SBL 1470 North Airport Boulevard DPC Holdings LLC
CSB SBL 380 Route 303 DPC Holdings LLC
CSB SBL 400 West 53rd Street DPC Holdings LLC
CSE Equity Holdings LLC
CSE IC Lender Liquidating Trust LLC
CSE International Holdings LLC
CSE Owned LLC
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
California
California
Michigan
Ohio
California
California
Nevada
Texas
California
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
GE TF Trust
ILD Assets, LLC
Jackson Broadcasting LLC
Mexico Realty Del Sur Funding, S.A. de C.V., SOFOM, E.N.R
October 15, 1999 Trust
Queen Cities Broadcasting LLC
River Road Property Entities, LLC
Stone Eagle Golf Holdings Corp.
Valley Oaks Financial Corporation
Vicksburg Broadcasting LLC
Wendy Road Office Development, LLC
(Back To Top)
Section 4: EX-23.1 (EXHIBIT 23.1)
Delaware
California
Delaware
Mexico
Connecticut
Delaware
California
California
California
Delaware
California
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Exhibit 23.1
The Board of Directors
PacWest Bancorp:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-157789) on Form S-3 and (Nos. 333-107636, 333-138542, 333-162808, 333-181869 and 333-
195147) on Form S-8 of PacWest Bancorp of our report dated February 27, 2015, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of PacWest Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31,
2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders’ equity, cash flows, and comprehensive income for each of the years in the three-year period end
December 31, 2014, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, which report appears in the December 31, 2014 annual report on Form 10-K
of PacWest Bancorp.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 27, 2015
(Back To Top)
Section 5: EX-31.1 (EXHIBIT 31.1)
Certification
Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Exhibit 31.1
I, Matthew P. Wagner, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 of PacWest Bancorp;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the
audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
February 27, 2015
/s/ Matthew P. Wagner
Matthew P. Wagner
Chief Executive Officer
Certification
Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Victor R. Santoro, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 of PacWest Bancorp;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this report is being prepared;
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the
audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
February 27, 2015
/s/ Victor R. Santoro
Victor R. Santoro
Chief Executive Officer
(Back To Top)
Section 6: EX-32.1 (EXHIBIT 32.1)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Exhibit 32.1
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), the undersigned officer of PacWest Bancorp (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:
February 27, 2015
/s/ Matthew P. Wagner
Matthew P. Wagner
Chief Executive Officer
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) and is not being filed as part of the
Report or as a separate disclosure document.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), the undersigned officer of PacWest Bancorp (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date:
February 27, 2015
/s/ Victor R. Santoro
Victor R. Santoro
Chief Executive Officer
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) and is not being filed as part of the
Report or as a separate disclosure document.
(Back To Top)